Books

::Contents##<br/>Neonatal lab values<br/>Introduction<br/>Module one: sugar and safe care<br/>Module two: temperature<br/>Module three: airway<br/>Module four: blood pressure<br/>Module five: lab work<br/>Module six: emotional support<br/>Module seven: quality improvement<br/>Procedures<br/>Pound to gram conversion chart<br/>F to C temperature conversion chart.

::Contents##<br/>V. 1<br/>Sect. 1: Thoracic surgery<br/>Pt. A: Evaluation and care<br/>Pt. B: Endoscopy<br/>Pt. C: Trauma<br/>Pt. D: Trachea<br/>Pt. E: Benign lung disease<br/>Pt. F: Lung cancer<br/>Pt. G: Other lung malignancy<br/>Pt. H: Chest wall<br/>Pt. I: Pleura<br/>Pt. J: Diaphragm<br/>Pt. K: Esophagus-Benign disease<br/>Pt. L: Esophagus-cancer<br/>Pt. M: Mediastinum<br/>Pt. N: The future<br/>Sect. 2: Adult cardiac surgery<br/>Pt. A: Basic science<br/>Pt. B: Diagnostic procedures<br/>Pt. C: Medical- and catheter-based treatment of cardiovascular disease<br/>Pt. D: Perioperative and intraoperative care of the cardiac surgical patient<br/>V. 2<br/>Pt. E: Surgical management of aortic disease<br/>Pt. F: Surgical management of valvular heart disease<br/>Pt. G: Management of cardiac arrhythmias<br/>Pt. H: Surgical management of coronary artery disease and its complications<br/>Pt. I: Surgical management of heart failure<br/>Sect. 3: Congenital heart surgery.

::Summary## The functioning of important ecosystems, including high productivity seagrass beds, coral reefs, macro-algal reefs, mangroves, salt-marshes, needs to be balanced, and, in many cases, adverse trends need to be reversed, repaired, and offset. One of many solutions that is needed to achieve the below SDGs is the utilization of saline water and soil for the research, conservation and development of halophyte ecosystems. The scientific documentation--initiated and supported by UNESCO-- provides information, data, conclusions, recommendations, answers and inspiration to two main questions: - How to use of the vast volume of saline waters, areas of saline soils, and the halophytes, without competing against agricultural lands, in support of food-security, clean-energy, jobs and economic growth? - What halophyte-biodiversity aspects need to be considered for ecosystem development, nature restoration and climate action? It is time to apply some of the innovations demonstrated in the previous volumes in the Tasks for Vegetation Science book series, to turn from experiments to long-term pilot studies. This is necessary in order to obtain solid scientific data for large-scale applications. Studying halophyte and sabkha ecosystems will contribute to achieving the United Nations Sustainable Development Goals Zero Hunger, Clean Water, Clean Energy, Climate Action, Economic Growth, Sustainable Communities and Biodiversity on land and below water. This book is the sixth and final volume in the Tasks for Vegetation Science book series, and it concludes the most comprehensive scientific documentation dealing with hypersaline ecosystems of the world.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Intro; Foreword; Preface; Obituary for Prof. Ajmal Khan; Acknowledgments; Disclaimer; Contents; Contributors; Introduction;<br/> 1: Halophyte Research, Conservation and Development: The Role of UNESCO Biosphere Reserves in Asia-Pacific; Background Information; Halophytes; UNESCO Biosphere Reserves; The UN Sustainable Development Goals; Halophyte Research, Conservation and Development in BRs Assist Achieving the UN SDGs; What Are the Halophyte-Specific Roles of UNESCO Biosphere Reserves?;<br/> 2: Evidence for the Role of Salinity and Alkalinity in Plant Diversification in Australia; Introduction<br/> 4: Comparative Seed Germination Ecology of Sabkha and Playa Halophytes of PakistanIntroduction; Material and Methods; Seed Collection and Study Site; Seed Germination Experiments; Seed Recovery Experiments; Results; Seed Germination Responses; Seed Recovery Responses; Discussion; Seed Germination Responses Under Nonsaline Conditions; Seed Germination Responses Under Saline Conditions; Recovery of Germination from Salinity; Recovery of Germination from Dark; Conclusions; References;<br/> 5: Plants of Sabkha Ecosystems of the Arabian Peninsula; Introduction; Sabkhas of the Arabian Peninsula; Climate Distribution and Biogeography of the Halophytic Flora of the Arabian PeninsulaTerrestral Sabkha Vegetation and Plant Communities; Saudi Arabia; Yemen; Oman; United Arab Emirates; Bahrain; Qatar; Kuwait; Intertidal Vegetation; Mangroves; Salt Marshes; Sub-tidal Vegetation; Seagrasses; Seed Dispersal and Germination Strategies in Halophytes; Dispersal and Seed Bank; Salinity and Tolerance During Germination; Fast Germination of Halophytes; Halophytes in Bioremediation; Conservation of Sabkha Ecosystems; Appendix: Halophytes of the Arabian Peninsula. Accepted Names in Bold; Synonyms in Italics Geographical Context of Soil Salinity and AlkalinityHummock and Tussock Grasslands; Acacia Woodlands and Shrublands; Mallee Eucalypt Woodlands; Other Vegetation Formations; References;<br/> 3: Aspects of the Abu Dhabi Sabkha; Introduction; Barrier Island Complex; Lagoon Developments and Rates of Infill; Sea Level Changes and Current Sea Level Rise; Coastal Sabkha Enlargement; Abu Dhabi Formation; Aeolian Sediments; Oolite Formation; Evaporite Distribution; Holocene Dolomite; Magnesium-Silicate Clays; Holocene Hardgrounds; Tepee Structures; Conservation; Conclusions; References

::Contents##<br/>Prerequisits<br/>Living safely and actively in and around the home Four applied examples from avatars and ambient cubes to active walkers<br/>Using gaze control for communication and environment control How to find a good position and start working<br/>Caring TV<br/>for older people with multimorbidity living alone Positive feedback from users in Berlin and rural Mecklenburg-West Pomerania<br/>Arm rehabilitation at home for people with stroke: staying safe Encouraging results from the co-designed LifeCIT pro-gramme<br/>Telemonitoring in home care Creating the potential for a safer life at home<br/>Empowering the elderly and promoting active ageing through the Internet The benefit of e-inclusion programmes<br/>Use and development of new technologies in public wel-fare services A user-centred approach using step by step communication for problem solving<br/>Parents' experiences of caring for a ventilator-dependent child: a review of the literature<br/>Evaluation and outcomes of assistive technologies in an outpatient setting<br/>a technical-nursing science approach<br/>Assistive technology for people with dementia: ethical considerations.

::Summary## Filler injection is one of the most common aesthetic procedure. There are a lot of guidelines but there are no illustrated step by step instructions on safe filler injection procedures. The book will offer guidance to clinicians who wish to expand their practice to minimally invasive cosmetic procedures. Injection techniques for hyaluronic acid filler is highlighted to help practitioners perform the procedures more effectively and safely with evidence based approach. The most safe procedure including vascular anatomical illustration and ultrasound findings, rheological data is presented.<br/>::Contents##<br/>1. Prevention of filler complication<br/>2. Property of HA filler<br/>3. Forehead augmentation<br/>4. Glabellar wrinkle correction<br/>5. Temple augmentation<br/>6. Nose augmentation<br/>7. Midface augementation<br/>8. Nasolabial fold correction<br/>9. Low face correction.

::Summary## Safety is a paramount factor in orthopaedics, whether the patient is being treated conservatively or surgically. Although vast advances have been made in the instruments, implants, and techniques of orthopaedic surgery, considerable complications continue to occur. Iatrogenic injuries during surgery can cause significant morbidity and even mortality. To avoid neurovascular and other serious complications, the orthopaedic surgeon must have both a deep understanding of anatomy that can be drawn on in the operating room and exceptional technical skills. The goal of treatment of limb fractures is to restore limb length and anatomic articular surface alignment and rotation, as well as to create adequate fixation for early mobilization of the associated joint with minimal complications. Safe Orthopaedic Surgery includes facts about applied anatomy and surgical techniques aimed at preventing neurovascular complications in various approaches to the specific bones and joints, including the clavicle, shoulder, humerus, elbow, forearm, wrist and hand, spine, hip, femur, knee, leg, and ankle and foot. Both conventional and minimally invasive techniques are considered. The prevention of surgical site infections and current thinking on antibiotic therapy in orthopaedic surgery are also covered. Organized into 13 chapters with a standard format, up-to-date references, and to-the-point, bulleted presentation for easy review, Safe Orthopaedic Surgery offers vital information on performing operations safely and precisely--the safety principles that are invaluable to every orthopaedic surgeon.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Preventing Surgical Site Infection and Safe Usage of Antibiotics and in Orthopaedic Surgery<br/>Safe Clavicle Fracture Surgery<br/>Safe Shoulder Surgery<br/>Safe Humerus<br/>Surgery<br/>Safe Elbow Surgery<br/>Safe Forearm Surgery<br/>Safe Wrist & Hand Surgery<br/>Safe Spine Surgery<br/>Safe Hip Surgery<br/>Safe Femur Surgery<br/>Safe Knee Surgery.-Safe Leg Surgery<br/>Safe Foot & Ankle Surgery.

::Summary## "Safe Passage: A Guide to Addressing School Violence provides a road map for understanding and addressing violence of all kinds in the school environment. The editors emphasize that mass casualty events are but one species of violence, and that in fact school violence comes in many different forms, from bullying on campus to trauma off campus, from community gangs to violent crimes. Case vignettes illustrate and illuminate the range of violent situations likely to be encountered, as well as the advantages and disadvantages inherent in various interventions. The authors stress that threat assessment must take individual, school, and community variables into account. Safe Passage: A Guide to Addressing School Violence introduces readers to important concepts pertaining to school violence and serves as a practical guide for mitigating and preventing violence in our schools"-- Provided by publisher.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Cover; Half Title; Title Page; Copyright; Dedication; Contents; Contributors; Foreword; Preface; Acknowledgments; PART I Foundations; 1 An Introduction to School Violence; 2 A Recipe for Violence: Immaturity, Impulsivity, and Aggression; 3 Inconvenient Truths: Profiling and Its Limitations; 4 Danger at Home: Addressing Violence Outside School; 5 Bullying and Cyberbullying; 6 Understanding and Addressing Youth Sexual Violence; 7 Growing Up in Fear: School Shootings, Attacks, and Gang Violence; PART II Threat and Risk Assessment; 8 Hostile Intent: The Principles of Threat Assessment 9 Avoiding Danger: The Principles of Violence Risk AssessmentPART III Interventions; 10 A System of Care: Addressing Aggression and Violence in Schools; 11 Assessing and Addressing School Climate; 12 Violence and the Media; Afterword; Appendix A: Example Threat Assessment Questions for Use With Grade School Students; Appendix B: Example Threat Assessment Questions for Use With Middle School Students; Appendix C: Example Threat Assessment Questions for Use With High School and College Students; Index; Back Cover

::Summary## In medical practice, unfamiliarity with procedures increases the likelihood of occupational exposures. Learning to perform a procedure properly early on reinforces safe habits, improves overall surgical safety, and reduces occupational exposures. Safety in Office-Based Dermatologic Surgery is relevant to any healthcare professional who participates in office-based procedures, such as injections, biopsies, excisions, and laser surgery. The authors bring over 15 years? combined experience in training residents and medical students, enabling them to identify common unsafe practices in office-based surgery. Chapters are divided into individual procedures for easy referencing by students, trainees, as well as seasoned practitioners. Figures illustrate how seemingly innocuous actions and procedures can result in dangerous exposures to healthcare workers. Hazardous scenarios are subsequently followed with one or a series of safer solutions, with the accident and solution concisely explained and clearly illustrated.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Epidemiology<br/>What to do if exposed<br/>Personal safety equipment<br/>General Principles<br/>Setting up a tray<br/>Injection<br/>Working with an assistant<br/>Excision<br/>Hemostasis<br/>Suturing<br/>Venipuncture<br/>Curettage<br/>Cryotherapy<br/>Acne surgery<br/>Nail clipping<br/>Lasers and PDT.

::Contents##<br/>1: Approved Biologics Used For Therapy and their Adverse Effects<br/>2: Monoclonal Antibodies: Introduction<br/>3: Monoclonal Antibodies Approved for Cancer Therapy<br/>4: Other Approved Therapeutic Monoclonal Antibodies<br/>5: Cytokines<br/>6: Fusion Proteins<br/>7: Peptide Hormones<br/>8: Glycoprotein Hormones<br/>9: Enzymes Approved for Therapy<br/>10: Blood Coagulation<br/>11: Vaccines<br/>12: Botulinum Neurotoxins<br/>13: Biosimilars.

::Contents##<br/>Chapter 1. First Do No Harm: An overview of HIT and Patient Safety<br/>Chapter 2. An overview of HIT-related errors<br/>Section I. Errors Related to Various Types of Health Information Technologies<br/>Chapter 3. Errors related to CPOE<br/>Chapter 4. Errors related to alert fatigue<br/>Chapter 5. Unintended consequences of bar-code assisted medication administration<br/>Chapter 6. Errors related to outpatient e-prescribing<br/>Chapter 7. Errors related to alarms and monitors<br/>Chapter 8. Errors related to personal mobile technology<br/>Section II. Health Information Technology Implementation Issues<br/>Chapter 9. Improving clinical documentation integrity<br/>Chapter 10. EHR and physician-patient communication<br/>Chapter 11. Patient identification errors and HIT: Friend or foe?<br/>Chapter 12. Errors related to health information exchange<br/>Section III. Specialty Considerations<br/>Chapter 13. Safety considerations in radiation therapy<br/>Chapter 14. Safety considerations in pediatric informatics<br/>Chapter 15.Safety considerations in ambulatory care informatics<br/>Section IV. Organizational Considerations<br/>Chapter 16. Health information technology and medical liability risks<br/>Chapter 17. Improving safety through enterprise risk management<br/>Chapter 18. Managing HIT contract process for patient safety<br/>Chapter 19. Improving safety of medical device use through training.

::Summary## "The substantially updated and revised Fifth Edition of this landmark handbook presents the state-of-the-art theory and practice of qualitative inquiry. Representing top scholars from around the world, the editors and contributors continue the tradition of synthesizing existing literature, defining the present, and shaping the future of qualitative research. The Fifth Edition contains 19 new chapters, with 16 revised making it virtually a new volume while retaining six classic chapters from previous editions. New contributors to this edition include Jamel K. Donnor and Gloria Ladson-Billings; Margaret Kovach; Paula Saukko; Bryant Keith Alexander; Thomas A. Schwandt and Emily F. Gates; Johnny Saldaña; Uwe Flick; Mirka Koro-Ljungberg, Maggie MacLure, and Jasmine Ulmer; Maria Elena Torre, Brett G. Stoudt, Einat Manoff, and Michelle Fine; Jack Bratich; Svend Brinkmann; Eric Margolis and Renu Zunjarwad; Annette N. Markham; Alecia Y. Jackson and Lisa A. Mazzei; Jonathan Wyatt, Ken Gale, Susanne Gannon, and Bronwyn Davies; Janice Morse; Peter Dahler-Larsen; Mark Spooner; and David A. Westbrook"--Publisher.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Introduction: The discipline and practice of qualitative research / Norman K. Denzin and Yvonna S. Lincoln<br/>Part 1. Locating the Field. A history of qualitative inquiry in social and educational research / Frederick Erickson<br/>Ethics and politics in qualitative research / Clifford G. Christians<br/>Ethics, research regulations, and critical social science / Gaile S. Cannella and Yvonna S. Lincoln<br/>Part 2. Paradigms and Perspectives in Contention. Paradigmatic controversies, contradictions, and emerging confluences, revisited / Yvonna S. Lincoln, Susan A. Lynham, and Egon G. Guba<br/>Feminist qualitative research in the millenium's first decade : developments, challenges, prospects / Virginia Olesen<br/>Feminist qualitative research : emerging lines of inquiry / Marjorie L. DeVault<br/>Critical race theory and the postracial imaginary / Jamel K. Donnor and Gloria Ladson-Billings<br/>Doing Indigenous methodologies : a letter to a research class / Margaret Kovach<br/>Critical pedagogy and qualitative research: advancing the bricolage / Joe L. Kincheloe, Peter McLaren, Shirley R. Steinberg, and Lilia D. Monzó<br/>Methodologies for cultural and social studies in an age of new technologies / Paula Saukko<br/>Queer/quare theory : worldmaking and methodologies / Bryant Keith Alexander<br/>Part 3. Strategies of Inquiry. The marketization of research : implications for qualitative inquiry / Julianne Cheek<br/>Case study methodology / Thomas A. Schwandt and Emily F. Gates<br/>Performance ethnography / Judith Hamera<br/>Ethnodrama and ethnotheatre : research as performance / Johnny Saldaña<br/>Advancing a constructionist analytics / James A. Holstein<br/>Evolving grounded theory and social justice inquiry / Kathy Charmaz, Robert Thornberg, and Elaine Keane<br/>Triangulation / Uwe Flick<br/>D ... a ... t ... a ..., data++, data, and some problematics / Mirka Koro-Ljungberg, Maggie MacLure, and Jasmine Ulmer<br/>In the name of human rights : I say (how) you (should) speak (before I listen) / Antjie Krog<br/>Critical participatory action research on state violence : bearing wit(h)ness across fault lines of power, privilege, and dispossession / María Elena Torre, Brett G. Stoudt, Einat Manoff, and Michelle Fine<br/>Part 4. Methods of Collecting and Analyzing Empirical Materials. Observation in a surveilled world / Jack Bratich<br/>Narrative inquiry : toward theoretical and methodological maturity / Susan E. Chase<br/>Critical arts-based inquiry : performances of resistance politics / Susan Finley<br/>The interview / Svend Brinkmann<br/>Visual research / Eric Margolis and Renu Zunjarwad<br/>Autoethnography and the other : performative embodiment and a bid for utopia / Tami Spry<br/>Ethnography in the digital internet era : from fields to flows, descriptions to interventions / Annette N. Markham<br/>Analyzing talk and text / Anssi Peräkylä and Johanna Ruusuvuori<br/>Focus group research and/in figured worlds / George Kamberelis, Greg Dimitriadis, and Alyson Welker<br/>Thinking with theory : a new analytic for qualitative inquiry / Alecia Y. Jackson and Lisa A. Mazzei<br/>Creating a space in between : collaborative inquiries / Jonathan Wyatt, Ken Gale, Susanne Gannon, and Bronwyn Davies (JKSB)<br/>Part 5. The Art and Practices of Interpretation, Evaluation, and Representation. Evidence, criteria, policy, and politics : the debate about quality and utility in educational and social research / Harry Torrance<br/>Reframing rigor in qualitative inquiry / Janice Morse<br/>Writing : a method of inquiry / Laurel Richardson and Elizabeth Adams St. Pierre<br/>The elephant in the living room, or extending the conversation about the politics of evidence / Norman K. Denzin<br/>Braiding narrative ethnography with memoir and creative nonfiction / Barbara Tedlock<br/>Qualitative evaluation : methods, ethics, and politics with stakeholders / Peter Dahler-Larsen<br/>Part 6. The Future of Qualitative Research. Qualitative research and global audit culture : the politics of productivity, accountability and possibility / Marc Spooner<br/>Critical issues for qualitative research / David A. Westbrook<br/>Epilogue: Toward a "refunctioned ethnography" / Yvonna S. Lincoln and Norman K. Denzin.

::Contents##<br/>Introduction to Enhanced Recovery Programs: A Paradigm Shift in Perioperative Care<br/>Section I: The Science of Enhanced Recovery: Building Blocks for your Program<br/>Peroperative Education<br/>Medical Optimization and Prehabilitation<br/>Preoperative Fasting and Carbohydrate Treatment<br/>Bowel Preparation: Always, Sometimes, Never?<br/>The Role of the Anesthesiologist in Reducing Surgical Stress and Improving Recovery<br/>Prevention of Hypothermia<br/>Prevention of Postoperative Nausea and Vomiting<br/>Thromboprophylaxis<br/>Surgical Site Infection Prevention<br/>Fluid Management<br/>Postoperative Ileus: Prevention and Treatment<br/>Choosing Analgesia to Facilitate Recovery<br/>Early Nutrition and Early Mobilization: Why They Are Important and How to Make it Happen<br/>Management of Tubes, Drains, and Catheters<br/>Hospital Recovery and Full Recovery<br/>Section II: Creation and Implementation of an Enhanced Recovery Program<br/>Overcoming Barriers to the Implementation of an Enhanced Recovery After Surgery Program<br/>Introducing Enhanced Recovery Programs into Practice: Lessons Learned from The ERAS® Society Implementation Program<br/>Enhanced Recovery Programs: Making the Business Case<br/>Audit: Why and How<br/>Why Add an ERP to a Laparoscopic Case: The Colorectal Experience<br/>Section III: Examples of Enhanced Recovery Programs<br/>Enhanced Recovery Programs for Colorectal Surgery: University Hospitals Case Medical Center<br/>Enhanced Recovery Programs for Colorectal Surgery: The Guilford: (UK) Experience<br/>Setting up an Enhanced Recovery Program Pathway for Bariatric Surgery: Current Evidence into Practice<br/>Enhanced Recovery Pathways in Hepato-pancreato-biliary Surgery<br/>Enhanced Recovery Programs for Upper Gastrointestinal Surgery: How I Do It<br/>Department-Wide Implementation of an Enhanced Recovery Pathway<br/>The ERAS® Society<br/>SAGES SMART Enhanced Recovery Program.

::Summary## This book is intended as a definitive, state of the art guide to robotic surgery that summarizes the field for surgeons at all levels. More specifically, its goals are threefold: to review the basics of robotic surgery, including fundamental principles, technology, operating room setup, and workflow; to describe and illustrate the procedures most commonly performed in a robotic operating room; and to discuss key issues relating to cost, adoption, and training. Procedures from many surgical disciplines are included, which aid robotic surgeons in supervising and assisting colleagues in these disciplines and simultaneously heighten their awareness of the tricks and tools used in other disciplines that can be retasked for their own purposes. In addition, the future prospects for robotic surgery, including anticipated developments in equipment, are discussed. The SAGES Atlas of Robotic Surgery is an excellent aid for residents and fellows entering the field, as well as a welcome update on recent progress for practicing robotic surgeons and an ideal primer for senior surgeons adapting these new technologies to their current practice.

::Contents##<br/>Surgical Endoscopy<br/>A Historical Perspective<br/>Endoscopic Tools<br/>Instruments<br/>Operating Platforms for Surgical Endoscopy<br/>Endoscopic Energy Sources<br/>Training in Advanced Endoscopic Procedures<br/>Endoscopic Management of Bleeding<br/>Stricture Management- Interventional Options<br/>Endoscopic Stent Placement and Suturing: Management of Gastrointestinal Anastomotic Leaks<br/>Endoscopic Treatment of Gastrointestinal Fistulas<br/>Enteral Access: Percutaneous Endoscopic Gastrostomy, Gastrostomy- Jejunostomy, and Jejunostomy<br/>Endolumenal GERD Therapies<br/>Barrett's Esophagus<br/>Radiofrequency (RF) and Other Ablation Modalities<br/>Endoscopic Mucosal Resection: Upper Gastrointestinal Tract<br/>Endoscopic Mucosal Resection: Colon and Rectum<br/>Endoscopic Submucosal Dissection: Upper Gastrointestinal Tract<br/>Endoscopic Submucosal Dissection: Colon and Rectum<br/>Per Oral Endoscopic Myotomy (POEM)<br/>Endoscopic Interventions for the Thoracic Esophagus- Zenker's and other Diverticula<br/>Endoscopic Retrograde Cholangiopancreatography (ERCP)<br/>Advanced ERCP: Cholangioscopy and through the Scope Imaging<br/>Interventional Endoscopic Ultrasound<br/>Hybrid Laparoscopic and Endoscopic Techniques: Upper Gastrointestinal Tract<br/>Hybrid Laparoscopic and Endoscopic Techniques: Colon and Rectum<br/>Primary Endoscopic Treatments for Morbid Obesity<br/>Endoscopic Revision Procedures after Bariatric Surgery<br/>Natural Orifice Trans-lumenal Endoscopic Surgery (NOTESTM)<br/>Future Directions for Endoscopic Operations. .

::Summary## This book provides a concise summation of current operative decision making and techniques for situations faced by the on-call general surgeon. This manual covers pertinent topics such as minimally invasive surgery in the trauma setting, surgical emergencies in the bariatric patient, and treatment of emergencies in pregnancy, cirrhotics, and anti-coagulated patients. The experts at SAGES pooled their knowledge and created this manual to describe the most up-to-date treatment options for the emergent surgical patient. The SAGES Manual of Acute Care Surgery aligns with the new SAGES UNIVERSITY MASTERS Program and supplements the Master's Program Acute Care Pathway. Its goal is to help educate surgeons to bring the optimum care to the patients that they are called to see in their emergency rooms, and to help surgeons progress from the competent to the proficient and finally to the mastery level.<br/>::Contents##<br/>SAGES University MASTERS PROGRAM: Acute Care Pathway<br/>Appendicitis<br/>Cholecystectomy<br/>Foregut and Hindgut Perforations<br/>Small Bowel Obstruction<br/>Colon Emergencies<br/>Acute Gastrointestinal Bleeding<br/>Emergency hernia surgery: What to know when evaluating a patient with an incarcerated hernia<br/>Bariatrics<br/>Paraesophageal Hernia<br/>Necrotizing Pancreatitis<br/>Acute Complications of Inflammatory Bowel Disease<br/>Minimally Invasive Techniques in Trauma: Above and Below the Diaphragm<br/>The Difficult Patient<br/>Incorporating ACS Into Your Practice<br/>The Future of Acute Care Surgery: From Divergence to Emergence, and Convergence. The Evolution in General Surgery Continues.

::Summary## "The SAGES Manual of Bariatric Surgery, Second Edition, covers each of the fundamental components of care for the bariatric patient, and we have extended the list of topics to include highly relevant but rarely published issues such as domestic and international surgical tourism, pregnancy, and innovative devices in the premarket setting, among others. This second edition also aligns with the novel SAGES Masters Program Bariatric Pathway, and, as such, the reader will appreciate an innovatively organized text reflecting this"--taken from Preface.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Part I: SAGES masters program. Chapter 1: Introduction: SAGES masters program bariatric pathway ; Chapter 2: Masters program bariatric pathway: adjustable gastric band ; Chapter 3: Masters program bariatric pathway: laparoscopic sleeve gastrectomy ; Chapter 4: Master's program bariatric pathway: Roux-en-Y gastric bypass ; Chapter 5: Master's program bariatric pathway: revision of adjustable gastric band<br/>Part II: Bariatric programs in 2018. Chapter 6: Bariatric surgery: a historical perspective ; Chapter 7: The obesity epidemic ; Chapter 8: Patient selection prior to bariatric surgery ; Chapter 9: The role of the advanced practice provider in the management of the bariatric patient ; Chapter 10: The role of the social worker in the mangement of the bariatric patient ; Chapter 11: The role of the registered dietitian in the managment of the bariatric patient ; Chapter 12: The role of the physical therapist in the management of the bariatric patient ; Chapter 13: The role of the obesity medicine physician in the management of the bariatric patient ; Chapter 14: The role of the psychologist in the management of the bariatric patient ; Chapter 15: Preoperative checklist for bariatric surgery ; Chapter 16: Postoperative care pathways for the bariatric patient ; Chapter 17: The MBSAQIP (Metabolic and Bariatric Surgery Accreditation and Quality Improvement Program) comprehensive bariatric program (MBSAQIP-ASMBS/ACS) ; Chapter 18: Establishing a comprehensive bariatric surgery program ; Chapter 19: Long-term follow-up of bariatric patrients<br/>Part III: Treatment. Chapter 20: Medically supervised weight loss programs ; Chapter 21: Index endoscopic restrictive and other devices in obesity treatment: techniques and outcomes ; Chapter 22: Index endoscopic malabsorptive procedures in obesity treatment: techniques and outcomes ; Chapter 23: Neurohormonal procedures in obesity treatment ; Chaper 24: The genetic and microbial influences in obesity ; Chapter 25: The role of preoperative, intraoperative, and postoperative diagnostic endoscopy in bariatric surgery ; Chapter 26: long-term nutritional/metabolic sequelae of bariatric surgery ; Chapter 27: Robotic index bariatric surgery ; Chapter 28: Duodenal switch: technique and outcomes ; Chapter 29: Comparative surgical outcomes in bariatric surgery<br/>Part IV: Complications. Chapter 30: Complications of endolumenal bariatric therapies (EBTs) ; Chapter 31: Complications of adjustable gastric banding ; Chapter 32: Complications of sleeve gastrectomy ; Chapter 33: Complications of Roux-en-Y gastric bypass ; Chapter 34: Complications of biliopancreatic diversion and duodenal switch<br/>Part V: Revision and conversion. Chapter 35: Weight recidivism after bariatric surgery: evaluation and implications ; Chapter 36: Revision endolumenal therapies for weight recidivism ; Chapter 37: Conversion and revisional surgery: sleeve gastrectomy ; Chapter 38: Conversion and revisional surgery: Roux-en-Y gastric bypass ; Chapter 39: Conversional and revisional surgery: duodenal switch ; Chapter 40: Robotic conversion and revisional surgery<br/>Part VI: Special circumstances. Chapter 41: Bariatric emergencies for the general surgeon ; Chapter 42: Social media and bariatric surgery ; Chapter 43: Bariatric tourism: bidirectional and in the United States ; Chapter 44: Pregnancy and bariatric surgery ; Chapter 45: Solid organ transplantation and bariatric surgery ; Chapter 46: Adolescents and bariatric surgery: techniques and outcomes ; Chapter 47: Esophageal reflux disease before and after bariatric surgery.

::Summary## This book provides the standard for the current state of biliary surgery in the 21st century and aims to help the surgeon progress from the competent, to the proficient, and finally to the mastery level. This guidebook also gives insight into modern evaluation and management. The highlights emphasize what is both feasible and safe from a minimally invasive approach in biliary surgery. The concept of safe cholecystectomy is defined and expounded on in detail. The difficult cholecystectomy is given ample coverage to include management of intraoperative bile duct injury, indications and techniques of subtotal cholecystectomy, and special attention to intraoperative diagnostic imaging that serve as adjuncts, including cholangiograpy, ultrasound, as well as indocyanine green biliary fluorescence. Furthermore, the evolution of treatment of choledocohlithiasis has evolved the most in recent years, and thus requires an extensive discussion of the non-operative and operative management of bile duct stones. The SAGES Manual of Biliary Surgery serves as an important contribution to the medical literature sponsored by SAGES, an international leading authority in gastrointestinal surgery with a keen interest in safe and proficient biliary surgery. Leaders in the field of biliary surgery impart their insight and considerable experience in the chapters planned for this manual. The intent for this manual is to be the cited resource for high quality and applicable knowledge for the treatment of benign biliary disease.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Introduction to Biliary Manual<br/>Biliary Anatomy<br/>Basic Principles of Safe Laparoscopic Cholecystectomy<br/>Preoperative Optimization for Elective Cholecystectomy<br/>Preoperative Imaging in Patients Undergoing Cholecystectomy<br/>Choosing the Best Timing for Cholecystectomy<br/>When to Perform a Cholecystectomy after Percutaneous Cholecystostomy Tube Placement<br/>Intraoperative Cholangiography (IOC): Important Aid in Biliary and Common Bile Duct Surgery<br/>Intraoperative Indocyanine Green during Cholecystectomy<br/>Laparoscopic Biliary Ultrasound<br/>The Difficult Cholecystectomy<br/>Non Operative Management of Common Bile Duct Stones: ERCP & Other Techniques (Lithotripsy)<br/>Common Bile Duct Exploration<br/>Management of Common Bile Duct Injury<br/>Operative Management of Bile Duct Injury in the Presence of Prior Roux-en-Y<br/>Management of Common Bile Duct Tones in the Presence of Prior Roux-en-Y<br/>Advanced Biliary Procedures.

::Summary## This book provides essential didactic content for the SAGES University Masters Program Colorectal Surgery Curriculum. Surgeons seeking to complete the competency, proficiency, or mastery curriculum of the MASTERS Colorectal Pathway for a particular anchoring colorectal procedure will find relevant educational content in this SAGES Manual. Written by experts in the field, each chapter provides detailed guidance on preoperative and peri-procedural considerations for right and left elective and emergency colorectal resections, for both benign and malignant pathologies. Technical pearls and strategies to manage pitfalls and complications are also extensively reviewed along with detailed guidance for both laparoscopic and robotic procedures. The SAGES Manual of Colorectal Surgery provides a wealth of practical guidance to surgeons along their journey to progress from competency to mastery in various minimally invasive approaches to colorectal surgery.<br/>::Contents##<br/>SAGES University MASTERS PROGRAM: Colorectal Pathway<br/>Masters Program Colorectal Pathway: Laparoscopic Right Colectomy for Benign Disease<br/>Masters Program Colorectal Pathway: Laparoscopic Left and Sigmoid Colectomy for Benign Disease<br/>Master Program Colorectal Pathway: Laparoscopic Splenic Flexure Release (Tips and Tricks)<br/>Master Program Colorectal Pathway: Laparoscopic Left Colon Resection for Complex Inflammatory Bowel Disease<br/>Laparoscopy Versus Open Colorectal Surgery: How Strong is the Evidence?<br/>Debunking Enhanced Recovery Protocols in Colorectal Surgery: Minimal Requirements for Maximum Benefit<br/>Bowel Preparation in Colorectal Surgery: Impact on SSIs and Enhanced Recovery Protocols<br/>Checklist for Patients and OR Team in Preparation for Laparoscopic Colorectal Surgery<br/>Essentials on Troubleshooting during Laparoscopic Colorectal Surgery<br/>Principles of Complete Mesocolic Excision for Colon Cancer<br/>Unexpected Findings at Appendectomy<br/>Laparoscopic Right Colectomy for Malignant Disease<br/>Laparoscopic Right Colectomy: Options for Ileocolonic Reconstruction<br/>Robotic Right-Sided Colon Resection: Unique Considerations and Optimal Set-Up<br/>Advanced Laparoscopic Right Colectomy Techniques for Crohn's and Reoperative Surgery<br/>Laparoscopic Left and Sigmoid Colectomy for Malignant Disease<br/>Laparoscopic Left and Sigmoid Colectomy: Options for Colonic and Colorectal Reconstruction<br/>Robotic Left-Sided Colon Resections: Unique Considerations and Optimal Set-Up<br/>Key Steps During Hartmann's Procedures to Facilitate Minimally Invasive Hartmann's Reversal<br/>Laparoscopic and Robotic Hartmann's Reversal: Strategies to Avoid Complications<br/>Principles of Rectal Cancer Management: Preoperative Staging, Neoadjuvant Treatment, Basic Principles of TME, and Adjuvant Treatment<br/>Laparoscopic Low Anterior Resection for Rectal Cancer: TME Planes and Surgery of the Upper and Mid Rectum<br/>Robotic Low Anterior Resection: Unique Considerations and Optimal Setup<br/>Unexpected Findings During Laparoscopic Colectomy for Cancer: Techniques and Strategies<br/>The Role of Laparoscopy in the Management of Bowel Obstruction<br/>Large Bowel Obstruction: When Should Colon Stenting Be Considered as First-Line Strategy?<br/>Minimally Invasive Management of Complicated Sigmoid Diverticulitis in the Emergency Setting: Patient Selection, Prerequisite Skills, and Operative Strategies<br/>Minimizing Colorectal Anastomotic Leaks: Best Practices to Assess the Integrity and Perfusion of Left-Sided Anastomoses<br/>Intraoperative Air Leak, Colonic Ischemia, or Tension: How To Salvage the Failed Anastomosis<br/>Minimizing Conversion in Laparoscopic Colorectal Surgery: From Preoperative Risk Assessment to Intraoperative Strategies<br/>Laparoscopic Colorectal Surgery in the Obese and Morbidly Obese Patient: Preoperative Strategies and Surgical Techniques<br/>The Challenge of the Transverse Colon Tumor: Laparoscopic Techniques and Strategies<br/>Laparoscopic Total Abdominal Colectomy for Emergent and Elective Indications: Perioperative Considerations and Techniques<br/>Organ-Preserving Strategies in the Management of Fulminant Clostridium Difficile Colitis<br/>Optimizing Stoma Function and Quality of Life: Best Practices in Planned and Unplanned Stoma Creation<br/>Prophylactic Approaches for Parastomal Hernia Formation during Laparoscopic Creation of Permanent End-Stomas: Rationale, Techniques, and Outcomes<br/>Transanal Endoscopic Surgery for Benign Rectal Lesions: Preparation and Surgical Techniques<br/>Transanal Endoscopic Surgery for Rectal Cancer: Indications, Staging, and Perioperative Considerations<br/>Advanced Techniques for Specimen Extraction During Laparoscopic Colorectal Surgery.

::Summary## This book addresses all aspects of endoscopy from scope and tower basics to the more advanced interventional procedures like endoscopic retrograde cholangiopancreatography, per-oral esophageal myotomy, and percutaneous endoscopic gastrostomy. It covers a broad range of topics in order to remain relevant to the surgical subspecialist, the community general surgeon, the surgical fellow interested in endolumenal and transluminal procedures, and the surgical resident interested in the very basics of endoscopy. The table of contents is intentionally designed to mirror the Flexible Endoscopy curriculum currently being implemented for all minimally invasive, advanced GI and surgical endoscopy fellowships. The chapters are broken up into five parts. The first part introduces the SAGES Masters Program, followed by parts that cover flexible endoscopy basics, flexible endoscopy procedures, and finally bariatric flexible endoscopy. Written by experts and thought leaders in their fields, The SAGES Manual of Flexible Endoscopy serves as a valuable resource for surgeons of all training and skill levels to better grasp an overview of modern endoscopy practice.

::Summary## This book lays the foundation in understanding the foregut through review of the anatomy and physiology, followed by subsequent chapters focusing on the diagnosis and management of specific benign diseases of the foregut, such as gastroesophageal reflux disease and diaphragmatic hernia, Barrett's esophagus, disorders of esophageal dysmotility, benign esophageal and gastric tumors, peptic ulcer disease and gastric outlet obstruction, and gastroparesis. Written by experts in the field, each of these sections addresses the evaluation and management of the disease process, technical conduct of the most common endoscopic and surgical procedures, postoperative management including complications, and revisional operations. Additionally, expert commentary will serve to highlight and clarify controversies in the field.<br/>::Contents##<br/>SAGES University MASTERS PROGRAM: Foregut Pathway<br/>Anatomy and Physiology of the Esophagus and Lower Esophageal Sphincter<br/>Anatomy and Physiology of the Stomach and Pylorus<br/>Anatomic and Physiologic Tests of Esophageal and Gastric Function<br/>The history of hiatal hernia and antireflux surgery<br/>Evaluation of GERD: Symptoms and Disease Classification<br/>Preoperative Workup of GERD<br/>Identifying Patients with Eosinophilic Esophagitis<br/>Laryngo-Pharyngeal Reflux (LPR)<br/>Management of Esophageal Peptic Stricture<br/>Medical Management of GERD<br/>Laparoscopic Antireflux Surgery: Nissen and Partial fundoplications<br/>Laparoscopic Anti-Reflux Surgery: Magnetic Gej Augmentation<br/>Laparoscopic Anti-Reflux Surgery: Laparoscopic Roux-en-Y Gastric Bypass<br/>Endoscopic Reflux Treatments<br/>Endoluminal Treatment for Gastroesphogeal Reflux Disease<br/>Laparoscopic Antireflux Surgery: Reoperations at the Hiatus<br/>Classification and Evaluation of Diaphragmatic Hernias<br/>Laparoscopic Hiatal Hernia Repair<br/>Transthoracic Hiatal Hernia Repair<br/>Esophageal lengthening procedures<br/>Management of Acute Gastric Volvulus<br/>Surgical Management: Other Diaphragmatic Hernias in Adults<br/>Expert Commentary: Mesh Reinforcement of Hiatal Closure<br/>Historical Perspective: Evolution of the Diagnosis and Management of Barrett's Esophagus<br/>Epidemiology of Barrett's Esophagus and Esophageal Cancer<br/>Diagnosis and Surveillance of Barrett's Esophagus<br/>Radiofrequency Ablation for Dysplastic Barrett's Esophagus<br/>Endoscopic mucosal resection for Barrett's related Neoplasia<br/>Role Of Photodynamic Therapy And Cryotherapy For Management Of Barrett's Esophagus<br/>Expert Commentary: Surveillance versus Ablation for Patients with Low Grade Dysplasia<br/>Historical Perspective: History of the Surgical Management of Achalasia<br/>Epidemiology, Evaluation, and Classification of Achalasia and Other Esophageal Motility Disorders<br/>Medical Management of Achalasia<br/>ENDOSCOPIC MANAGEMENT OF ACHALASIA: Botulinum Toxin And Pneumatic Dilation<br/>Surgical Management of Achalasia: Laparoscopic Heller Myotomy<br/>Surgical Management of Achalasia: Thoracoscopic Myotomy<br/>Surgical Management of Achalasia: Per Oral Endoscopic Myotomy<br/>Surgical Management of Achalasia: Recurrent Dysphagia<br/>Expert Commentary: Laparoscopic versus Endoscopic Myotomy for Achalasia<br/>Diagnosis and Medical Management of Other Esophageal Motility Disorders<br/>Other Esophageal Motility Disorders: Role For Laparoscopic or Endoscopic Myotomy<br/>Evaluation of Esophageal Diverticula<br/>Cricopharyngeal Diverticulum: Open Repair<br/>Zenker's Diverticulum: Transoral Repair<br/>Epiphrenic and Mid-Esophageal Diverticula<br/>A Laparoscopic Approach to Epiphrenic Diverticula<br/>Evaluation of Benign Submucosal Tumors<br/>Thoracoscopic Management of Benign Submucosal Tumors<br/>Benign Esophageal and Gastric Tumors: Laparoscopic Management of Benign Submucosal Tumors<br/>Endoscopic Management of Benign Submucosal Tumors<br/>The Evolution of Management of Peptic Ulcer Disease<br/>Evaluation of peptic ulcer disease<br/>Risk Factor Modification in Patients with Peptic Ulcer Disease<br/>Medical Management of Peptic Ulcer Disease<br/>Surgical Management: Truncal, Selective, and Highly Selective Vagotomy<br/>Surgical Management: Vagotomy and Pyloroplasty<br/>Surgical Management: Billroth I<br/>Surgical Management: Billroth II<br/>Surgical Management: Roux-en-Y Reconstruction<br/>Post-Gastrectomy Syndromes<br/>Evaluation and Management: Recurrent Peptic Ulcer Disease<br/>Peptic Ulcer Disease: Deciding What Procedure When<br/>Etiology and Diagnosis of Gastric Outlet Obstruction<br/>Medical and Endoscopic Management of Gastric Outlet Obstruction<br/>Surgical Management: Resection and Reconstruction vs. Drainage<br/>Surgical Management: Pyloroplasty Options<br/>Evaluation and Classification of Gastroparesis<br/>Medical Management of Gastroparesis: Diet and Medications<br/>Endoscopic Management: Interventions at the Pylorus<br/>Endoscopic Management: Decompression and Feeding<br/>Gastroparesis<br/>Surgical Management: Pyloroplasty<br/>Gastrectomy for Gastroparesis<br/>Expert Commentary: Algorithm for the Treatment of Gastroparesis.

::Contents##<br/>Primary Groin Pain<br/>Musculoskeletal anatomy of groin pain<br/>Neuroanatomy of groin pain<br/>History: High yield questions to the patient as part of the history/intake<br/>Physical Examination: Highly sensitive and specific exam findings<br/>Inguinal Hernia, Femoral Hernia<br/>Non-Hernia Causes: Adductor Tendinitis, Osteitis Pubis, Epididymitis, Varicocele, Referred Pain (from hip (e.g., labral tear), back (e.g., radiculopathy, sacroiliitis, ankylosing spondylitis))<br/>Sports Hernia<br/>Chronic pelvic pain in women (endometriosis, pelvic floor dysfunction, round ligament syndrome or masses, ovarian cyst disease, occult hernias)<br/>Occult Hernias: Typical presentation, symptoms, exam findings, radiologic evaluation<br/>Secondary Groin Pain<br/>Causes of Pain from Anterior Repair<br/>Causes of Pain from Posterior Repair<br/>Algorithm for Pain Management<br/>Pharmacologic Management<br/>Interventional Procedures: Nerve block, epidurals, ablation, neurostimulators<br/>Radiologic findings of mesh and meshoma<br/>Dermatomal Mapping: Pre/post-operative assessment<br/>Quantitative Sensory Testing (QST)<br/>Management of Recurrence<br/>Open Triple Neurectomy vs selective neurectomy<br/>Laparoscopic Triple Neurectomy<br/>Meshoma Removal (Lap and open)<br/>Treatment of Orchialgia<br/>Selected Topics<br/>Prevention of Pain: Open Technique (include mesh-specific tips)<br/>Prevention of Pain: Laparoscopic Technique (include technical tips)<br/>Prophylactic Neurectomy versus Pragmatic Neurectomy<br/>Selective Neurectomy versus Triple Neurectomy<br/>Patient Narratives<br/>Emerging patient and provider care communities (social media for patients with groin pain and for providers who care for patients with groin pain)<br/>Value-based clinical quality improvement- learning to improve the value of treating patients with groin pain<br/>Team based approach for treating patients with chronic groin pain.

::Summary## The SAGES Manual of Hernia Repair will serve as a state-of-the-art resource for hernia surgeons and residents alike who are interested in the rapidly evolving area of abdominal wall hernia repair. This manual captures and summarizes the current trends in the field, as well as describing the new ideas, programs, and strategies regarding hernia repair. Through a unique section called Current Debates in Inguinal Hernia Repair, this volume also provides readers an overview of the current opinions on many of the ongoing debates of this time period. Furthermore, the manual is lavishly illustrated, containing an array of instructional charts and photographs, and is authored by a panel of experts in hernia repair.Comprehensive and easily accessible, The SAGES Manual of Hernia Repair is a portable reference that will be of great value to all practicing surgeons and residents working in the field of abdominal wall hernia repair.

::Summary## In this thoroughly revised second edition of the frequently downloaded manual, The SAGES Manual of Quality, Outcomes, and Patient Safety. A panel of experts update and expand their survey of the many factors that influence quality in the world of surgery, surgical outcomes, and threats to patient safety. Among the highlights include a section devoted to threats to quality and outcomes and safety, such as surgeon wellness and burnout, disruptive behavior, second victims, the surgeon with declining skills, and maintaining quality in the setting of a crisis. Another all-new section focuses on surgical controversies, such as whether or not to use robotic surgical technology and whether or not it influences surgical outcomes; whether or not routine cholangiography reduces the common bile duct injury rate; whether or not having a consistent operating room team influences surgical outcomes, and whether a conflict of interest truly influences surgical quality. Further, this manual updates chapters on surgical simulation, teamwork and team training, teleproctoring, mentoring, and error analysis. State-of-the-art and readily accessible, The SAGES Manual of Quality, Outcomes, and Patient Safety, Second Edition will offer physicians strategies to maintain surgical quality in a rapidly changing practice environment the tools they require to succeed.

::Summary## This SAGES manual will help educate and advise our new and recent surgical graduates on entering the job market. From how to find a job, to contract negotiations, to research and grant proposals, this manual offers pertinent strategies crucial to both surgical and non-surgical subspecialty fields. Chapters focusing on work-life balance and finding a mentor offer helpful insight to prevent burnout and optimize one's new career. The SAGES Manual: Transitioning to Practice will fill the gap in resident education and prove a useful text for residents, fellows and recent graduates as well as practicing surgeons in all subspecialties of surgery.

::Contents##<br/>Historical background of spinal sagittal balance / Pierre Roussouly and Nishant Nishant<br/>The acquisition of human verticality / Christine Tardieu and Martin Haeusler<br/>From the head to the feet : anatomy of the upright position / Jean Marc Vital, Jacques Sénégas, and Jean-Etienne Castelain<br/>Modeling of the spine / Carl-Eric Aubin and Xiaoyu Wang<br/>Sagittal balance : the main parameters / João Luiz Pinheiro-Franco and Pierre Roussouly<br/>Spinal curves segmentation and lumbar lordosis classification / Amer Sebaaly and Pierre Roussouly<br/>Normative values of sagittal balance in children and adults / Jean-Marc Mac-Thiong and Fethi Laouissat<br/>Sagittal balance in the elderly / Martin Gehrchen<br/>Local stresses : segmental mechanism of low back pain and degeneration. Stresses according to spinal orientation<br/>contact forces theory / Pierre Roussouly and Amer Sebaaly<br/>Mechanisms of spinal degeneration according to spinopelvic morphotypes / João Luiz Pinheiro-Franco and Pierre Roussouly<br/>Sagittal imbalance compensatory mechanisms / Martin Gehrchen<br/>Isthmic lytic spondylolisthesis : the physiopathology, classification, and treatment better explained by the sagittal balance / Hubert Labelle, Jean-Marc Mac-Thiong, Stefan Parent, and Pierre Roussouly<br/>Degenerative spondylolisthesis : does the sagittal balance matter? / Cédric Y. Barrey, Charles Peltier, Amir El Rahal, and Pierre Roussouly<br/>Degenerative (aging) spine : a challenge for contemporaneous societies / J.C. Le Huec, W. Thompson, A. Leglise, M. Petit, and T. Cloché<br/>Scheuermann's kyphosis / Stefan Parent, Abdulmajeed Alzakri, and Hubert Labelle<br/>Cervical sagittal alignment and cervicarthrosis / Darryl Lau and Christopher P. Ames<br/>Advantages and limitations of the SRS-Schwab classification for adult spinal deformity / Hideyuki Arima, Leah Y. Carreon, and Steven D. Glassman<br/>Specificities in growing spine / Shahnawaz Haleem and Colin Nnadi<br/>Sagittal balance incidence on treatment strategy in AIS / Stephan Parent<br/>From pathological to normal shapes in adult scoliosis / Pierre Roussouly and Amer Sebaaly<br/>Sagittal balance treatment strategy in a posterior approach / Fethi Laouissat and Pierre Roussouly<br/>Adult scoliosis treatment with an anterior approach / Anthony M. DiGiorgio, Mohanad Alazzeh, and Praveen V. Mummaneni<br/>Techniques for spine osteotomies and clinical applications / Ibrahim Obeid and Derek T. Cawley<br/>Surgical failures mechanisms and their treatment / Pierre Roussouly, Hyoungmin Kim, Amer Sebaaly, and Daniel Chopin.

::Summary## This book is open access under a CC BY 4.0 license. This book addresses a wide variety of events and technologies concerning the sago palm, ranging from its botanical characteristics, culture and use to social conditions in the places where it is grown, in order to provide a record of research findings and to benefit society. It discusses various subjects, including the sago palm and related species; differentiation of species of starch-producing palm; habitat, morphological, physiological and growth characteristics; culture and management; productivity of carbon dioxide; starch extraction and manufacture; characteristics and utilization of starch; and cultural anthropological and folkloristic aspects. Problems such as food shortages due to increasing populations, global warming and climate change, and decreasing reserves of oil and other underground resources, have become more pressing in recent years. In the context of these problems, the book examines the role of the sago palm in sustainable food production, in the manufacture of other foodstuffs, as a raw material for ethanol and in the manufacture of biodegradable plastics. In addition to academics, this book will be useful to researchers and government officials working for international agencies, national governments, municipalities, and other research organizations; technicians, researchers, managers, entrepreneurs, and others working in industries such as agriculture, plant production, food production, manufacturing, chemical engineering, energy production, and distribution.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Part 1. Introduction of Sago Resources- Chapter 1: Status and Outlook of Global Food Security and the Role of Under-Utilized Food Resource: Sago Palm (Hiroyuki Konuma)<br/>Chapter 2: Growing Area of Sago Palm and Its Environment (M.H. Bintoro)<br/>Chapter 3: Life and Livelihood in Sago Growing Area (Yukio Toyoda)<br/>Part 2. Diversity of Sago Resource in Asia and Pacific<br/>Chapter 4: Genetic Variation, Agronomic Features of Sago Palm in Asia and Pacific (Hiroshi Ehara)<br/>Chapter 5: Genetic Diversity of Sago Palm Resources in Indonesia (Barahima Abbas)<br/>Part 3. Sago Industry Contributes for Food Security and Rural Development in Core Producing Countries<br/>Chapter 6: An Overview of Sago Industry Development from 20th c. to 21st c. (Jong Foh Shoon)<br/>Chapter 7: Suitability of Peat Swamp Areas for Commercial Production of Sago Crop<br/>Sarawak Experience (Roland Yong Chiew Ming)<br/>Chapter 8: Feasibility of Small Scale Sago Industries on Small Island in East Indonesia (Wardis Girsang)<br/>Chapter 9: Addressing Food Insecurity through Food Safety and Cropping of Sago in Papua New Guinea (Aisak G Pue)<br/>Chapter 10: Conservation and Sustainable Utilization of the Fiji Sago Palm (Dick Watling)<br/>Part 4. Agricultural Botany of Sago Palm<br/>Chapter 11: Matter Production as A Basis of Starch Production in Sago Palm (Yoshinori Yamamoto)<br/>Chapter 12: Morphogenesis of Sago Palm (Satoshi Nakamura)<br/>Chapter 13: Morphological and Anatomical Characteristics of Sago Palm Starch (Yoji Nitta)<br/>Part 5. Growth Environment<br/>Chapter 14: Soil Environment in Sago Palm Forest (Masanori Okazaki)<br/>Chapter 15: Interaction between Microbes Activities and Sago Palm Growth (Koki Toyoda)<br/>Part 6. Starch Production and Utilization<br/>Chapter 16: Study on the Transformation in Extraction and Consumption Processes of Sago Starch in a Traditional Society of Indonesia (Yoshihiko Nishimura)<br/>Chapter 17: Improvement of Sago Processing Machine (Darma)<br/>Chapter 18: The Structure and Characteristics of Sago Starch (Masanori Okazaki)<br/>Chapter 19: Recovery of Starch from Sago Pith Waste and Waste Water Treatment (Budi Santoso)<br/>Chapter 20: Acid modification of sago starch and its fiber for industrial application (Titi Candra Sunarti)<br/>Part 6. New Carbohydrate Resources<br/>Chapter 21: Starch Properties and Uses as food for Human Health and Welfare (Kazuko Hirao)<br/>Chapter 21: Production, Purification and Health Benefits of Sago Sugar (Kazuko Hirao)<br/>Chapter 22: Production, Purification and Health Benefits of Sago Sugar (Kopli Bujang)<br/>Chapter 23: New Sago Starch Resources and Its Properties from Starch Pith Waste and Pacific Sago Palms (Takashi Mishima)<br/>Part 8. Conclusion<br/>Chapter 24: Outcomes and Recommendations from the 12th International Sago Symposium (Yoshinori Yamamoto).

::Summary## This book discusses the role of salt in current agricultural approaches, including the low salt tolerance of agricultural crops and trees, impact of saline soils, and salt-resistant plants. Halophytes are extremely salt tolerant plants, which are able to grow and survive under salt at concentrations as high as 5 g/l by maintaining negative water potential. The salt-tolerant microbes inhabiting the rhizospheres of halophytes may contribute to their salt tolerance, and the rhizospheres of halophytic plants provide an ideal opportunity for isolating various groups of salt-tolerant microbes that could enhance the growth of different crops under salinity stress. The book offers an overview of salt-tolerant microbes' ability to increase plant tolerance to salt to facilitate plant growth, the potential of the halophytes rhizospheres as a reservoir of beneficial salt-tolerant microbes, their future application as bio-inoculants in agriculture and a valuable resource for an alternative way of improving crop tolerance to salinity and promoting saline soil-based agriculture. This special collection of reviews highlights some of the recent advances in applied aspects of plant (halophytes)-microbe interactions and their contribution towards eco-friendly approaches saline soil-based agriculture.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Soil Salinity as a Challenge for Sustainable Agriculture and Bacterial Mediated Alleviation of Salinity Stress in Crop Plants<br/>Restoration of Plant Growth under Saline Soil by Halotolerant Plant Growth Promoting Rhizobacteria (PGPR)<br/>Halotolerant Rhizobacteria: A Promising Probiotic for Saline Soil Based Agriculture<br/>Development of Salt Tolerance in Crops by Using Halotolerant Plant Growth Promoting Rhizobacteria Associated with Rhizospheric Soils of Halophytes<br/>Halotolerant Plant Growth-Promoting Fungi and Bacteria as an Alternative Strategy for Improving Nutrient Availability to Salinity-Stressed Crop Plants<br/>Bacterial Endophytes from Halophytes: How Do They Help Plants to Alleviate Salt Stress?<br/>Effects of Halophilic Bacteria on Biochemical Characteristics of Rice Cultivars under Salinity Stress Conditions<br/>Production of Rhamnolipids by a Halotolerant Bacterial Strain with Seawater and its Application in the Treatment of Powdery Mildew of Strawberry (Fragaria ananassa)<br/>Bottlenecks in Commercialization and Future Prospects of Beneficial Halotolerant Microorganisms for Saline Soils<br/>Role of Halotolerant Microbes in Plant Growth Promotion under Salt Stress Conditions.

::Summary## Soil salinity is a key abiotic-stress and poses serious threats to crop yields and quality of produce. Owing to the underlying complexity, conventional breeding programs have met with limited success. Even genetic engineering approaches, via transferring/overexpressing a single 'direct action gene' per event did not yield optimal results. Nevertheless, the biotechnological advents in last decade coupled with the availability of genomic sequences of major crops and model plants have opened new vistas for understanding salinity-responses and improving salinity tolerance in important glycophytic crops. Our goal is to summarize these findings for those who wish to understand and target the molecular mechanisms for producing salt-tolerant and high-yielding crops. Through this 2-volume book series, we critically assess the potential venues for imparting salt stress tolerance to major crops in the post-genomic era. Accordingly, perspectives on improving crop salinity tolerance by targeting the sensory, ion-transport and signaling mechanisms are presented here in volume 1. Volume 2 will focus on the potency of post-genomic era tools that include RNAi, genomic intervention, genome editing and systems biology approaches for producing salt tolerant crops.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Intro; Preface; Contents; <br/>Chapter 1: Salinity Stress Responses and Adaptive Mechanisms in Major Glycophytic Crops: The Story So Far; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Glycophytes; 1.3 Salinity Stress Responses in Major Glycophytic Crops; 1.3.1 Arabidopsis; 1.3.2 Wheat; 1.3.3 Rice; 1.3.4 Soybean; 1.4 Salinity Stress and Adaptive Mechanisms of Glycophytic Crops; 1.4.1 Seed Germination; 1.4.2 Morphological Adaptations; 1.4.2.1 Roots and Aerial Part Morphology; 1.4.2.2 Leaf Anatomy and Ultrastructure Changes in Leaves Under Salinity; 1.4.3 Physiological Adaptations of Plants to Salinity. 1.4.3.1 Photosynthesis and Chlorophyll Fluorescence1.4.3.2 Nitrogen Fixation; 1.4.4 Biochemical Adaptations; 1.4.4.1 Antioxidative Metabolism; 1.4.4.2 Proline and/or Glycine Betaine; 1.4.5 Molecular Mechanism of Salt Tolerance; 1.5 Conclusions and Future Perspectives; References; <br/>Chapter 2: Deploying Mechanisms Adapted by Halophytes to Improve Salinity Tolerance in Crop Plants: Focus on Anatomical Features, Stomatal Attributes, and Water Use Efficiency; 2.1 Halophytes and Their Significance; 2.2 Classification of Halophytic Species; 2.2.1 Classification Based on Plant Morphology. 2.2.2 Classification Based on Salt Demand2.2.3 Classification Based on Physiological Types; 2.2.4 Classification Based on Ecological Types; 2.3 Anatomical Changes Observed in Glycophytes and Halophytes; 2.3.1 Successive Cambia in Glycophytes and Halophytes; 2.3.2 Other Anatomical Anomalies; 2.3.3 Lignified Cells; 2.3.4 Bulliform or Motor Cells; 2.3.5 Salt Hairs, Salt Bladders, and Salt Glands; 2.3.6 Salt Secretion by Salt Bladders and Salt Glands; 2.3.7 Trichomes and Trichome Patterning; 2.4 Stomatal Attributes; 2.5 Stomatal Patchiness; 2.6 Stomatal Density and Stomatal Aperture. 2.6.1 Stomatal Aperture and Ion Accumulation in Glycophytes and Halophytes2.7 Water Use Efficiency (WUE) in Glycophytes and Halophytes Under Salt Stress; 2.8 Influx of Na+ Ions into the Xylem of Glycophytes and Halophytes and Salt Stress Tolerance; 2.9 Outlook; References; <br/>Chapter 3: Targeting Aquaporins for Conferring Salinity Tolerance in Crops; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Role of PIPs in Salinity Stress; 3.3 Role of TIPs in Salinity Stress; 3.4 Role of NIPs in Salinity Stress; 3.5 Other Aquaporin Members and Their Role in Salt Stress Tolerance; 3.6 Conclusion and Future Perspective; References. <br/>Chapter 4: Strategies to Mitigate the Salt Stress Effects on Photosynthetic Apparatus and Productivity of Crop Plants4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Origin of Soil Salinization; 4.2.1 Marine Origin; 4.2.2 Lithogenic Sources; 4.2.3 Anthropogenic Sources; 4.3 Effects of High Salinity on Plants; 4.3.1 Effect of Salinity on Germination and Emergence; 4.3.1.1 Plant Responses on the Different Levels of the Salt Stress; 4.3.2 Effects on the Anatomy of the Leaf; 4.3.3 Plant Mineral Nutrition; 4.3.4 Effect of Salinity on Agronomic Yield; 4.3.4.1 Photosynthetic Responses and Acclimations on Salt Stress.

::Summary## Soil salinity is a key abiotic-stress and poses serious threats to crop yields and quality of produce. Owing to the underlying complexity, conventional breeding programs have met with limited success. Even genetic engineering approaches, via transferring/overexpressing a single 'direct action gene' per event did not yield optimal results. Nevertheless, the biotechnological advents in last decade coupled with the availability of genomic sequences of major crops and model plants have opened new vistas for understanding salinity-responses and improving salinity tolerance in important glycophytic crops. Our goal is to summarize these findings for those who wish to understand and target the molecular mechanisms for producing salt-tolerant and high-yielding crops. Through this 2-volume book series, we critically assess the potential venues for imparting salt stress tolerance to major crops in the post-genomic era. Accordingly, perspectives on improving crop salinity tolerance by targeting the sensory, ion-transport and signaling mechanisms were presented in Volume 1. Volume 2 now focuses on the potency of post-genomic era tools that include RNAi, genomic intervention, genome editing and systems biology approaches for producing salt tolerant crops.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Intro; Preface; Contents; Contributors; About the Editors; <br/>Chapter 1: Salinity Responses and Adaptive Mechanisms in Halophytes and Their Exploitation for Producing Salinity Tolerant Crops; 1.1 Breeding for Salinity Tolerance: Current Stand; 1.2 Strategies of Salt Resistance in Halophytes; 1.2.1 Tolerance Strategy or Osmotic Strategy; 1.2.2 Avoidance Strategy; 1.3 Learning from Signaling Pathways in Halophytes in Response to Salinity; 1.3.1 Regulation of Ion Homeostasis by SOS Signaling Pathway in Halophytes; 1.3.2 Vacuolar Compartmentalization System. 1.3.3 Osmolyte Biosynthesis Pathways: Opposite Regulation in Halophytes and Glycophytes 1.3.4 ROS Homeostasis; 1.4 Learning from the Acclimation of Halophytes to Their Natural Biotopes; 1.5 How Can We Exploit Regulation Pathways and Acclimation in Halophytes to Produce Salt Tolerant Crops?; 1.5.1 Over-Expression of Genes from Halophytes in Salt Sensitive Species; 1.5.2 H2O2 Priming; 1.5.3 Salinity Pre-treatment; 1.6 Conclusions and Perspectives; References; <br/>Chapter 2: The Involvement of Different Secondary Metabolites in Salinity Tolerance of Crops; 2.1 Introduction. 2.1.1 Divisions of Plant Secondary Metabolites in Known Salt-Tolerant Plants 2.1.2 Role of Alkaloids in Salt Stress; 2.1.3 Role of Phenolic Compounds in Salt Stress; 2.2 Role Lignins in Salt Stress; 2.3 Role of Glucosinolates in Salt Stress; 2.4 The Essential Oils Under Salt Stress; 2.5 Tannins Under Salt Stress; 2.6 Manipulations/Genetic Engineering of Secondary Metabolites for Conferring Salinity Tolerance; 2.7 Conclusions; References; <br/>Chapter 3: Exploring Halotolerant Rhizomicrobes as a Pool of Potent Genes for Engineering Salt Stress Tolerance in Crops; 3.1 Introduction. 3.2 Plant Salt Adaptation Mechanisms to the Salt-Stressed Conditions 3.3 Presence of Halotolerant or Halophilic Rhizomicrobes; 3.4 Halophilic Rhizomicrobe Adaptation Mechanisms to the Hypersaline Environments; 3.5 Root Halotolerant Microbial Inoculation and Plant Salt Tolerance; 3.5.1 Halotolerant Plant Growth-Promoting Rhizobacteria (PGPR); 3.5.1.1 Halotolerant PGPR-Induced Morphophysiological Alterations; 3.5.1.2 Halotolerant PGPR-Induced Phytohormone Production; 3.5.1.3 Halotolerant PGPR-Induced Osmolyte Accumulation. 3.5.1.4 Halotolerant PGPR-Induced Ion Homeostasis and Nutrient Acquisition 3.5.1.5 Halotolerant PGPR-Induced Antioxidative System; 3.5.1.6 Halotolerant PGPR-Induced Gene Expression; 3.5.2 Halotolerant Endophytic Bacteria; 3.5.3 Halotolerant Rhizobia; 3.5.4 Halotolerant Fungi; 3.6 Plant Salt Mitigation by Introducing Halotolerant Microbial Genes; 3.7 Conclusion and Future Perspectives; References; <br/>Chapter 4: Regulation and Modification of the Epigenome for Enhanced Salinity Tolerance in Crop Plants; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Histone Acetylation; 4.3 Histone Methylation and Phosphorylation.

::Contents##<br/>Anatomy, biogenesis, and regeneration of salivary glands / Holmberg, K.V.; Hoffman, M.P.<br/>Salivary secretion : mechanism and neural regulation / Proctor, G.B.; Carpenter, G.H.<br/>Salivary pellicles / Lindh, L.; Aroonsang, W.; Sotres, J.; Arnebrant, T.<br/>Antimicrobial defense systems in saliva / Nieuw Amerongen, A.V.; van't Hof, W.; Ligtenberg, A.J.M.; Veerman, E.C.I.<br/>Saliva and wound healing / Veerman, E.C.I.; Ligtenberg, A.J.M.; Brand, H.S.<br/>Role of saliva in oral food perception / Neyraud, E.<br/>Lubrication / Yakubov, G.E.<br/>Saliva diagnostics : utilizing oral fluids to determine health status / Schafer, C.A.; Schafer, J.J. ; Yakob, M.; Lima, P.; Camargo, P.; Wong, D.T.W.<br/>The use of saliva markers in psychobiology : mechanisms and methods / Bosch, J.A.<br/>Xerostomia / Delli, K.; Spijkervet, F.K.L.; Kroese, F.G.M.; Bootsma, H.; Vissink, A.<br/>Drooling / Silvestre-Donat, F.J.; Silvestre-Rangil, J.<br/>Salivary gland diseases : infections, sialolithiasis, and mucoceles / Delli, K.; Spijkervet, F.K.L.; Vissink, A.

::Summary## Saliva as a unique sample for health assessment is gaining attention among researchers of different fields in the last 20 years; being reflected in an impressive increase in the number of papers published studying saliva from different biological aspects in human and veterinary species. Once deemed merely a digestive juice is now considered a biological fluid capable of communicating information about physiopathological processes occurring in organisms, since saliva has been shown to contain molecular and bacterial compounds that can change in response to local and systemic pathologies. Furthermore, the interest of saliva as a diagnostic, prognostic and monitoring biofluid is forced by its non-invasive nature being of easy and inexpensive sampling, involving only minimal discomfort and allowing the collection of multiple/repeated specimens at anytime, anywhere and without need for specialized staff. In this contributed volume, the authors bring together, summarize and reflect the generated knowledge about saliva as a source of biomarkers for health and welfare evaluation in humans and animal models. This volume also highlights the importance of confounding factors, such as sampling methods, flow, total protein content, contamination, or storage. This book will serve as a manual for graduates, practitioners and researchers by providing general ideas about the possibilities and utilities of saliva in clinical practice or investigation, and indicating the main cautions each should have in mind before saliva usage.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Intro<br/>Preface<br/>Acknowledgements<br/>Contents<br/>Part I: Saliva Basics<br/>Chapter 1: Salivary Glands' Anatomy and Physiology<br/>1.1 Salivary Glands' Anatomy and Histology<br/>1.1.1 Types of Salivary Glands<br/>1.1.2 Histology<br/>1.1.3 The Excretory Ducts in Major Salivary Glands<br/>1.2 Saliva Secretion<br/>1.2.1 Regulation<br/>1.2.1.1 Salivary Gland Innervation Routes<br/>1.2.1.2 Neurotransmitters Released by Autonomic Nerves Innervating Salivary Glands<br/>1.2.2 Pathways of Saliva Secretion<br/>1.3 Saliva<br/>1.3.1 Composition<br/>1.3.2 Function<br/>1.4 Conclusions<br/>References 2.3.2.2 How Can Saliva Influence Food Texture Perception in Mouth?<br/>2.3.3 Saliva and Aroma<br/>2.4 Changes in Saliva Composition in Response to Ingestion: Can This Affect the Sensory Perception of Subsequently Ingested Food?<br/>2.5 How Saliva Changes Under Pathological States Can Affect Oral Food Perception<br/>2.6 Conclusion<br/>References<br/>Chapter 3: Saliva as a Non-invasive Sample: Pros and Cons<br/>3.1 Collection Methods<br/>3.1.1 Methods for Obtaining Total Unstimulated Saliva<br/>3.1.1.1 Drainage<br/>3.1.1.2 Spitting<br/>3.1.1.3 Ejector (Saliva Aspiration)<br/>3.1.1.4 Syringe Collection 3.1.1.5 Cotton<br/>3.1.2 Methods for Obtaining Total Stimulated Saliva<br/>3.1.2.1 Mechanical Stimulation Techniques<br/>3.1.2.2 Chemical Stimulation Techniques<br/>3.1.2.3 Stimulation with Pharmacological Substance<br/>3.1.2.4 Electrostimulation<br/>3.1.2.5 Low-Power Laser Stimulation<br/>3.1.2.6 Acupuncture<br/>3.1.3 Methods for Collection of Partial Saliva<br/>3.1.4 Saliva Collection Techniques in Animals<br/>3.2 Advantages and Disadvantages of Using Saliva<br/>3.2.1 Advantages<br/>3.2.2 Disadvantages<br/>References Chapter 2: Saliva in Ingestive Behavior Research: Association with Oral Sensory Perception and Food Intake<br/>2.1 Introduction<br/>2.2 Oral Food Perception<br/>2.2.1 Mechanisms of Basic Taste, Aroma and Oral Tactile Perception<br/>2.2.1.1 Taste<br/>2.2.1.2 Food Aroma Perception<br/>2.2.1.3 Food Texture (Tactile) Perception<br/>2.2.2 How Oral Food Perception Influences Food Acceptance and Choices<br/>2.3 Saliva Composition and Food Sensory Perception<br/>2.3.1 Saliva and Basic Tastes<br/>2.3.2 Saliva and Tactile Sensations<br/>2.3.2.1 The Role of Saliva in Astringency Development Chapter 4: Methodology Assays for the Salivary Biomarkers' Identification and Measurement<br/>4.1 The Concept of Biomarker and the Potential of Saliva as a Diagnostic Fluid<br/>4.2 Methodology Assays<br/>4.2.1 Spectrophotometric Assays<br/>4.2.1.1 Ultraviolet and Visible (UV-Vis) Absorption Spectroscopy<br/>4.2.1.2 Atomic Spectrophotometry<br/>4.2.1.3 Near Infrared Spectrophotometry<br/>4.2.1.4 Flow Injection Spectrophotometric Analysis<br/>4.2.2 Immunoassays (IAs)<br/>4.2.2.1 Enzyme-Linked Immunoassays (EIAs)<br/>4.2.2.2 AlphaLisa<br/>4.2.2.3 Chemiluminescence Immunoassays (CLIA)

::Summary## "Saliva Protection and Transmissible Diseases provides a review of saliva protection, raising debate on micro-organisms potentially transmissible in saliva, and also considering the evidence on diseases that may be transmitted by kissing. Saliva is a complex body fluid essential to health, especially mastication, swallowing and speech, and hyposalivation can lead to dysfunction and even infection. More serious pathogens, such as herpes viruses and papillomaviruses can be conveyed by kissing, as can potentially lethal micro-organisms present in some saliva, such as meningococci, fungal organisms and Ebola viruses.Stipulates the defensive roles of saliva, an important topic not previously reviewed in-depth in literature. Provides awareness that saliva also transmits infectious agents that can produce serious or even lethal diseases. Gives understanding that kissing may be an at-risk practice"-- Provided by publisher.

::Summary## "This book provides the first comprehensive overview of the emerging field of interdisciplinary salivary bioscience. It serves as a foundational reference guide to the collection, analysis, and interpretation of salivary data, as well as its myriad applications in medicine, surveillance and public health. The ease and non-invasive nature of saliva collection makes it highly useful in diverse fields such as pediatrics, dentistry, neuroscience, psychology, animal welfare and precision medicine. This book introduces students and scientists alike to the vast potential of salivary bioscience in both research and practice." -- Resource home page<br/>::Contents##<br/>Intro<br/>Preface<br/>Acknowledgements<br/>Contents<br/>Editors and Section Editors<br/>Part I: What Is Salivary Bioscience, Why Is It Important, and How Do We Study It?<br/>Chapter 1: Foundations of Interdisciplinary Salivary Bioscience: An Introduction<br/>References<br/>Chapter 2: Salivary Gland Anatomy and Physiology<br/>2.1 Basic Anatomy of the Oral Cavity<br/>2.2 Salivary Gland Anatomy<br/>2.3 Saliva Composition<br/>2.4 Functions of Saliva<br/>2.5 Salivary Flow<br/>2.6 Neural Regulation of Salivary Glands<br/>2.7 Summary<br/>References 3.3.1 Cold Chain Management and Additives<br/>3.3.2 Prioritizing Analyte Testing<br/>3.4 Concluding Comments<br/>References<br/>Chapter 4: Analytical Strategies and Tactics in Salivary Bioscience<br/>4.1 Introduction<br/>4.2 Power Analysis with Salivary Biomeasure Data<br/>4.3 Early Processing of Salivary Biomeasure Data: Unique Challenges and Solutions<br/>4.3.1 Examining Data Parameters Related to In-Laboratory Saliva Processing Procedures<br/>4.3.2 Examining and Addressing Missing, Unreliable, or Invalid Values<br/>4.3.3 Approaches for Addressing Unreliable, Invalid, and Missing Data 4.3.4 Examining the Distribution of the Data<br/>4.3.5 Computing Composites and Indicators of Individual Differences<br/>4.3.5.1 Within-Individual Analyte Change<br/>4.4 Advanced Statistical Analysis of Salivary Biomeasure Data<br/>4.4.1 Conceptualizing Biomeasures Within a Mediation Framework<br/>4.4.2 Modeling Coordination Among Multiple Analytes in Cross-Sectional Studies<br/>4.4.3 Modeling Individual Biomeasure Response Trajectories Using Multilevel Modeling<br/>4.4.4 Additional Applications of Multilevel Modeling<br/>4.4.4.1 Modeling Multiple Biomeasure Trajectories with Multilevel Modeling 4.4.4.2 Modeling Biomeasure Trajectories from Multiple Individuals with Multilevel Modeling<br/>4.4.5 Isolating Trait, State, and Error Components of Salivary Biomeasure Data Using Latent Variable Modeling<br/>4.5 Conclusion<br/>References<br/>Part II: Physiology and Development Research and Applications<br/>Chapter 5: Salivary Bioscience, Human Stress and the Hypothalamic-Pituitary-Adrenal Axis<br/>5.1 History of Salivary Bioscience in Stress Psychoneuroendocrinology<br/>5.2 Current Status of Knowledge in Psychoneuroendocrinology<br/>5.2.1 Stress Reactivity Studies Chapter 3: Saliva Collection, Handling, Transport, and Storage: Special Considerations and Best Practices for Interdisciplinar...<br/>3.1 Saliva Collection Considerations Related to Research Design<br/>3.1.1 Environmental Factors<br/>3.1.2 Biologically Relevant Factors<br/>3.2 Data Collection Methods<br/>3.2.1 Adults and Older Children<br/>3.2.2 Adult and Older Children<br/>3.2.3 Small Children and Infants<br/>3.2.4 Geriatric and Special Populations<br/>3.2.5 Nonhuman Animals<br/>3.2.6 Practical (Everyday) Sources of Variability<br/>3.3 Sample Handling, Transport, and Storage

::Summary## This clinically oriented book provides a comprehensive update on the biology, diagnosis, and treatment of salivary gland cancer. Detailed information is presented on molecular characterization and radiological staging, and a series of treatment-related chapters describe the different surgical approaches to major and minor salivary gland cancer, including reconstructive surgery techniques, and the roles of radiotherapy and heavy ion therapy. Rehabilitation, follow-up, and the management of metastatic disease are also fully discussed. The aim is to equip the reader with the knowledge required to deliver appropriate tailored treatment in each patient, based on tumor characteristics and other pertinent factors. An additional feature is the inclusion of information on advocacy groups and their perspectives. All of the chapters are written by leading specialists in the field. In presenting the most recent advances and innovations in diagnosis and therapy and relating them to individualized treatment, this book will appeal to a wide audience including otorhinolaryngologists, head and neck surgeons, maxillofacial surgeons, radiation oncologists, and other clinicians.

::Summary## This book provides a comprehensive update on the latest information and knowledge which emerged from translational and basic science research endeavors, targeting the regeneration of salivary glands. The coverage includes salivary gland growth and development, stem cell therapy, bioengineering of salivary glands, and perspectives on and practical approaches to restoration of secretory function. More specifically, among the individual topics addressed are the various types of stem cell of value for cell replacement therapy, technological advances with respect to 3D printing, gene therapy, organ culture of salivary glands, and surgical aspects of the feasibility and practicality of transplantation. Readers will find helpful practical guidance on functional restorations of damaged salivary glands and stimulating insights into potential future directions in salivary gland regeneration research. The authors are all acknowledged experts from a range of academic and clinical backgrounds. Accordingly, the book will be of interest not only to clinicians, such as general dental practitioners, oral medicine specialists, and surgeons who manage dry mouth patients, but also to biomedical engineers, stem cell researchers, and transplant surgeons.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Updates on Salivary Gland Development: Salivary Gland Development<br/>Systems Analysis of Salivary Gland Development and Disease<br/>The Roles of Mucins in Salivary Gland Development and Regeneration. Glandular Damage and Cell Replacement Therapy: Salivary Gland Resident Stem Cells<br/>Adult Stem Cells with Special Emphasis on Mesenchymal Stem Cells<br/>Cellular and Nuclear Reprogramming of Mesenchymal Stem Cells. Bioengineering of Salivary Glands: Current Cell Models for Bioengineering Salivary Glands<br/>3D Organ Culture and Matrix Biology<br/>Clinical Application of 3D Printing Technology in Craniofacial Plastic Surgery and Salivary Gland Regeneration<br/>Functional Salivary Gland Regeneration by Organ Replacement Therapy<br/>Therapeutic Considerations for Functional Salivary Gland Restorations: Regulation of Salivary Secretion<br/>Gene Therapy in Experimental and Clinical Trials<br/>Surgical Approaches to Functional Restoration of Saliva Secretion.

::Contents##<br/>Classification of salivary gland neoplasms / Bradley, P.J<br/>Frequency and histopathology by site, major pathologies, symptoms and signs of<br/>Salivary gland neoplasms / Bradley, P.J<br/>Molecular pathology and biomarkers / Ha, P.K, Stenman, G<br/>Evaluation : imaging studies / Kontzialis, M., Aygun, N., Glastonbury, C.M<br/>Evaluation : fine needle aspiration cytology, ultrasound-guided core biopsy and<br/>Open biopsy techniques / Howlett, D., Triantafyllou, A<br/>Nerve monitoring / Guntinas-Lichius, O., Eisele, D.W<br/>Surgery for benign salivary neoplasms / Gillespie, M.B., Iro, H<br/>Recurrent benign salivary gland neoplasms / Witt, R.L., Nicolai, P<br/>Prognostic scoring for malignant salivary gland neoplasms / Vander Poorten V., Guntinas-Lichius, O<br/>Surgery for primary malignant parotid neoplasms / Deschler D.G., Eisele, D.W<br/>Metastatic cancer to the parotid / Clark, J., Wang, S<br/>Surgery for malignant submandibular gland neoplasms / Silver, N.L., Chinn, S.B., Bradley, P.J., Weber, R.S<br/>Surgery for malignant sublingual and minor salivary gland neoplasms / Bradley, P.J., Ferris, R.L<br/>Facial reconstruction and rehabilitation / Guntinas-Lichius, O., Genther, D.J., Byrne, P.J<br/>Management of regional metastases of malignant salivary gland neoplasms / Medina, J., Zbären, P., Bradley, P.J<br/>Indications for salivary gland radiotherapy / Thomson, D.J., Slevin, N.J., Mendenhall, W.M<br/>Chemotherapy and targeted therapy / Sen, M., Prestwich, R<br/>Management of inoperable malignant neoplasms / Kiess, A.P., Quon, H<br/>Management of recurrent malignant salivary neoplasms / Richmon, J.D., Quon, H<br/>Salivary gland neoplasms in children and adolescents / Bradley, P.J., Eisele, D.W<br/>Distant metastases and palliative care / Glazer, T.A., Shuman, A.G<br/>Quality of life after salivary gland surgery / Wax, M.K., Talmi, Y.P<br/>Salivary gland neoplasms: future perspectives / Eisele, D.W., Bradley, P.J.

::Contents##<br/>Surgical Anatomy, Embryology, and Physiology of the Salivary Glands / John D Langdon<br/>Diagnostic Imaging of Salivary Gland Pathology / J Michael McCoy, Pradeep K Jacob<br/>Infections of the Salivary Glands<br/>Cysts and Cyst-Like Lesions of the Salivary Glands<br/>Sialolithiasis<br/>Systemic Diseases Affecting the Salivary Glands<br/>Salivary Gland Pathology in Children and Adolescents<br/>Classification, Grading, and Staging of Salivary Gland Tumors / J Michael McCoy, John Sauk<br/>The Molecular Biology of Benign and Malignant Salivary Gland Tumors / Randy Todd<br/>Tumors of the Parotid Gland<br/>Tumors of the Submandibular and Sublingual Glands<br/>Tumors of the Minor Salivary Glands<br/>Radiation Therapy for Salivary Gland Malignancies / Joseph R Kelley, Max Ofori<br/>Systemic Therapy for Salivary Gland Cancer / Janakiraman Subramanian, Lara Kujtan<br/>Non-salivary Tumors of the Salivary Glands<br/>Trauma and Injuries to the Salivary Glands<br/>Miscellaneous Pathologic Processes of the Salivary Glands<br/>Complications of Salivary Gland Surgery / Michael D Turner<br/>Innovations in Salivary Gland Surgery / Mark McGurk, Katherine George.

::Contents##<br/>Luminex® multiplex bead suspension arrays for the detection and serotyping of Salmonella spp / Sherry A. Dunbar [and 4 others]<br/>Quantitative proteomic identification of host factors involved in the Salmonella typhimurium infection cycle / Dora Kaloyanova [and 3 others]<br/>Determination of antimicrobial resistance in Salmonella spp / Belgode N. Harish and Godfred A. Menezes<br/>Red-mediated recombineering of Salmonella enterica genomes / Frederik Czarniak and Michael Hensel<br/>A method to introduce an internal tag sequence into a Salmonella chromosomal gene / Weidong Zhao and Stéphane Méresse<br/>Generation and use of site-directed chromosomal cyaA' translational fusions in Salmonella enterica / Francisco Ramos-Morales [and 3 others]<br/>Detection of antimicrobial (poly)peptides with acid urea polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis followed by Western immunoblot / Edith Porter [and 3 others]<br/>Detecting non-typhoid Salmonella in humans by enzyme-linked immunosorbent assays (ELISAs) : practical and epidemiological aspects / Katrin G. Kuhn [and 3 others]<br/>Study of the Stn protein in Salmonella; a regulator of membrane composition and integrity / Masayuki Nakano [and 4 others]<br/>Development of a bacterial nanoparticle vaccine / Carlos Gamazo [and 4 others]<br/>Direct attachment of nanparticle cargo to Salmonella typhimurium membranes designed for combination bacteriotherapy against tumors / Robert Kazmierczak [and 3 others]<br/>Applications of microscopy in Salmonella research / Layla M. Malt [and 3 others]<br/>Live cell imaging of intracellular Salmonella enterica / Alexander Kehl and Michael Hensel<br/>In vitro modeling of gallbladder-associated Salmonella spp. colonization / Geoffrey Gonzalez-Escobedo and John S. Gunn<br/>Salmonella phages and prophages : genomics, taxonomy, and applied aspects / Andrea I. Moreno Switt [and 6 others].

::Summary## This book presents various aspects of salt and drought stress signaling in crops, combining physiological, biochemical, and molecular studies. Salt and drought stress are two major constraints on crop production worldwide. Plants possess several mechanisms to cope with the adverse effects of salt and drought. Among these mechanisms, stress signaling is very important, because it integrates and regulates nuclear gene expression and other cellular activities, which can help to restore cellular homeostasis. Accordingly, understanding the signaling cascades will help plant biologists to grasp the tolerance mechanisms that allow breeders to develop tolerant crop varieties. This book is an essential resource for researchers and graduate students working on salt and drought stress physiology and plant breeding.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Intro<br/>Preface<br/>References<br/>Contents<br/>About the Editors<br/>An Overview of Salinity Tolerance Mechanism in Plants<br/>1 Introduction<br/>2 ROS-Ca2+ Hub<br/>3 Role of Potassium Efflux in Stress Signaling<br/>4 Potassium Retention in Leaf Mesophyll<br/>5 Cell Wall Lignification and Subernization<br/>6 Role of Jasmonate and Ethylene in Salinity Tolerance<br/>6.1 JA Biosynthesis and Signaling<br/>6.2 Role of JAs in Salt Tolerance<br/>6.3 ET Biosynthesis and Signaling<br/>6.4 Roles of ET in Salt Tolerance<br/>7 Conclusion<br/>References 10.1 Morphological Mechanisms<br/>10.2 Physiological Mechanisms<br/>11 Molecular Mechanisms<br/>11.1 Aquaporins<br/>11.2 Stress Proteins<br/>11.3 Signaling and Drought Stress Tolerance<br/>12 Physiological Responses to a Combination of Drought and Salinity Stress<br/>13 Concluding Remarks<br/>References<br/>Special Adaptive Features of Plant Species in Response to Salinity<br/>1 Introduction<br/>2 Halophytes and Their Adaptation<br/>2.1 Physiological and Biochemical Responses<br/>2.2 Transcriptional Regulation in Halophytes<br/>2.3 Proteomic and Metabolic Under Salt Stress<br/>3 Aeluropus lagopoides 3.1 Origin and Taxonomy<br/>3.2 Morphological and Anatomical Adaptations<br/>3.3 Economic Importance<br/>3.4 Physiological and Biochemical Strategies<br/>3.5 Molecular Mechanism<br/>4 Salicornia brachaita<br/>4.1 Origin and Taxonomy<br/>4.2 Morphological and Anatomical Adaptations<br/>4.3 Economic Importance<br/>4.4 Physiological and Biochemical Strategies<br/>4.5 Molecular Mechanisms<br/>5 Conclusion and Perspectives<br/>References<br/>Special Adaptive Features of Plant Species in Response to Drought<br/>1 Introduction<br/>2 Adaptation to Drought Stress<br/>3 Morphological Adaptations 8.3 Intracellular Proline<br/>8.4 Glycine Betaine<br/>8.5 Antioxidant Regulation of Salinity Tolerance<br/>8.6 Roles of Polyamines in Salinity Tolerance<br/>8.7 Roles of Nitric Oxide in Salinity Tolerance<br/>8.8 Hormone Regulation of Salinity Tolerance<br/>9 Effect of Drought on Plant Growth and Productivity<br/>9.1 Effects of Drought Stress on Plant Growth and Yield<br/>9.2 Effect of Drought on Plant Water Relations<br/>9.3 Effect of Drought on Plant Nutrient Relations<br/>9.4 Influence of Drought on Photosynthesis<br/>9.5 Oxidative Damage<br/>10 Drought Resistance Mechanisms in Plants Plant Responses and Tolerance to Combined Salt and Drought Stress<br/>1 Introduction<br/>2 Objectives of This Chapter<br/>3 Plant Stress Definitions<br/>4 Salinity Stress<br/>5 Salinity Causes<br/>5.1 Primary Salinization<br/>5.2 Secondary Salinization<br/>6 Salinity Effects on Plants<br/>7 Plant Responses to Salinity<br/>7.1 Changes in Metabolism Under Salt Stress<br/>7.2 Role of Organic Solutes<br/>7.3 Salinity Stress and Their Effects on Water Relations<br/>8 The Main Salinity Tolerance Mechanisms<br/>8.1 Ion Homeostasis and Salt Tolerance<br/>8.2 Compatible Solute Accumulation and Osmotic Protection

::Summary## This book offers an overview of salt stress, which has a devastating effect on the yields of various agricultural crops around the globe. Excessive salts in soil reduce the availability of water, inhibit metabolic processes, and affect nutrient composition, osmotic balance, and hydraulic conductivity. Plants have developed a number of tolerance mechanisms, such as various compatible solutes, polyamines, reactive oxygen species and antioxidant defense mechanisms, ion transport and compartmentalization of injurious ions. The exploitation of genetic variation, use of plant hormones, mineral nutrients, soil microbe interactions, and other mechanical practices are of prime importance in agriculture, and as such have been the subject of multidisciplinary research. Covering both theoretical and practical aspects, the book provides essential physiological, ecological, biochemical, environmental and molecular information as well as perspectives for future research. It is a valuable resource for students, teachers and researchers and anyone interested in agronomy, ecology, stress physiology, environmental science, crop science and molecular biology.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Chapter 1. Global concern for salinity on various agro-ecosystems<br/>Chapter 2. Potentiality of plant growth promoting rhizobacteria in easing of soil salinity and environmental sustainability<br/>Chapter 3. Use of Plant Hormones for the Improvement of Plant Growth and Production under Salt Stress<br/>Chapter 4. Plant growth regulators and salt stress: Mechanism of tolerance trade off<br/>Chapter 5. Impact of plant microbe interactions on plant metabolism under saline environment<br/>Chapter 6. Plant survival and tolerance under high salinity conditions: Primary and secondary cell wall sensing mechanism<br/>Chapter 7. Field Application of Rhizobial Inoculants in Enhancing Faba bean Production in Acidic Soils: An Innovative Strategy to Improve Crop Productivity<br/>Chapter 8. Heavy Metal Stress and Tolerance in Plants Mediated by Rhizospheric Microbes<br/>Chapter 9. Use of Nanoparticles in Alleviating Salt Stress<br/>Chapter 10. Soil-Plant and Microbial Interaction in Improving Salt Stress<br/>Chapter 11. Plants Growing Under Salinity Stress can be Eased Through Mycorrhizal Association<br/>Chapter 12. Halophilic microbe interactions with plants to mitigate salt stress<br/>Chapter 13. Effect of Salinity on the Nutrients and Plant Health.

::Summary## This book offers an overview of salt stress, which has a devastating effect on the yields of various agricultural crops around the globe. Excessive salts in soil reduce the availability of water, inhibit metabolic processes, and affect nutrient composition, osmotic balance, and hydraulic conductivity. Plants have developed a number of tolerance mechanisms, such as various compatible solutes, polyamines, reactive oxygen species and antioxidant defense mechanisms, ion transport and compartmentalization of injurious ions. The exploitation of genetic variation, use of plant hormones, mineral nutrients, soil microbe interactions, and other mechanical practices are of prime importance in agriculture, and as such have been the subject of multidisciplinary research. Covering both theoretical and practical aspects, the book provides essential physiological, ecological, biochemical, environmental and molecular information as well as perspectives for future research. It is a valuable resource for students, teachers and researchers and anyone interested in agronomy, ecology, stress physiology, environmental science, crop science and molecular biology.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Chapter 1. Microbial management of crop salinity stress: mechanisms, applications and prospects<br/>Chapter 2. Adaptive Mechanisms of Plants Against Salt Stress and Salt Shock<br/>Chapter 3. Molecular approaches and salt tolerance mechanisms in leguminous plants<br/>Chapter 4. Crop improvement through microbial biotechnology: A Crosstalk<br/>Chapter 5. Role of Phytohormones in Recuperating Salt Stress<br/>Chapter 6. An enigma in the genetic responses of plants to salt stresses<br/>Chapter 7. Application of microbial biotechnology in improving Salt stress and crop productivity<br/>Chapter 8. Consequences of bioinoculants and intercropping approach to alleviate plant drought and salinity stress for sustainable agriculture<br/>Chapter 9. Role of Signaling Pathways in Improving Salt Stress in Plants<br/>Chapter 10. Mechanisms and Molecular Approaches for Salt Tolerance Enhancement<br/>Chapter 11. Crops and Methods to Control Soil Salinity<br/>Chapter 12. Ameliorating plants salt stress through bacterial inoculation: Prospects and Challenges<br/>Chapter 13. Proline accumulation and oxidative stress: Diverse roles and mechanism of tolerance and adaptation under salinity stress.

::Summary## This book comprehensively covers application of salvage therapy in reuccurrent prostate cancer. Chapters focus on specific issues associated with a range of surgical and oncological management techniques and strategies including hormone therapy, lymphnode dissection, robotic prostatectomy and salvage reirradiation after locoregional failure. Learning objectives, and definitions of keywords are provided to aid the reader develop a thorough understanding of the topic and reinforce the key points covered in each chapter. Salvage Therapy for Prostate Cancer provides a detailed practically applicable guide on how salvage therapy can be utilised in the treatment of prostate cancer. It represents a valuable resource for trainee and practicing urologists, oncologists, and specialist nurses.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Systematic Review of Open, Laparoscopic and Robotic Salvage Radical Prostatectomy<br/>Salvage Prostatectomy for Radio-recurrent Prostate Cancer<br/>Salvage Robot-Assisted Radical Prostatectomy for Recurrent Localized Prostate Cancer after Radiation Therapy- Pre-operative Assessment, the contribution of Robotics and Outcomes<br/>Disease Recurrence after Radical Prostatectomy<br/>Salvage Therapy in Prostate Cancer- Predictors of Recurrence<br/>The Role of MRI in Recurrent Prostate Cancer<br/>Clinical Staging/Diagnostic Imaging<br/>Imaging for Salvage Therapy in Recurrent Prostate Cancer<br/>The Role of PET in Salvage Therapy for Prostate Cancer<br/>Salvage Radiotherapy<br/>Salvage Cryotherapy in Prostate Cancer<br/>Salvage Treatment after Focal Therapy<br/>Salvage Re-Irradiation after Locoregional Failure with Primary Radiotherapy for Prostate Cancer<br/>Salvage Brachytherapy- Outcomes from Low and High dose Brachytherapy in Prostate Cancer<br/>Salvage Brachytherapy after Primary Brachytherapy in Recurrent Prostate Cancer<br/>Focal Salvage Therapy for Prostate Cancer Recurrence after Primary Radiotherapy<br/>Salvage Lymph Node Dissection<br/>Salvage Re-irradiation Therapy after Loco-regional Failure for Radiotherapy<br/>Role of Metastasectomy in Prostate Cancer Patients following Primary Treatment<br/>Incontinence of Urine after the Treatment of Prostate Cancer<br/>Erectile Dysfunction in Salvage Prostate Cancer Therapies.

::Summary## This is the first book on the genome of Salvia miltiorrhiza, summarizing the research advances in the molecular mapping, whole genome sequencing, chloroplast and mitochondria genomes, epigenetics, transcriptomics and functional genomics of this emerging model plant with great economic and medicinal value. It also describes its distribution, taxonomy and morphology and provides useful information on its cultivation and breeding. Further, it highlights the biosynthetic pathways of tanshinones and phenolic acids - two main classes of bioactive components produced in this plant species - and reviews and discusses the technology of hairy root induction, tissue culture and genetic transformation of S. miltiorrhiza. The book is a valuable resource for students, teachers and researchers in academia and industry interested in medicinal plants and pharmacy.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Intro; Preface to the Series; Preface; Contents; Contributors; 1 Salvia miltiorrhiza: An Economically and Academically Important Medicinal Plant; Abstract; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Taxonomy; 1.3 Distribution; 1.4 Morphology; 1.5 Propagation; 1.6 Growth Requirements; 1.7 Chemical Constituents; 1.8 Medicinal Significance; 1.9 Academic Significance; 1.10 Conclusion; Acknowledgements; References; 2 Salvia miltiorrhiza Resources, Cultivation, and Breeding; Abstract; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Danshen Resources; 2.3 Danshen Distribution and Cultivation; 2.3.1 Wild and Cultivated Distribution 2.3.2 Cultivation Procedures2.3.3 Cultivation-Related Research Findings; 2.4 Danshen Breeding; 2.4.1 System and Bulk Selection; 2.4.2 Cross-breeding; 2.4.3 Polyploidy Breeding; 2.4.4 Space Mutation; 2.5 Perspectives; Acknowledgements; References; 3 Molecular Maps and Mapping of Genes and QTLs of Salvia miltiorrhiza; Abstract; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Molecular Linkage Map Construction; 3.2.1 Map Strategy and Mapping Populations; 3.2.2 F1 Genotyping, Data Analysis and Map Construction Method; 3.2.3 Genetic Linkage Map Construction of S. miltiorrhiza 3.2.3.1 The First Linkage Genetic Map and Another Map Based on Integration of Multiple Markers3.2.3.2 The Genomic SSR Linkage Genetic Map; 3.2.3.3 The High-Density Linkage Genetic Map; 3.3 Quantitative Trait Loci Analysis of Important Agronomic Traits in S. miltiorrhiza; 3.3.1 Quantitative Trait Loci (QTL) Mapping Method; 3.3.2 QTL Analysis for Phenolic Acid Content; 3.3.3 QTL Analysis for Root Yield; 3.4 Discussion; Acknowledgements; References; 4 The Genome of Salvia miltiorrhiza; Abstract; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 The Sequencing and Assembly of S. miltiorrhiza Genome 4.2.1 Sequencing of the S. miltiorrhiza 99-3 Genome (Xu et al. 2016a)4.2.2 Genome Assembly of the S. miltiorrhiza; 4.2.3 Genome Annotation and Repeat Element Analysis; 4.2.4 Genome Family Evolution of S. miltiorrhiza; 4.2.5 Gene Clusters Related to Tanshinone Biosynthesis; 4.3 The Chloroplast Genome of S. miltiorrhiza; 4.4 The Full-Length Transcriptome Based on S. miltiorrhiza Genome; 4.4.1 Full-Length Transcriptome Analysis; 4.4.2 Identification of Alternatively Spliced Isoforms Using Full-Length Transcriptome Data; 4.5 Conclusion; Acknowledgements; References 5 The Chloroplast and Mitochondrial Genomes of Salvia miltiorrhizaAbstract; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Transcriptome of S. miltiorrhiza Chloroplasts; 5.3 Methylation of S. miltiorrhiza Plastome; 5.4 Basic Information for S. miltiorrhiza Mitochondrial Genome; 5.5 RNA Editing of S. miltiorrhiza Mitogenome; 5.6 Conclusion and Perspectives; Acknowledgements; References; 6 Salvia miltiorrhiza Epigenetics; Abstract; 6.1 Introduction; 6.2 miRNAs in S. miltiorrhiza; 6.2.1 miRNAs and Development of S. miltiorrhiza; 6.2.2 miRNAs Involved in Signal Transduction

::Summary## This second edition of Samii's Essentials in Neurosurgery contains revised and updated versions of chapters from the first edition plus contributions on new topics written by leading neurosurgeons who were trained by Professor Madjid Samii in Hannover, Germany. Almost all fields of neurosurgery are covered. The authors follow the traditional principles of Samii's philosophy in the diagnosis and management of various neurosurgical pathologies, while presenting their own personal experiences. The extensively illustrated texts document clearly how cutting-edge technology in neurosurgery is being applied in new approaches and techniques. This book will greatly assist neurosurgeons, ENT surgeons, neuroradiologists, neurologists, and neurophysiotherapists in their everyday practice.<br/>::Contents##<br/>The Virtual Operating Field: How Image Guidance Became Integral to Microneurosurgery<br/>Potential and Limitations of Chronic High-Fr Deep-Brain Stimulation in Parkinson's Disease<br/>Proliferation Behaviour of Meningiomas<br/>Neurotransplantation and the Restoration of Motor Behavior in Parkinson's Disease<br/>Preservation and Restitution of Auditory Function in Neurofibromatosis Type 2<br/>Restoration of Locomotion in Post-traumatic Paraplegics: The Neurosurgeon's Personal View<br/>Spinal Robotics<br/>Endoscope-Assisted Microsurgery<br/>Intraoperative Brain Mapping<br/>Endoscopy and Thermodiskoplasty: A Minimally Invasive Surgical Treatment for Lumbar Pain<br/>Considerations for Experimental Neuromodulation Following Grafting of the Spinal Cord to Skeletal Muscles for Clinical Application<br/>Preoperative Visualization of the Facial Nerve Using Diffusion Tensor Imaging Fibre Tracking in Patients with Large Vestibular Schwannomas<br/>Olfactory Groove Meningiomas: Pitfalls and Surgical Technique<br/>Preservation of the Olfactory Tract in Bifrontal Craniotomy<br/>Treatment of Meningiomas Involving the Optic Nerve Sheath<br/>Surgical Management of Tuberculum Sellae Meningiomas<br/>Sphenoid Wing Meningiomas<br/>Chordomas and Chondrosarcomas<br/>Petroclival Meningiomas Diagnosis, Treatment, and Results<br/>Retrosigmoid Approach to the Posterior and Middle Fossa<br/>The Surgical Management of Trigeminal Schwannomas<br/>Facial Nerve Schwannomas<br/>Vestibular Schwannoma: Current State of the Art<br/>Functional Microsurgery of Vestibular Schwannomas<br/>Surgery of Large and Giant Residual/Recurrent Vestibular Schwannomas<br/>Arachnoid Cysts of the Posterior Fossa<br/>Facial and Cochlear Nerve Function After Surgery of Cerebellopontine Angle Meningiomas<br/>Jugular Foramen Tumors: Diagnosis and Management Endoscopic Transnasal Surgery for Clival Chordoma<br/>Surgery of Cerebellopontine Angle Epidermoids<br/>Approaches to the Orbit: A 360-Degree View<br/>Pituitary Surgery Beyond the Sella<br/>Tumors of the Craniocervical Junction: Overview and Update<br/>Diagnosis and Treatment of Adult Hydrocephalus<br/>Primary Tethered Cord Syndrome<br/>Peripheral Nerve Entrapment Syndromes of the Lower Extremity<br/>Hypoglossal-Facial Nerve Anastomosis<br/>Facial Pain: Diagnosis and Therapy<br/>Epilepsy Surgery<br/>Bypass and Vascular Reconstruction for Anterior Circulation Aneurysms <br/>Bypass and Vascular Reconstruction for Posterior Circulation Aneurysms<br/>Full-Endoscopic Lumbar and Cervical Surgery for Disc Herniation<br/>Syringomyelia and Syringobulbia<br/>Total Lumbar Facet Replacement: Indication, Technique, and 3- and 4-Year Results<br/>Mini-open Transforaminal Lumbar Interbody Fusion for Degenerative Diseases.

::Contents##<br/>Coma, head trauma, and spinal cord injury / Galen V. Henderson and Matthew B. Bevers<br/>Epilepsy / Rani A. Sarkis and Barbara Dworetzky<br/>Dizziness / Gregory T. Whitman and Robert W. Baloh<br/>Back and neck pain / Allan H. Ropper<br/>Sleep disorders / Milena Pavlova<br/>Cancer neurology / Eudocia Quant Lee and Patrick Y. Wen<br/>Multiple sclerosis and related disorders / Maria K. Houtchens and James M. Stankiewicz<br/>Autoimmune disorders / Ivana Vodopivec and Henrikas Vaitkevicius<br/>Neuromuscular junction disorders and myopathies / Anthony A. Amato and Mohammed Kian Salajegheh<br/>Motor neuronopathies and peripheral neuropathies / Mohammed Kian Salajegheh and Anthony A. Amato<br/>Chronic pain / Daniel D. Vardeh<br/>Headache and facial pain / Paul B. Rizzoli and Elizabeth Loder<br/>Stroke and cerebrovascular disorders / Henrikas Vaitkevicius and Steven K. Feske<br/>Movement disorders / Jordan D. Paulson and Lewis R. Sudarsky<br/>Behavioral and cognitive neurology / Seth A. Gale and Kirk Daffner<br/>Management of neurologic disorders in resource-limited settings / Aaron L. Berkowitz<br/>Neuroophthalmology / Robert M. Mallery and Sashank Prasad<br/>Toxic and metabolic disorders / Shamik Bhattacharyya and Martin A. Samuels<br/>Infectious diseases / Jennifer Lyons and Tracey A. Cho.

::Summary## "The physical exam can either determine disease or confirm good health. When a patient presents to her physician with a set of symptoms, the physical exam and patient history can identify the cause and serve as a guide for subsequent diagnostic testing. It is a key building block in the practice of medicine, yet students and residents have difficulty determining what information is relevant and how it applies to the patient"--Provided by publisher.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Introduction<br/>The interview<br/>The history<br/>The case record<br/>General apperance<br/>The vital signs<br/>Integument<br/>Lymph nodes<br/>The head<br/>The eye<br/>The ear<br/>The nose<br/>The oropharynx<br/>The neck<br/>The breast<br/>The chest<br/>The heart<br/>Arteries<br/>Veins<br/>The abdomen<br/>Male genitalia<br/>Female genitalia<br/>The rectum<br/>The extremities<br/>The musculoskeletal system<br/>The neurologic examination<br/>Clinical reasoning<br/>Some bedside laboratory tricks<br/>Annotated bibliography.

::Summary## The purpose of this book is to define and demonstrate how a multidisciplinary team can be organized, integrated, and utilized in the care of sarcoma patients. Real world experiences related by multiple sarcoma specialists working as members of a multidisciplinary team along with specific case examples highlighting sarcomas of bone and soft tissue in children and adults are presented in a framework geared toward practicing oncologists and surgeons in order to foster the creation and development of care teams for sarcoma patients. It is explained how a truly multidisciplinary approach, with "one stop shopping," offers better standardization and delivery of care, streamlines patient education, facilitates discussions and decision making, and provides comprehensive support throughout the treatment process. All aspects of treatment are covered, from first-line treatments for different tumor types through to salvage therapy and the development of novel investigational agents. This book will be of benefit to all members of the medical community who have a role to play in the care of these complex patients, including therapists, nurses, mid-level practitioners, primary care doctors, and subspecialists.

::Summary## This book aims to compile an expert text on the multidisciplinary approach to treating sarcoma at a sarcoma centre. Separate chapters and sections highlight the specialist diagnostic and therapeutic approaches employed in treating bone and soft tissue sarcoma. This comprehensive book covers sarcoma and its management across specialties. It brings together the experience of the editor at a major centre for sarcoma management in Australia along with chapter contributions from various experts on the topic. The real-life, pragmatic approach is a distillation of the evidence and intends to make much of what is written translatable. This book serves as a reference for managing this tumour type and as an indispensable guide for daily use across the spectrum of providers.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Introduction to sarcomas- Biology and behavior of sarcomas<br/>The role and benefits of multidisciplinary-based sarcoma treatment centres<br/>The investigation of sarcomas<br/>The histopathological examination of sarcomas<br/>The role of chemotherapy in management of sarcomas<br/>The role of radiotherapy in management of sarcomas<br/>The role of surgery in management of sarcomas<br/>Plastic and reconstructive surgery in management of sarcomas<br/>The management of metastatic sarcoma<br/>The principles of management of sarcoma for adolescent and young adults<br/>Quality of life after surgery for extremity sarcoma.

::Contents##<br/>Intro<br/>Contents<br/>1: Epidemiology of Bone and Soft Tissue Sarcomas<br/>1.1 Introduction<br/>1.2 Descriptive Epidemiology<br/>1.2.1 Osteosarcoma<br/>1.2.2 Ewing Sarcoma<br/>1.2.3 Rhabdomyosarcoma (RMS)<br/>1.2.4 Non-rhabdomyosarcoma Soft Tissue Sarcoma (NRSTS)<br/>1.3 Environmental (Non-genetic) Risk Factors<br/>1.3.1 Osteosarcoma<br/>1.3.1.1 Growth and Development<br/>1.3.1.2 Exogenous Exposures<br/>1.3.2 Ewing Sarcoma<br/>1.3.3 RMS<br/>1.3.4 NRSTS<br/>1.4 Germline Genetic Risk Factors<br/>1.4.1 Osteosarcoma<br/>1.4.2 Ewing Sarcoma<br/>1.4.3 RMS<br/>1.4.4 NRSTS<br/>1.5 Conclusion 2.3.1 Pathology<br/>2.3.2 Biology<br/>2.4 Non-rhabdomyosarcoma Soft Tissue Sarcomas<br/>2.4.1 Alveolar Soft Part Sarcoma<br/>2.4.1.1 Pathology<br/>2.4.1.2 Biology<br/>2.4.2 Clear Cell Sarcoma of Soft Tissue<br/>2.4.2.1 Pathology<br/>2.4.2.2 Biology<br/>2.4.3 Desmoid Tumor<br/>2.4.3.1 Pathology<br/>2.4.3.2 Biology<br/>2.4.4 Desmoplastic Small Round Cell Tumor<br/>2.4.4.1 Pathology<br/>2.4.4.2 Biology<br/>2.4.5 Malignant Peripheral Nerve Sheath Tumor<br/>2.4.5.1 Pathology<br/>2.4.5.2 Biology<br/>2.4.6 Synovial Sarcoma<br/>2.4.6.1 Pathology<br/>2.4.6.2 Biology<br/>2.4.7 Malignant Rhabdoid Tumor 2.4.7.1 Pathology<br/>2.4.7.2 Biology<br/>2.4.8 NTRK-Fusion Sarcomas<br/>2.4.8.1 Pathology<br/>2.4.8.2 Biology<br/>References<br/>3: Staging and Imaging of Sarcoma<br/>3.1 Staging of RMS and NRSTS<br/>3.2 Staging of Nonrhabdomyosarcomatous Soft Tissue Tumors (NRSTS)<br/>3.3 Staging of Bone Sarcomas<br/>3.4 Imaging and Staging Procedures<br/>References<br/>4: Multi-institutional Trials for Patients with Rhabdomyosarcoma: Lessons from North American Studies from 1967 Through 1997<br/>4.1 Introduction<br/>4.2 The First 30 Years, 1970-2000<br/>4.2.1 The IRS Era, 1972-1997<br/>References 5: Treatment of Rhabdomyosarcoma<br/>5.1 Introduction<br/>5.2 Initial Evaluation<br/>5.3 Treatment Assignment<br/>5.4 Treatment<br/>5.4.1 North American Perspective<br/>5.4.2 European Perspective<br/>5.5 Future Directions<br/>References<br/>6: Current Approaches to Therapy: Soft Tissue Sarcomas Other than Rhabdomyosarcoma in Children and Adolescents<br/>6.1 Introduction<br/>6.2 Local Therapy<br/>6.2.1 Surgery<br/>6.2.2 Radiotherapy<br/>6.3 Conventional Chemotherapy<br/>6.4 Specific Therapy for Diseases<br/>6.4.1 Synovial Sarcoma 6.4.2 Other "Adult-Type" Sarcomas (Fibrosarcoma, Liposarcoma, Mesenchymal Chondrosarcoma, PECOMA, Leiomyosarcoma, Epithelioid Sarcoma, Clear Cell Sarcoma, Angiosarcoma, Undifferentiated Sarcoma).

::Summary## This book offers a concise and updated guide for all readers (physicians and non-physicians) interested in gaining a comprehensive and precise understanding of sarcopenia. Over the last several years, sarcopenia has increasingly developed from being a concept known only in research settings to one that is commonly explored in journals and scientific meetings for various disciplines, such as geriatrics, rheumatology and rehabilitation medicine. Thus, all domains of sarcopenia, from molecular aspects to clinical management, represent highly active areas of research and clinical practice for health professionals in a variety of fields, including geriatric medicine, nutrition, and epidemiology. Despite being a relatively new concept in medicine, sarcopenia is increasingly being recognized as an important determinant of other health conditions, including mortality and disability. This book, written by experts from around the globe, covers several core aspects of sarcopenia management, from molecular mechanisms to genetics, epidemiology, diagnosis and finally treatment, including the clinical impact of sarcopenia as a risk factor, the known genetic and molecular aspects that can aid in predicting sarcopenia, and selected treatment and therapy concepts, including indications for nutrition and physical exercise. Sharing data from the latest studies, it will be of considerable interest not only for geriatricians, but also for a wide range of other readers.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Chapter 1) Epidemiology of Sarcopenia<br/>Chapter 2) Definitions of Sarcopenia Across the World<br/>Chapter 3) Consequences of Sarcopenia in Older People: The Epidemiological Evidence<br/>Chapter 4) Emerging Markers for Sarcopenia<br/>Chapter 5) Screening for Sarcopenia<br/>Chapter 6) Radiological Evaluation of Muscle Mass<br/>Chapter 7) Physical Performance and Muscle Strength Tests: Pros and Cons<br/>Chapter 8) Is Sarcopenia a Condition, a Disorder, a Disease, or a True Geriatric Syndrome?<br/>Chapter 9) Sarcopenia in Other Settings: Primary Care, Cardiovascular Disease, Surgery<br/>Chapter 10) Acute Sarcopenia: Definition and Actual Issues<br/>Chapter 11) Sarcopenic Obesity<br/>Chapter 12) The Role of Physical Activity in Sarcopenia<br/>Chapter 13) Nutritional Approaches for Sarcopenia<br/>Chapter 14) The Future of Drugs in Sarcopenia<br/>Chapter 15) Sarcopenia and Covid-19: A New Entity?.

::Summary## SARS reference is a medical textbook that provides a comprehensive and up-to-date overview of severe acute respiratory syndrome (SARS).

::Summary## This book focuses on the recent advances in precision agriculture and satellite farming, detailing applications for sensing, data handling, modeling, and control. In addition, the book reviews its history - establishing the background on the various processes and applications - describes the current status, and offers insight into the future technology of satellite farming in India. Introducing processes and applications based on a global scale, the book reveals how precision agriculture can be used in large-scale agriculture, community agriculture, and diversified farming. It includes site-specific information from a variety of information sources for planning, planting, growing, and harvesting agricultural crops. It also presents a new concept based on the control system theory that can be used to formulate systematic methods for more effective precision crop production. Precision agriculture when properly integrated into the crop production process, can greatly improve overall production and sustainability.<br/>::Contents##<br/>General Introduction<br/>Introduction to Precision Agriculture<br/>Components of Precision Agriculture<br/>Tool and Technologies in Precision Agriculture<br/>Precision Soil Sampling<br/>Variable Rate Technology and Variable Rate Application<br/>Precision Tillage<br/>Laser Land Leveler<br/>Site-Specific Nutrient Management<br/>Precision Water Management<br/>Precision Pest Management<br/>Recent Advances in Precision Agriculture<br/>Yield Monitoring and Mapping<br/>Feasibility of Precision Farming in India<br/>Economic and Environmental Evaluation of Precision Farming<br/>Crop Simulation Modelling.

::Summary## Satellite remote sensing presents an amazing opportunity to inform biodiversity conservation by inexpensively gathering repeated monitoring information for vast areas of the Earth. However, these observations first need processing and interpretation if they are to inform conservation action. Through a series of case studies, this book presents detailed examples of the application of satellite remote sensing, covering both aquatic and terrestrial ecosystems, to conservation. The authors describe how collaboration between the remote sensing and conservation communities makes satellite data functional for operational conservation, and provide concrete examples of the lessons learned in addition to the scientific details. The editors, one at NASA and the other at a conservation NGO, have brought together leading researchers in conservation remote sensing to share their experiences from project development through to application, and emphasise the human side of these projects.<br/>::Contents##<br/>A brief introduction to conservation and conservation remote sensing / Graeme M. Buchanan and Allison K. Leidner<br/>Introduction to remote sensing for conservation practitioners / Andreas Brink, Cindy Schmidt and Zoltan Szantoi<br/>Satellite remote sensing for the conservation of East Asia's coastal wetlands / Nicholas J. Murray<br/>Global forest maps in support of conservation monitoring / Samuel Jantz, Lilian Pintea, Janet Nackoney and Matthew C. Hansen<br/>Wildfire monitoring with satellite remote sensing in support to conservation / Ilaria Palumbo, Abdoulkarim Samna, Marco Clerici, and Antoine Royer<br/>Ecosystem Functioning Observations for assessing conservation in the Doñana National Park, Spain / Paula Escribano and Nestor Fernandez<br/>Predicting mule deer harvest in real-time: Integrating satellite remote-sensing measures of forage quality and climate in Idaho, United States / Mark Hebblewhite, Mark Hurley, Paul Lukacs and Josh Nowak<br/>Lessons learned from WhaleWatch: a tool using satellite data to provide near real-time predictions of whale occurrence / Helen Bailey, Elliott Hazen, Bruce Mate, Steven J. Bograd, Ladd Irvine, Daniel M. Palacios, Karin A. Forney, Evan Howell, Aimee Hoover, Lynn DeWitt, Jessica Wingfield and Monica DeAngelis<br/>The evolution of remote sensing applications vital to effective biodiversity conservation and sustainable development / Karyn Tabor and Jennifer Hewson<br/>Operational concervation remote sensing: common themes, lessons learned, and future prospects / Allison K. Leidner and Graeme M. Buchanan.

::Summary## "Over 1,000 generic name drugs, encompassing over 4,000 trade name drugs, are organized alphabetically with A-to-Z tabs for quick and easy access. Detailed information for each drug distinguishes side effects and adverse reactions to help you identify which are most likely to occur. Highlighting of high-alert drugs helps promote safe administration of drugs that pose the greatest risk for patient harm; an appendix includes drug names that sound alike or look alike."--Publisher's description

::Summary## "The Savvy Ally: A Guide for Becoming a Skilled LGBTQ+ Advocate is an enjoyable, humorous, encouraging, easy to understand guidebook for being an ally to LGBTQ+ communities"-- Provided by publisher. "Bursting with passion and humor, The Savvy Ally: A Guide for Becoming a Skilled LGBTQ+ Advocate is a treasure trove for allies to the LGBTQ+ communities. This fully revised second edition includes: the most current information on identities and LGBTQ+ language; tips for respectfully sharing, gathering, and using pronouns; LGBTQ+ etiquette, including common language bloopers to avoid; tools for navigating difficult conversations; best practices for creating LGBTQ+ inclusive spaces; appropriate actions to take after messing up; techniques for self-care and sustainable allyship. The Savvy Ally is a vital resource for teachers, mental health professionals, healthcare providers, college professors, faith leaders, family members, and friends who want to support and advocate for the LGBTQ+ people in their lives and help make the world a safer, more inclusive place. This informative, encouraging, and easy-to-understand guidebook will jump-start even the most tentative ally"--Back cover<br/>::Contents##<br/>Getting started<br/>Part I: Becoming knowledgeable allies<br/>Caution: identities being defined!<br/>Coming out as LGBTQ+<br/>Orientations, identities, behaviors--oh my!<br/>Part II: Building skills for having respectful conversations<br/>Pronouns: sharing, gathering, and using<br/>LGBTQ+ etiquette tips, common bloopers, and outdated terms<br/>Gaydar and other problematic assumptions<br/>Good talk: the art of having useful conversations<br/>Part III: Taking action to create more inclusive spaces. Straight pride parades and special snowflakes: addressing common questions<br/>Duct tape patch-up jobs and big fixes<br/>Creating LGBTQ+ inclusive spaces in different settings<br/>Taking it to the streets<br/>Now what? Questions from allies in the real world<br/>Part IV: Allying responsibly<br/>Messing up properly<br/>Backlash against allies<br/>Sustainability

::Summary## "We spend so much of our lives talking to each other, but how often are we simply running on automatic, relying on old habits and hoping for the best? Are we able to truly hear others and speak our mind in a clear and kind way, without needing to get defensive or go on the attack? In this groundbreaking synthesis of mindfulness, somatics, and nonviolent communication, Oren Jay Sofer offers simply yet powerful practices to develop healthy, effective, and satisfying ways of communicating. The techniques in "Say what you mean" will help you to: Feel confidnet during conversation ; Stay focused on what really matters in an interaction ; Listen for the authentic concerns behind someone's words ; Reduce anxiety before before and during difficult conversations ; Find nourishment in day-to-day interactions<br/>::Contents##<br/>The first step: lead with presence. The center of our lives<br/>The power of mindfulness<br/>Relational awareness<br/>The second step: Come from curiosity and care. The blame game<br/>Where are you coming from?<br/>Don't let the call drop<br/>The third step: Focus on what matters. Getting down to what matters<br/>Emotional agility<br/>Enhancing empathy and inner resilience<br/>How to raise an issue without starting a fight<br/>If you want something, ask for it<br/>Bringing it all together. The flow of dialogue<br/>Running the rapids<br/>Conclusion: charting your course.

::Contents##<br/>SBA type questions: Antenatal care.- Maternal medical disorders<br/>Fetal medicine<br/>Labour and delivery.- Postpartum issues.- Early Pregnancy care.- Gynaecological problems.- Subfertility and endocrinology.- Sexual and reproductive health.- Gynaecological oncology.- Urogynecology and pelvic floor problems.- Core surgical skills and postoperative care.- Surgical procedures<br/>Clinical governance Single best answers and explanations: Antenatal care.- Maternal medical disorders<br/>Fetal medicine<br/>Labour and delivery.- Postpartum issues.- Early Pregnancy care.- Gynaecological problems.- Subfertility and endocrinology.- Sexual and reproductive health.- Gynaecological oncology.- Urogynecology and pelvic floor problems.- Core surgical skills and postoperative care.- Surgical procedures<br/>Clinical governance .

::Summary## "The Part 1 or written MCQ paper is often seen as a poor relation to the more intense clinical and viva preparation needed for the Part 2 exam. The belief is that most candidates usually pass the part 1 without too many difficulties. Occasionally a candidate will have to re sit if they fall a bit short of the pass mark but next time it should be plain sailing getting through"-- Provided by publisher.

::Summary## "SCAI Interventional Cardiology Board Review provides a concise overview of the field of interventional cardiology in order to serve as board exam preparation for those in training and those who need to recertify. It is written specifically for this audience and can also serve as a basis for in-depth training by nurses, technicians, physician extenders and general cardiologists. Coverage will include all topics included on the exam and chapters will be written by authors who are also"--Provided by publisher<br/>::Contents##<br/>I: Basic science and pharmacology<br/>Arterial disease<br/>atherosclerosis<br/>Restenosis<br/>Platelet<br/>inhibitor agents<br/>Anticoagulant and fibrinolytic agents for NSTE-ACS, PCI, and STEMI<br/>Vasoactive and antiarrhythmic drugs in the catheterization laboratory<br/>II: Fundamentals of interventions<br/>Fundamentals of X-ray imaging, radiation safety, and contrast media<br/>Coronary hemodynamics: pressure and flow<br/>Intravascular ultrasound, optical coherence tomography, and near-infrared spectroscopy<br/>Vulnerable plaque imaging<br/>Hemodynamics for interventional cardiologists<br/>Coronary angiography for PCI<br/>Introduction to statistics in clinical research for interventional cardiology<br/>III: Equipment<br/>Equipment selection for coronary interventions<br/>Niche devices: atherectomy, cutting and scoring balloons, and laser<br/>IV: Stable and acute coronary syndrome PCI<br/>Coronary stents<br/>^Elective percutaneous coronary intervention for stable coronary artery disease and silent myocardial ischemia<br/>Acute coronary syndromes<br/>STEMI intervention: emphasis on guidelines<br/>High-risk percutaneous coronary intervention, cardiogenic shock, and acute mechanical circulatory support devices<br/>V: Higher-risk PCI and complex angiographic subsets<br/>Multivessel percutaneous coronary interventions<br/>Bifurcation lesions and intervention<br/>Small vessel and diffuse disease<br/>Left mainstem intervention<br/>Bypass graft intervention and embolic protection<br/>Complications of coronary intervention<br/>Chronic total occlusion percutaneous coronary intervention<br/>VI: Vascular access and hemostasis<br/>Vascular access: radial and femoral approaches<br/>Vascular access site management (Closure devices and complications)<br/>VII: Women, prevention, and guidelines<br/>Women and percutaneous interventions<br/>Primary and secondary coronary prevention<br/>^PCI guidelines for interventional cardiology boards<br/>VIII: Peripheral vascular disease and interventions<br/>Thoracic aortic, abdominal aortic, and lower extremity interventions<br/>Carotid and cerebrovascular/acute stroke intervention<br/>Atherosclerotic renal artery disease<br/>Deep venous thrombosis<br/>IX: Structural heart disease and interventions<br/>Imaging for structural heart disease<br/>Atrial septal defect and patent foramen ovale<br/>Left atrial appendage closure<br/>Mitral valvuloplasty and percutaneous mitral valve repair<br/>Transcatheter Aortic Valve Replacement<br/>Hypertrophic cardiomyopathy<br/>Paravalvular leaks<br/>Pericardial disease interventions<br/>Interventional procedures in adult congenital heart disease

::Summary## In this guide, Harnish and his co-authors share practical tools and techniques to help entrepreneurs grow an industry -- dominating business without it killing them -- and actually have fun. Many growth company leaders reach a point where they actually dread adding another customer, employee, or location. It feels like they are just adding more weight to an ever-heavier anchor they are dragging through the sand. To make matters worse, the increased revenues have not turned into more profitability, so at some point they wonder if the journey is worth the effort. This book focuses on the four major decisions every company must get right: People, Strategy, Execution and Cash. The book includes a series of One-Page tools including the One-Page Strategic Plan and the Rockefeller Habits Execution Checklist, which more than 40,000 firms around the globe have used to scale their companies successfully.<br/>::Contents##<br/>The overview: People, strategy, execution, cash<br/>The barriers: Leadership, infrastructure, and marketing<br/>The leaders: The FACe and the PACe of the company<br/>The team: Attracting and hiring<br/>The managers (coaches): Keeping and growing (educating) the team<br/>The core: Values, purpose, and competencies<br/>The 7 strata of strategy: The framework for dominating your industry<br/>The one-page strategic plan: The tool for strategic planning<br/>The priority: Focus, finish lines, and fun<br/>The data: Powering prediction<br/>The meeting rhythm: The heartbeat of the organization<br/>The cash: Accelerating cash flow<br/>The accounting: Driving profitability<br/>The power of one: 7 key financial levers<br/>Next steps: 5 things to do now.

::Contents##<br/>Scaphoid Anatomy<br/>Non-operative Management of Non-displaced Acute Scaphoid Fracture<br/>Acute Scaphoid Fracture Management: Dorsal Approach<br/>Acute Scaphoid Fractures: Volar Approach<br/>Arthroscopic-Assisted Management of Acute Scaphoid Fractures<br/>Treatment of Acute Pediatric Scaphoid Waist Fractures<br/>Scaphoid Nonunion: Surgical Fixation Without Bone Graft<br/>Scaphoid Non-union Open Treatment with Distal Radius Bone Graft via Mini Dorsal Approach<br/>Scaphoid Nonunion: Surgical Fixation with Local Non-vascularized Bone Graft (Open)<br/>Scaphoid Non-Union Treated with Iliac Crest Structural Autograft<br/>The Hybrid Russe Graft for the Treatment of Scaphoid Nonunion<br/>Arthroscopic Grafting and Scapholunate Pinning for Scaphoid Proximal Pole Nonunion<br/>1,2 ICSRA for the Management of Proximal Pole Scaphoid Nonunion<br/>Dorsal Capsular-Based Vascularized Distal Radius Graft for Scaphoid Nonunion<br/>Scaphoid Nonunion: Surgical Fixation with Vascularized Bone Grafts-Volar Pedicle<br/>Scaphoid Nonunion: Surgical Fixation with Vascularized Bone Graft-Free Medial Femoral Condyle Graft<br/>Pediatric Scaphoid Nonunion<br/>Partial Scaphoidectomy for Unsalvageable Scaphoid Nonunion<br/>Reconstruction of the Unsalvageable Proximal Pole in Scaphoid Nonunions Utilizing Rib Osteochondral Autograft<br/>Recalcitrant Proximal Pole Scaphoid Nonunion<br/>Unsalvageable Scaphoid Nonunion: Implant Arthroplasty<br/>Scaphoid Nonunion Advanced Collapse: Denervation<br/>Scaphoid Nonunion Advanced Collapse: Arthroscopic Debridement/Radial Styloidectomy<br/>Scaphoid Nonunion Advanced Collapse: Capitolunate Arthrodesis<br/>Scaphoid Nonunion Advanced Collapse: Scaphoid Excision and 4-Corner Arthrodesis<br/>PRC for Scaphoid Nonunion Advanced Collapse Wrist<br/>Index.

::Contents##<br/>1. A historical perspective on scar management<br/>2. The global impact of scars<br/>3. Medical conditions associated with scarring and fibrosis<br/>4. Scars and scar management: ethical considerations<br/>5. Scar histopathology and morphologic classification<br/>6. The cellular and molecular basis of scarring: the paradigm of hypertrophic scarring after thermal injury<br/>7. The biomechanics of scar formation<br/>8. An approach to scar mitigation<br/>9. Optimizing wound healing and scar formation<br/>10. Medical managment of scars<br/>11. Neurobiology of scars: managing pain and itch<br/>12. Surgical scar revision<br/>13. Lasers and light devices in scar management<br/>14. Laser-assisted delivery of therapeutic agents<br/>15. Fat grafting for scar treatment<br/>16. Multimodal scar management<br/>17. Atrophic scar management<br/>18. Scar management in skin of color<br/>19. Rehabilitative burn scar management<br/>20. Scar camouflage<br/>21. Medical tattooing<br/>22. A pediatric perspective<br/>23. A perspective from military medicine<br/>24. Recovery and reintegration after burn injury<br/>25. Integrating scar management into clinical practice<br/>26. Scar treatment, restoration, and prevention- beyond the horizon?<br/>27. Fetal wound healing<br/>28. Clinical scar research: quantitative and qualitative assessment of hypertrophic burn scars.

::Summary## Laparoendoscopic Single-Site Surgery (LESS) and Natural Orifice Transluminal Endoscopic Surgery (NOTES) are based on the premise that patients should benefit in terms of recovery time, physical discomfort, pain, and cosmesis if a surgical procedure can be performed without visible scarring. Scar-Less Surgery: NOTES, Transumbilical, and Others is a multi-disciplinary effort which weaves together the surgical aspects of these novel techniques. It is the first comprehensive reference on the subject providing state-of-the-art technical information to both general and urologic surgeons while also highlighting future developments and research needs.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Part 1. Overview<br/>Historical Perspectives of LESS and NOTES / Michael L. Blute Jr., Soroush Rais-Bahrami and Lee Richstone<br/>Overview: Rationale and Terminology / Hagop Sarkissian and Brian H. Irwin<br/>Visualization Options / Prashanth P. Rao, Shashikant Mishra and Pradeep P. Rao<br/>LESS: Ports and Instrumentation / Michael A. White and Robert J. Stein<br/>Retraction Systems in Single-Incision Laparoscopic Surgery and NOTES / Melanie L. Hafford and Daniel J. Scott<br/>Exit Strategies / Melissa S. Phillips and Jeffrey L. Ponsky<br/>Mini-Laparoscopic Systems / John E. Humphrey and David Canes<br/>Access: Transgastric / Bernard Dallemagne, Silvana Perretta and Michele Diana<br/>Access: Transcolonic / Nitin Kumar and Christopher C. Thompson<br/>Access: Transvaginal / Maria J. Ribal Caparros and Antonio Alcaraz Asensio<br/>Access: Transvesical / Estevao Lima and Jorge Correia-Pinto<br/>Access: Transumbilical / Abhay Rane and Riccardo Autorino<br/>Part 2. NOTES (Natural Orifice Translumenal Endoscopic Surgery)<br/>NOTES: Laboratory Work / Candace F. Granberg and Matthew T. Gettman<br/>NOTES: Appendectomy / D. Nageshwar Reddy, G. Venkat Rao and Magnus Jayaraj Mansard<br/>NOTES: Cholecystectomy (European Experience) / Silvana Perretta and Jacques Marescaux<br/>NOTES: Cholecystectomy (U.S. Experience) / Saniea F. Majid, Bryan J. Sandler and Santiago Horgan<br/>NOTES Gastrojejunostomy / Per-Ola Park and Maria Bergström<br/>NOTES: Nephrectomy / Scott Leslie, Tania Gill and Mihir M. Desai<br/>NOTES: Challenges / Oussama M. Darwish, Matthew J. Maurice and Lee E. Ponsky<br/>Part 3. LESS (Laparo-Endoscopic Single Site Surgery)<br/>LESS: Pyeloplasty / Sara L. Best and Jeffrey A. Cadeddu<br/>LESS: Extirpative Renal Surgery Including Donor / Dennis J. Lee and Mihir M. Desai<br/>LESS: Adrenal Surgery / Soroush Rais-Bahrami and Lee Richstone<br/>LESS: Pelvic Reconstructive Urological Surgery / André Luis de Castro Abreu and Monish Aron<br/>LESS: Radical Prostatectomy / Humberto Kern Laydner and Jihad H. Kaouk<br/>Single-Port Laparoscopy: Issues and Complications / Jay D. Raman<br/>Part 4. Future Perspectives<br/>Robotic LESS Urological Surgery: Experience and Future Perspectives / Rakesh Vijay Khanna, Mihir M. Desai and Robert J. Stein<br/>Future Perspectives on Scarless Surgery: Where We Have Been and Where We Are Going / Alexander R. Aurora and Jeffrey L. Ponsky.

::Summary## This 5th edition provides students with a thorough understanding of microbial agents and the pathophysiology of microbial diseases. The text is universally praised for "telling the story of a pathogen" in an engaging way, facilitating learning and recall by emphasizing unifying principles and paradigms, rather than forcing students to memorize isolated facts by rote. The table of contents is uniquely organized by microbial class and by organ system, making it equally at home in traditional and systems-based curricula. Case studies with problem-solving questions give students insight into clinical applications of microbiology, which is ideal for problem-based learning.

::Summary## "This textbook is intended to be used in courses on medical microbiology or infectious diseases for medical students, allied health professionals, graduate students, or advanced undergraduates. Because the purpose of this book is to develop a conceptual framework for understanding infection, it highlights certain agents and diseases of special biological or clinical importance and does not attempt to describe the microbial world in an exhaustive fashion"-- Provided by publisher.

::Contents##<br/>Hemolymphatic Tissue. Embryonic and Fetal Hematopoiesis / Kelli L Boyd, Brad Bolon<br/>Stem Cell Biology / Dori L Borjesson, Jed A Overmann<br/>Structure of the Bone Marrow / Nicole I Stacy, John W Harvey<br/>The Hematopoietic System / Bruce D Car, Davis M Seelig<br/>Vasculogenesis and Endothelial Cell Production / Jong Hyuk Kim<br/>Cluster of Differentiation (CD) Antigens / Melinda J Wilkerson, Nora L Springer<br/>Major Histocompatibility Complex Antigens / Paul R Hess<br/>Lymphocyte Biology and Functions / Ian Tizard<br/>Structure and Function of Primary and Secondary Lymphoid Tissue / Cleverson D Souza, Meredeth McEntire, VE Ted Valli, Robert M Jacobs<br/>Hematotoxicity. Design and Methods of Nonclinical Hematotoxicity Studies / William J Reagan, Armando R Irizarry Rovira<br/>Interpretation of Hematologic Data in Nonclinical Studies / Jeffrey McCartney<br/>Nonclinical Evaluation of Compound-Related Cytopenias / Laurie G O'Rourke<br/>Nonclinical Evaluation of Compound-Related Alterations in Hemostasis / F Poitout-Belissent<br/>Preclinical Evaluation of Immunotoxicity / Kristin L Henson<br/>Blood and Bone Marrow Toxicity Induced by Drugs, Heavy Metals, Chemicals, and Toxic Plants / Douglas J Weiss<br/>Acute Myelotoxicity and Myelitis in Domestic and Laboratory Animals / Adam D Aulbach, Douglas J Weiss<br/>Chronic Inflammation and Secondary Myelofibrosis in Domestic and Laboratory Animals / Adam D Aulbach, Douglas J Weiss<br/>Infectious Injury to Bone Marrow / K Jane Wardrop<br/>Erythrocytes. Erythropoiesis / Christine Swardson Olver<br/>Erythrocyte Structure and Function / Christine Swardson Olver<br/>Erythrocyte Biochemistry / John W Harvey<br/>Erythrokinetics and Erythrocyte Destruction / Andrea Pires Dos Santos, John A Christian<br/>Reticulocyte and Heinz Body Staining and Enumeration / Harold Tvedten, Andreas Moritz<br/>Erythrocyte Morphology / Anne M Barger<br/>Classification and Laboratory Evaluation of Anemia / Harold Tvedten<br/>Erythrocytosis / John F Randolph, Mark E Peterson, Erica Behling-Kelly<br/>Iron and Copper Deficiencies, and Disorders of Iron Metabolism / Lauren B Radakovich, Christine Swardson Olver<br/>The Porphyrias-Disorders of Defective Heme Synthesis / Andrea A Bohn<br/>Hereditary Erythroenzymopathies / Urs Giger<br/>Erythrocyte Membrane Defects / Mutsumi Inaba, Joanne B Messick<br/>Congenital Dyserythropoiesis / Douglas J Weiss<br/>Anemia Associated with Oxidative Injury / Erica Behling-Kelly, Ashleigh Newman<br/>Anemia Caused by Rickettsia, Mycoplasma, and Protozoa / Susan Fielder, Robin W Allison, James H Meinkoth<br/>Anemia Associated with Bacterial and Viral Infections / George M Barrington, Debra C Sellon<br/>Immune-Mediated Anemia in the Dog / Jillian M Haines, Andrew Mackin, Michael J Day<br/>Immune-Mediated Anemia in the Cat / Ashleigh Newman, Tracy Stokol<br/>Immune-Mediated Anemia in Ruminants and Horses / Jenifer R Gold<br/>Precursor-Targeted Immune-Mediated Anemia and Pure Red Cell Aplasia in Dogs and Cats / Cynthia A Lucidi<br/>Anemia of Inflammatory, Neoplastic, Renal, and Endocrine Diseases / Agata K Grzelak, Michael M Fry<br/>Aplastic Anemia / Jennifer L Brazzell, Douglas J Weiss<br/>Leukocytes. Granulopoiesis / M Judith Radin, Maxey L Wellman<br/>Neutrophil Structure and Biochemistry / Claire B Andreasen<br/>Neutrophil Function and Response / Dana N Levine, Claire B Andreasen<br/>Neutrophil Function Disorders / Stefano Comazzi, Luca Aresu, Douglas J Weiss<br/>Clinical Evaluation of Neutrophil Function / Stefano Comazzi<br/>Eosinophils and Their Disorders / Karen M Young, Elizabeth A Layne<br/>Basophils, Mast Cells, and Their Disorders / Brandy C Kastl, Lisa M Pohlman<br/>Monocytes, Macrophages, and Dendritic Cell Production / Cleverson D Souza, Douglas J Weiss<br/>Monocytes and Macrophages and Their Disorders / Cleverson D Souza, Meaghan V Eren<br/>Lymphocyte Ontogeny and Lymphopoiesis / Amy L Warren, Robin M Yates<br/>Structure, Function, and Disorders of Lymphoid Tissue / Amy L Warren, Robin M Yates<br/>Systemic Lupus Erythematosus / Luc Chabanne<br/>Feline Immunodeficiency Virus / Margaret J Hosie, Hans Lutz<br/>T Cell, Immunoglobulin, and Complement Immunodeficiency Disorders / Peter J Felsburg<br/>Severe Combined Immunodeficiencies / Steven E Suter<br/>Lymphadenopathy Not Caused by Lymphoma / Harold Tvedten<br/>Hematologic Neoplasia. Cell-Cycle Control in Hematopoietic Cells / Jaime F Modiano, Catherine A St Hill<br/>Epidemiology of Hematopoietic Neoplasia / Michelle G Ritt<br/>Genetics of Hematopoietic Neoplasia / Diana Giannuzzi, Jaime F Modiano, Matthew Breen<br/>Transforming Retroviruses / Mary Jo Burkhard<br/>Cytochemical Staining and Immunocytochemistry / Rose E Raskin, Kelly Santangelo, Klaudia Polak<br/>Determination of Clonality / Yuko Goto-Koshino, Hajime Tsujimoto<br/>Immunophenotyping / Austin K Viall<br/>Flow Cytometry in Hematologic Neoplasia / Jaime L Tarigo, Davis M Seelig, Anne C Avery<br/>Classification and General Features of Lymphoma and Leukemia / Barbara C Rütgen, Jennifer Bouschor<br/>Myeloproliferative Neoplasms / Eric J Fish<br/>Myelodysplastic Syndromes / Douglas J Weiss, Rance K Sellon<br/>Acute Myeloid Leukemia / Tracy Stokol<br/>B-Cell Tumors / Luca Aresu, Stefano Comazzi, Laura Marconato, Francesco Bertoni<br/>Plasma Cell Tumors / Antonella Borgatti<br/>Hodgkin and Hodgkin-Like Lymphoma / Daniel A Heinrich, Erin N Burton<br/>T-Cell Tumors / Nariman Deravi, Stefan Keller, Dorothee Bienzle<br/>Mast Cell Neoplasia / Melinda S Camus<br/>Histiocytic Proliferative Diseases of Dogs and Cats / Peter F Moore<br/>Platelets. Thrombopoiesis / Mary K Boudreaux, Pete W Christopherson<br/>Platelet Structure / Mary K Boudreaux, Pete W Christopherson<br/>Platelet Signal Transduction and Activation Response / Pete W Christopherson, Mary K Boudreaux<br/>Platelet Kinetics and Laboratory Evaluation of Thrombocytopenia / Adi Wasserkrug-Naor<br/>Evaluation of Platelet Function / Pete W Christopherson, Marjory B Brooks<br/>Immune Thrombocytopenia / Dana N LeVine, Marjory B Brooks<br/>Nonimmune-Mediated Thrombocytopenia / Julie Allen<br/>Thrombocytosis and Essential Thrombocythemia / Julie Allen, Tracy Stokol<br/>von Willebrand Disease / Marjory B Brooks, James L Catalfamo<br/>Inherited Platelet Disorders / Mary K Boudreaux, Pete W Christopherson<br/>Acquired Platelet Dysfunction / Benjamin M Brainard<br/>Treatment of Disorders of Platelet Number and Function / Mary Beth Callan<br/>Hemostasis. Overview of Hemostasis / Maureen A McMichael<br/>Laboratory Testing of Coagulation Disorders / Marjory B Brooks<br/>Acquired Coagulopathies / Marjory B Brooks, Armelle De Laforcade<br/>Hereditary Coagulopathies / Marjory B Brooks<br/>Thrombotic Disorders / Erica Behling-Kelly, Robert Goggs<br/>Disseminated Intravascular Coagulation / Tracy Stokol<br/>Vascular Diseases / Sean P McDonough<br/>Treatment of Hemostatic Defects / Robert Goggs, Alex M Lynch<br/>Avian Hemostasis / Karen E Russell, J Jill Heatley<br/>Transfusion Medicine. Erythrocyte Antigens and Blood Groups / Marie-Claude Blais, Maria Cecilia T Penedo<br/>Granulocyte and Platelet Antigens / Jennifer S Thomas<br/>Principles of Canine and Feline Blood Collection, Processing, and Storage / Anthony C G Abrams-Ogg, Shauna L Blois<br/>Red Blood Cell Transfusion in the Dog and Cat / Mary Beth Callan<br/>Transfusion of Plasma Products / Marjory B Brooks<br/>Platelet and Granulocyte Transfusion / Anthony C G Abrams-Ogg, Shauna L Blois<br/>Blood Transfusion in Large Animals / Margaret C Mudge<br/>Blood Transfusion in Exotic Species / Anneliese Strunk, Anke C Stöhr<br/>Transfusion Reactions / Nicole M Weinstein<br/>Cellular Therapy / Steven E Suter, Steven Dow<br/>Clinical Use of Hematopoietic Growth Factors / Steven E Suter<br/>Clinical Blood Typing and Crossmatching / K Jane Wardrop<br/>Species-Specific Hematology. Hematology of Dogs / Maggie R McCourt, Theresa E Rizzi<br/>Hematology of Cats / Deanna M W Schaefer<br/>Hematology of Equids / Kathleen P Freeman, Alison J Farr, Annalisa Barrelet<br/>Hematology of Bovids / R Darren Wood<br/>Hematology of Sheep and Goats / Jason Stayt<br/>Hematology of Pigs / Catherine E Thorn, Andrew S Bowman, David Eckersall<br/>Hematology of Rodentia / Amy L MacNeill<br/>Hematology of Mustelids / Stacy Clothier, Cathy Johnson-Delaney<br/>Hematology of Cavies / Samantha J M Evans, Kurt L Zimmerman<br/>Hematology of Lagomorphs / Francisco O Conrado<br/>Hematology of Laboratory Animals / Karyn E Enos, David M Moore<br/>Hematology of Camelids / Susan J Tornquist<br/>Hematology of Cervids / Bridget C Garner<br/>Hematology of Paenungulata / Emma H Hooijberg<br/>Hematology of Marine Mammals / Nicole I Stacy, Hendrik H Nollens<br/>Hematology of Galliformes / Julie Piccione, Jessica Hokamp<br/>Hematology of Psittacines / Diana Schwartz, Hugues Beaufrère<br/>Hematology of Anseriformes / Jessica Hokamp, Julie Piccione<br/>Hematology of Raptors / Jennifer Johns<br/>Hematology of Ratites / Phillip Clark<br/>Hematology of Elasmobranchs / Jill E Arnold, Alexa Delaune<br/>Hematology of Salmonids / Jere Stern<br/>Hematology of Ictaluridae / Patricia Gaunt<br/>Hematology of Cyprinidae / Ilze K Berzins, Alexander E Primus<br/>Hematology of Lizards, Crocodilians, and Tuatara / Charlotte Hollinger, Jean A Paré<br/>Hematology of Serpentes / Laura J Black, Marjorie Bercier<br/>Hematology of Testudines / Jennifer D Steinberg, Stephen J Divers<br/>Hematology of Amphibians / Perry Bain, Kendal E Harr<br/>Hematology of Invertebrates / Jill E Arnold<br/>Quality Management and Laboratory Techniques. Quality Management of Hematology Techniques / Martina Stirn, Kathleen P Freeman<br/>Total Error and Proficiency Testing / Sten Westgard, Kathleen P Freeman<br/>Quantitative Diagnostic Test Validation / Bente Flatland<br/>Reference Intervals and Decision Limits / Kristen R Friedrichs, Asger Lundorff Jensen, Mads Kjelgaard-Hansen<br/>Bone Marrow Evaluation / Natali B Bauer, Kendal E Harr<br/>Flow Cytometry / Unity Jeffery<br/>Testing for Immune-Mediated Hematologic Disease / K Jane Wardrop, Melinda J Wilkerson, Cinzia Mastroril Electrophoresis and Acute-Phase Proteins / Alessia Giordano<br/>Molecular Diagnostic Techniques / Robert J Ossiboff<br/>Genetic Evaluation of Inherited Hematologic Diseases / Noa Safra, Danika Bannasch<br/>SECTION 10 GLOSSARY<br/>INDEX

::Contents##<br/>General principles of psychopharmacological treatment<br/>Diagnosis and classification<br/>Antidepressants<br/>Antipsychotic drugs<br/>Mood stabilizers<br/>Antianxiety agents<br/>Hypnotics<br/>Stimulants and other fast-acting drugs<br/>Augmentation strategies for treatment-resistant disorders<br/>Emergency department treatment<br/>Pharmacotherapy for substance use disorders<br/>Pharmacotherapy in special situations<br/>Laboratory-guided pharmacotherapy.

::Summary## This thoroughly updated 4th Edition of this highly regarded text continues to provide the latest therapeutic and surgical information on nail disease and disorders. It expands and updates all areas of onychology, including the newest in diagnostic techniques for nail diseases, a segment of dermatology that not only proves more difficult than cutaneous disorders but also is an exciting and innovative area on the frontier of skin research. Scher and Daniel's Nails: Diagnosis, Surgery, Therapy provides an update of therapeutic advances to help the resident, practitioner, and related healthcare provider (podiatrist, nurse, primary care physician, and all involved in nail care). A major section is devoted to nail surgery and nail pathology, both of which have been behind compared to other aspects of dermatology. There is also extensive information on the billion dollar nail cosmetics industry, which will bring this text to the attention of all nail technicians (several hundred thousand in the US alone) as well as to cosmeticians and manufacturers.<br/>::Contents##<br/>SECTION ONE<br/>SIGNS AND SYMPTOMS- Nail Signs and Symptoms<br/>SECTION TWO<br/>THE NORMAL NAIL- Historic Aspects of Nail Disease<br/>Structure and Function of the Nail Unit<br/>SECTION THREE<br/>DIAGNOSTIC TECHNIQUES<br/>An Approach to Initial Examination of the Nail<br/>Subungual Exostosis, Nail Disease and Radiologic Considerations<br/>Histopathology<br/>SECTION FOUR<br/>THE ABNORMAL NAIL- Pigmentation Abnormalities<br/>Brittle Nails<br/>Simple Onycholysis<br/>Simple Chronic Paronychia<br/>Dermatological Diseases<br/>Onychomycosis<br/>Podiatric Approach to Onychomycosis<br/>Nonfungal Infections and Acute Paronychia<br/>Nails in Systemic Disease<br/>Systemic Drugs<br/>Tumors of the Nail Apparatus<br/>Occupational Nail Disorders<br/>Disorders of the Nail Unit due to Podiatric Biomechanical Considerations<br/>Nail Cosmetics: The Benefits and Pitfalls<br/>Pediatric Diseases<br/>Nails In Older Individuals<br/>SECTION FIVE<br/>THERAPEUTIC TECHNIQUES<br/>Basic and Advanced Nail Surgery (Part 1: Principles and Techniques)<br/>Basic and Advanced Nail Surgery (Part 2: Indications and Complications)<br/>Glossary.

::Summary## "The 9th Edition brings you fully up to date in the field, with coverage of new diagnostic tools, new information on drug-induced liver injury and cytopathology, and many new high-quality illustrations. Throughout the text, you'll find technical tips, diagnostic clues, and pearls that reflect the extensive experience and insight of the late Dr. Peter Scheuer and internationally renowned author Dr. Jay Lefkowitch, making this new edition your standard bench-side guide to today's liver biopsy diagnosis"--Publisher's description.<br/>::Contents##<br/>General principles of biopsy assessment<br/>Laboratory techniques<br/>The normal liver<br/>Assessment and differential diagnosis of pathological features<br/>Biliary disease<br/>Acute viral hepatitis<br/>Steatosis, steatohepatitis and related conditions<br/>Drugs and toxins<br/>Chronic hepatitis<br/>Cirrhosis<br/>Neoplasms and nodules<br/>Vascular disorders<br/>Childhood liver disease and metabolic disorders<br/>Disturbances of copper and iron metabolism<br/>The liver in systemic disease and pregnancy<br/>The liver in organ transplantation<br/>Electron microscopy and other techniques.

::Contents##<br/>Overview: Clinical Fundamentals of Hepatology. History Taking and Physical Examination for the Patient with Liver Disease / Esperance A Schaefer, Lawrence S Friedman<br/>Laboratory Tests, Noninvasive Markers of Fibrosis, Liver Biopsy, and Laparoscopy / Michael P Curry, Lennox J Jeffers<br/>Noninvasive and Invasive Imaging of the Liver and Biliary Tract / Koushik K Das, Matthew A Morgan, Gregory G Ginsberg<br/>General Considerations. Physioanatomic Considerations / Ian R Wanless<br/>Bilirubin Metabolism and Jaundice / Allan W Wolkoff, Paul D Berk<br/>Hepatic Histopathology / Zachary D Goodman<br/>Mechanisms of Liver Injury / Harmeet Malhi, Gregory J Gores<br/>Hepatic Manifestations of Systemic Disorders / Stuart C Gordon, Humberto C Gonzalez<br/>The Liver in Pregnancy / Nancy Reau, Yannick Bacq<br/>Consequences of Liver Disease. Hepatic Fibrosis / Scott L Friedman<br/>Preoperative Evaluation of the Patient with Liver Disease / Patrick S Kamath, Mark T Keegan<br/>Management of Portal Hypertension / Guadalupe Garcia-Tsao, Juan G Abraldes<br/>Renal Complications of Liver Disease and the Hepatorenal Syndrome / Xingxing S Cheng, W Ray Kim<br/>Pulmonary Manifestations of Liver Disease / Michael B Fallon, Anil Seetharam<br/>Ascites and Spontaneous Bacterial Peritonitis / Vicente Arroyo, Javier Fernández<br/>Hepatic Encephalopathy / Chathur Acharya, Jasmohan S Bajaj<br/>Acute Liver Failure / Robert J Fontana, Khurram Bari<br/>Acute-on-Chronic Liver Failure / Florence Wong<br/>Malnutrition and Liver Disease / Craig McClain, Irina Kirpich, Laura Smart<br/>Cholestatic Disorders. Primary Sclerosing Cholangitis / John M Vierling<br/>Primary Biliary Cholangitis / Cynthia Levy, Andres F Carrion, Marlyn J Mayo<br/>Autoimmune Hepatitis / Gideon M Hirschfield, Gwilym J Webb<br/>Viral Hepatitis. Hepatitis A and E / Kenneth E Sherman, Shyam Kottilil<br/>Hepatitis B and D / Marc G Ghany, Naveen Gara<br/>Hepatitis C / Michael W Fried, Jama M Darling, Stanley M Lemon<br/>Alcohol- and Drug-induced Liver Disease. Alcoholic Liver Disease / Mack C Mitchell, Gyongyi Szabo<br/>Drug-induced Hepatotoxicity / Dominique Larrey, Jose Ursic-Bedoya, Lucy Meunier<br/>Mechanisms of Drug-induced Liver Injury / Paul B Watkins, Merrie Mosedale<br/>Genetic and Metabolic Disease. Wilson Disease / Michael L Schilsky, Aftab Ala<br/>Hemochromatosis and Iron Storage Disorders / Kris V Kowdley, Priya Handa<br/>Alpha-1 Antitrypsin Deficiency / David H Perlmutter<br/>Nonalcoholic Fatty Liver Disease / Curtis K Argo, Zachary H Henry, Stephen H Caldwell<br/>Vascular Diseases of the Liver. Vascular Liver Disease / Dominique-Charles Valla<br/>The Liver in Circulatory Failure / Santiago J Munoz, Hanisha R Manickavasagan, Idean Amirjazil<br/>Benign and Malignant Tumors; Cystic Disorders. Benign Tumors, Nodules, and Cystic Diseases of the Liver / Julien Calderaro, Jessica Zucman-Rossi<br/>Hepatocellular Carcinoma / Maddie Kubiliun, Jorge A Marrero<br/>Surgical Options in Liver Cancers / Garrett R Roll, John Paul Roberts<br/>Infectious and Granulomatous Disease. Amoebic and Pyogenic Liver Abscesses / Marco A Olivera-Martínez, David Kershenobich<br/>Parasitic Diseases / Michael A Dunn<br/>Granulomas of the Liver / James H Lewis<br/>Elements of Liver Transplantation. Selection of Candidates and Timing of Liver Transplantation / Meaghan Phipps, Alyson N Fox, Robert S Brown<br/>Immunosuppression: The Global Picture / Caroline C Jadlowiec, Timucin Taner, Russell H Wiesner<br/>The First Six Months Following Liver Transplantation / K Rajender Reddy, Manuel Mendizabal<br/>Long-term Management of the Liver Transplant Patient / Timothy M McCashland<br/>The Liver Transplant Procedure / Bijan Eghtesad, Koji Hashimoto, John Fung<br/>Recurrent Disease Following Liver Transplantation / Haripriya Maddur, Josh Levitsky<br/>The Role of Retransplantation / Peter L Abt, Kim M Olthoff<br/>Controversies in Liver Transplantation / James F Trotter.

::Summary## This book covers all details for a successful control and elimination strategy against propagation of deadly liver and intestinal flukes of the genus Schistosoma in China. Cancer due to schistosomiasis is still common in subtropical countries and affords hundred thousands of human and animal deaths per year. Expert authors play close attention to the biology and morphologic aspects of Schistosoma species as well as the history and status quo of schistosomiasis epidemiology. In a unique way, the present work illustrates the need to involve strategic measurements, and to control both adult worms and larval parasite stages. With a special focus on Jiangxi Province, the authors present an effective management plan, ranging from intermediate host snail control to diagnostic tools, medical aid, as well as public health education. This approach from China can be used as blueprint in other countries hit by the same worm infections. The contents of this book will thus be meaningful for academics and practitioners in the fields of parasitology, public health, as well as human and veterinary medicine.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Schistosomes: Trematode Worms That Endanger Still Today Millions of Humans and Animals<br/>The History and Experiences of Schistosomiasis Control in China<br/>Epidemic Characteristics of Schistosomiasis in Jiangxi Province<br/>The Course of Schistosomiasis Control in Jiangxi<br/>Experiences and Cases on Schistosomiasis Control Research<br/>Eliminating Plan and Challenges<br/>Epilogue.

::Summary## "Schizophrenia: Recent Advances in Diagnosis and Treatment is a major addition to the literature, offering practical, comprehensive coverage of diagnosis and treatment options, genetic issues, neuroimaging, long-term management of schizophrenia, and future directions and predictions of how clinical care of schizophrenia will change. The book is divided into five sections. Section 1 summarizes the present state of knowledge about the diagnosis and treatment of schizophrenia. This includes recent changes in the DSM 5 categorization of schizophrenia and its implications for treatment. Section 2 considers recent discoveries into its pathoetiology, including the status of biological markers, genetics and neuroimaging as they relate to diagnosis and potential novel therapeutic approaches. Section 3 explores the optimization of present therapeutic approaches; novel treatments; and management of the substantial risks associated with both the illness and its present therapies. Section 4 discusses progress in the long-term management of schizophrenia, focusing on biological and psychotherapeutic strategies to improve functioning and facilitate recovery. Section 5 considers future directions and predictions of how diagnosis and treatment of schizophrenia will change. An invaluable addition to the field, Schizophrenia: Recent Advances in Diagnosis and Treatment is a definitive resource that will be of great interest to all clinicians caring for patients with schizophrenia."--Publisher's website.

::Summary## By 2050, the number of people aged sixty years and older with schizophrenia is expected to double and affect about 10 million people worldwide. Psychoses are among the most common experiences in later life, with a lifetime risk of 23 percent. As a result, there is a looming crisis in mental health care. Schizophrenia and Psychoses in Later Life is the first major multidisciplinary reference on these important disorders. The book provides guidelines for clinical care, research and policy that are consistent with the emerging paradigmatic changes occurring with respect to schizophrenia in later life. This book features multidisciplinary contributions from experts in the fields of biological psychiatry, social psychiatry, sociology, anthropology, social work, psychology, and neuropsychology that will help professionals to integrate services and attain the best outcomes. The text will guide psychiatrists, psychologists, gerontologists, policymakers, and social scientists in creating innovative new programs to help this underserved and growing population.

::Summary## The Scholarly Communications Cookbook features 84 recipes that can help you establish programs, teach concepts, conduct outreach, and use scholarly communications technologies in your library. The book is divided into 4 thorough sections. Recipes can be used by those new to scholarly communications, early-career librarians, and more experienced professionals looking for fresh ideas for their institution.

::Contents##<br/>Part 1: Foundations<br/>1. The history and future of school mental health<br/>2. Who are the school mental health professionals?<br/>Part II. School mental health interventions<br/>3. Engaging adolescents in secondary schools<br/>4. Supporting students following school crises: From the acute aftermath through recovery<br/>5. Enhancing attention and organization in adolescents<br/>6. Managing disruptive behavior<br/>7. Regulating emotions<br/>8. Emotion regulation and social functioning in adolescence: Conceptualization and treatment<br/>9. Working with adolescents with autism spectrum disorder<br/>10. Addressing adolescent drug abuse<br/>11. Managing chronic health concerns<br/>Part III. Special topics<br/>12. Screening and progress monitoring in secondadry schools<br/>13. Classroom-based services for adolescents with mental health needs<br/>14. Consultation and collaboration to increase integrity in school mental health<br/>15. Mental health promotion with aboriginal youth: Lessons learned from the uniting our nations program.

::Summary## Significant shifts in community violence have created a need for greater awareness of character development and violence prevention in schools. Since the first edition (2008), public concern generated by high-profile shootings and other violence in schools has only increased. Now more than ever, effective strategies for preventing violence, treating victims, and assessing at-risk children are needed. This new edition, an update of contemporary issues of school violence, is a compendium of theory, research, and applied models that addresses violence and critical ingredients in prevention interventions in schools. The book uniquely addresses psychiatric input on neurobiology of trauma and victimization of children who experience school violence. Authored by clinicians, counselors, educators, researchers, and other professionals, the volume covers new approaches to primary prevention in schools and new contributors including a school superintendent, school safety officer, and specialists who treat relationship and dating violence. New topics include guidelines for school personnel that address exploitation of teenagers due to sex trafficking, and perspectives of parents whose children were victims of abuse and violence in schools. Among the topics explored: Developmental Issues in the Prevention of Aggression and Violence in School Updated Perspectives on Linking School Bullying and Related Youth Violence Research to Effective Prevention Strategies The Role of School District Superintendent in School Violence and Prevention: Softening Schools While Hardening Buildings Role of Law Enforcement in School Violence Prevention Through Positive Intervention and Relationship-Building Empowering Children to Prevent Violence School Violence and Primary Prevention is a critical and timely resource for school, medical, and mental health professionals working with children. It is also useful for students in public health, education, social work, psychology, and counseling-focused education. Dr. Miller has again made a major contribution on a most pressing issue of our time: school violence. The book covers the landscape of this psychosocial problem including cultural, developmental, intergenerational, racial, and gender aspects as well as approaches and solutions." -James J. Clark, Provost & EVP, Florida State University.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Part I: Conceptualizing School Violence<br/>1. School-Related Violence: Definition, Scope, and Prevention Goals<br/>2. The Neurobiology of Violence and Victimization: Etiology, Biological Substrates, Clinical Implications, and Preventive Strategies<br/>3. Developmental Issues in the Prevention of Aggression and Violence in School<br/>4. Urban School Violence: Responding with Culture and Protective Factors Among Youth of Color<br/>5. Gendered Harassment in Adolescence<br/>6. Intergenerational Experiences of Bullying, Violence, Support and Survival Skills in Schools<br/>Part II: Factors and Forms of School Violence<br/>7. Updated Perspectives on Linking School Bullying and Related Youth Violence Research to Effective Prevention Strategies<br/>8. School-related Violence During the COVID-19 Pandemic<br/>9. Sexual Exploitation, Abuse and Trafficking of School-Aged Children<br/>10. Relationship and Dating Violence in School-aged Adolescents<br/>11. School Shootings and Clinical Management: Directions Toward Prevention<br/>12. Boundary Violations, Harassment, Abuse, and Exploitation in the School Setting<br/>13. Harassment, Abuse and Violence on the College Campus<br/>Part III: Key Personnel in Addressing Violence in Schools<br/>14. The Role of School District Superintendent in School Violence and Prevention: Softening Schools While Hardening Buildings<br/>15. Role of Law Enforcement in School Violence Prevention Through Positive Intervention and Relationship-Building<br/>16. Toward Understanding Classroom Socialization: Teacher Roles in Peer Victimization<br/>17. The Psychiatrists Role After a School Shooting: The Emergency Room and Beyond<br/>18. Preventing Violence Through Coordinated Responses to Classroom Disruption<br/>Part IV: Prevention Interventions for School-Related Violence<br/>19. Public Health Approach to Gun Violence Prevention in Connecticuts Youth<br/>20. Trauma-Informed Care as a Framework to Reduce Trauma and Violence in Schools<br/>21. Bullying as a Form of Abuse: Conceptualization and Prevention<br/>22. Mindfulness Strategies for Primary Prevention<br/>23. Equipping Students Minds with a Cognitive Training Program for Preventing School Violence<br/>24. Character Education Update: Building a Buffer Against School Violence<br/>25. Building Empathy, Step-by-Step: Prevention Intervention to Promote School Health<br/>26. Preventing Compassion Fatigue Among Educators: An Educator Resiliency Study During the COVID-19 Pandemic<br/>27. Utilizing Effective Bullying Prevention Programs<br/>28. Empowering Children to Prevent Violence<br/>29. School Violence: Lessons Learned and New Directions.

::Summary## "The recent advances in many aspects of kidney diseases have mandated a new edition of Schrier's Diseases of the Kidney. As in previous editions, a group of international experts was assembled to present this information in a comprehensive, authoritative, concise, and readily accessible fashion. The chapters have been extensively revised and updated"--Provided by publisher.

::Summary## This book covers the diagnosis and management of common problems found in children, focusing on symptoms, differential diagnosis, laboratory assessment, and various treatment options for each problem.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Machine generated contents note: pt. 1 Introduction<br/>1.Obtaining and Presenting a Patient History / M. William Schwartz<br/>2.The Physical Examination / Shoshana Melman<br/>3.Developmental Surveillance / Patty Huang<br/>4.Developmental Disabilities / Patty Huang<br/>5.Immunizations / Alexander G. Fiks<br/>6.Feeding Infants / Brenda Waber<br/>7.Well-Newborn Care / Kathleen Wholey Zsolway<br/>pt. 2 Problems<br/>8.Abdominal Mass / Marc H. Gorelick<br/>9.Abdominal Pain, Acute / Paul Ishimine<br/>10.Abdominal Pain, Chronic / Kristin N. Fiorino<br/>11.Alopecia / Catherine S. Zorc<br/>12.Ambiguous Genitalia / Lorraine E. Levitt Katz<br/>13.Amenorrhea / Valerie Lewis<br/>14.Animal Bites / Toni Gross<br/>15.Apnea / Thomas Mollen<br/>16.Ascites / Evelyn K. Hsu<br/>17.Ataxia / Lawrence W. Brown<br/>18.Bleeding and Purpura / Kim Smith-Whitley<br/>19.Chest Pain / Bradley S. Marino<br/>20.Child Abuse / Cindy W. Christian<br/>21.Coma / Nicholas S. Abend<br/>22.Constipation / Kristin N. Fiorino 23.Cough / Richard M. Kravitz<br/>24.Cyanosis / Bradley S. Marino<br/>25.Dehydration / Philip R. Spandorfer<br/>26.Diabetes / Stuart A. Weinzimer<br/>27.Diarrhea, Acute / Catherine C. Wiley<br/>28.Diarrhea, Chronic / Andrew Grossman<br/>29.Drowning / Mercedes M. Blackstone<br/>30.Ear, Painful / Christine S. Cho<br/>31.Edema / Rene VanDeVoorde<br/>32.Electrolyte Disturbances / Christopher J. LaRosa<br/>33.Fever / Elizabeth R. Alpern<br/>34.Gastrointestinal Bleeding, Lower / Chris A. Liacouras<br/>35.Gastrointestinal Bleeding, Upper / Chris A. Liacouras<br/>36.Goiter / Andrew J. Bauer<br/>37.Head Trauma / Joel A. Fein<br/>38.Headache / Donald Younkin<br/>39.Hematuria / Madhura Pradhan<br/>40.Hemolysis / Kim Smith-Whitley<br/>41.Hemoptysis / Suzanne E. Beck<br/>42.Hepatomegaly / Christina Bales<br/>43.Hypertension / Kevin E.C. Meyers<br/>44.Hypotonia / Lawrence W. Brown<br/>45.Jaundice / Evelyn K. Hsu<br/>46.Jaundice, Newborn / Michael A. Posencheg Note continued: 47.Joint Pain / Jeffrey A. Seiden<br/>48.Leukocytosis / David T. Teachey<br/>49.Leukopenia / David T. Teachey<br/>50.Lymphadenopathy / Leslie S. Kersun<br/>51.Macrocephaly / Lawrence W. Brown<br/>52.Mediastinal Mass / Leslie S. Kersun<br/>53.Murmurs / Jack Rychik<br/>54.Neck Mass / Frances Nadel<br/>55.Neck Pain/Stiffness / Jill C. Posner<br/>56.Neonatal Infections / Samir S. Shah<br/>57.Pallor (Paleness) / Kim Smith-Whitley<br/>58.Paraplegia / Lawrence W. Brown<br/>59.Pelvic Pain / Courtney Schreiber<br/>60.Pleural Effusions / Angela Lorts<br/>61.Precocious Puberty / Marta Satin Smith<br/>62.Proteinuria / Madhura Pradhan<br/>63.Pruritus / Paul L. Aronson<br/>64.Rashes / Kara Shah<br/>65.Red Eye / Cynthia J. Mollen<br/>66.Respiratory Distress / Esther M. Sampayo<br/>67.Scrotal Pain, Acute / Kate Kraft<br/>68.Seizures / Nicholas S. Abend<br/>69.Sexual Abuse / Cindy W. Christian<br/>70.Sexually Transmitted Diseases / Amy L. Weiss<br/>71.Short Stature / Adda Grimberg 72.Sore Throat / Esther K. Chung<br/>73.Splenomegaly / Matthew J. Ryan<br/>74.Syncope / Timothy K. Knilans<br/>75.Tachycardia / Timothy K. Knilans<br/>76.Thermal Injuries / Marc H. Gorelick<br/>77.Urinary Frequency and Polyuria / Matthew Sampson<br/>78.Urine Output, Decreased / Katherine MacRae Dell<br/>79.Vaginal Bleeding / Courtney Schreiber<br/>80.Vaginal Discharge (Vulvovaginitis) / Courtney Schreiber<br/>81.Vertigo (Dizziness) / Lawrence W. Brown<br/>82.Vomiting / Chris A. Liacouras<br/>pt. 3 Toxicology<br/>83.Toxicology / Diane P. Calello<br/>pt. 4 Cardiology Laboratory<br/>84.Cardiology Laboratory / Timothy M. Hoffman<br/>Surgical Glossary<br/>Surgical Glossary<br/>Syndromes Glossary<br/>Syndromes Glossary.

::Summary## "Pharmacotherapy Casebook: A Patient-Focused Approach uses 150+ cases to help you build the clinical decision-making skills required to identify and resolve commonly encountered medication therapy problems encountered in daily practice. Providing a consistent, practical approach, this authoritative guide delivers everything you need to master patient communication, care plan development, and documenting interventions. Case chapters are organized into system sections that correspond to those of the companion textbook. The case-based approach makes this an ideal resource for PharmD, Nurse Practitioner, and other allied health courses" --Publisher's site.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Principles of Patient-Focused Therapy<br/>Cardiovascular Disorders<br/>Respiratory Disorders<br/>Gastrointestinal Disorders<br/>Renal Disorders<br/>Neurologic Disorders<br/>Psychiatric Disorders<br/>Endocrinologic Disorders<br/>Gynecologic and Obstetric Disorders<br/>Urologic Disorders<br/>Immunologic Disorders<br/>Bone and Joint Disorders<br/>Eyes, Ears, Nose, and Throat Disorders<br/>Dermatologic Disorders<br/>Hematologic Disorders<br/>Infectious Diseases<br/>Oncologic Disorders<br/>Nutrition and Nutritional Disorders<br/>Complementary and Alternative Therapies (Level III).

::Summary## This book is a fresh and readable account of the Covid-19 pandemic and how scientists and medical doctors are helping governments to manage the crisis. The book contains interviews and exchanges with dozens of scientists, doctors, experts, government representatives, and journalists. Why do some of the most scientifically advanced countries have the highest Covid-19 mortality? During the pandemic, the research community has been at the heart of and actor in global scandal. Why has science failed? With the help of numerous testimonies from China, France, the UK and the USA in particular, the book provides an insider view on this major crisis. Although the governments of these countries based their Covid-19 strategy on science, scientists failed to have a decisive influence on decision-makers except in China which created genuine time bombs. The accelerated development of vaccines does not erase past months' errors. The crisis led to the development of science politics at an unprecedented rate. More worryingly, experts themselves acknowledge that they did not rise to the challenge. Covid-19 also highlighted the weakness of democratic regimes and the power of technocapitalism. Countries pulled down their blinds, locked their doors, and promoted national approaches rather than international cooperation. The author proposes to set up an international framework on health risk to co-construct decision-making. He advocates political distancing in order to put the basics first: develop science, fight ignorance.<br/>::Contents##<br/>A Microscopic Killer<br/>COVID-19 Diary<br/>Geopolitics of the Coronavirus<br/>Political Distancing.

::Summary## The main focus of this book is providing evidence on and interpreting the risks associated with heated tobacco products (HTPs) in terms of their health effects and social effects; in addition, the author introduces a harm reduction theory related to HTPs and electronic cigarettes. The book also addresses the history of these products, their marketing strategies, and policy implications. These products are new and the accompanying health risks have yet to be determined. However, since Japan accounts for more than 80% of the world's market for IQOS, the most popular heated tobacco product, researchers around the globe will be very interested in the outcomes. Written by a leading researcher in the field of tobacco control, Science and Practice for Heated Tobacco Products offers a valuable, unique resource for researchers in the fields of epidemiology, public health, social sciences, addiction, and tobacco research. Since tobacco is associated with a host of diseases including cancers, cardiovascular diseases, diabetes mellitus, and respiratory illnesses, researchers and healthcare workers whose work involves these diseases will find this book both thought provoking and insightful.<br/>::Contents##<br/>1 Introduction<br/>2 Tobacco Products in Japan including a History of Heated Tobacco Products<br/>3 The JASTIS project: product use status in Japan<br/>4 Marketing Strategy for Tobacco Products in Japan<br/>5 Substances in Novel Tobacco Products<br/>6 Health effect<br/>7 Social Effect<br/>8 Interpretation of Risks of Novel Tobacco Products, including Harm Reduction Theory<br/>9 Suggestions for Practice regarding Novel Tobacco Product Use Patterns<br/>10 Policy implication including interference in tobacco control measures with new tobacco products<br/>11 Conclusions.

::Summary## This book provides a clear and comprehensive guide to the clinical prescription of lithium that draws upon evidence-based knowledge of its mechanisms of action. The book is divided into two parts, on the science of lithium and the practice of lithium therapy. The former covers aspects such as the properties of the lithium ion, pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics, impact on neurotransmission, and gene expression modulation. The section on practice includes discussion of variability in response to lithium, use of lithium in the treatment of bipolar disorders, its value in suicide prevention, administration during pregnancy and in the pediatric age group, and side effects. Lithium is arguably the only true mood stabilizer, and its multifaceted effects across many clinical domains have given rise to a resurgence of interest in recent years, fuelled by both researchers and clinicians. Nevertheless, its use remains constrained by exaggerated concerns about potential side-effects. In reality, lithium is a simple molecule that is relatively straightforward to administer and monitor and has potentially profound benefits at a fraction of the cost of contemporary agents. This book dispels the many myths and concerns that surround its use and will be of interest for clinicians and researchers worldwide.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Section I: Science of Lithium: The Ion : Lithium<br/>Pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics of lithium<br/>Lithium : neurotransmission and cellular mechanisms pathways underlying neuroprogression in bipolar disorder<br/>Lithium on gene expression modulation<br/>Neuroimaging and lithium<br/>Conclusion: overview of potential mechanisms of action of lithium in bipolar disorder<br/>Section II: Practice of Lithium Therapy<br/>Introduction of lithium in Medicine and Psychiatry<br/>Lithium Response variability<br/>Lithium Response variability: Pharmacogenomics studies<br/>Lithium Response variability: Biomarkers<br/>Lithium in acute and maintenance treatment of bipolar disorders<br/>Lithium and suicide prevention<br/>Lithium in Bipolar disorders international guidelines<br/>Lithium and pregnancy<br/>Lithium in children and adolescents<br/>Short and mid-term side effects of lithium<br/>Lithium, kidneys, renal failure<br/>Lithium intoxication<br/>Discontinuation and re-use of lithium<br/>Conclusion : overview of indications and monitoring of lithium in bipolar disorders.

::Summary## This updated volume provides the current knowledge on the diagnosis, treatment, management, and prevention of pressure ulcers. Chapters on the early detection of pressure ulcers, negative pressure therapy, pressure ulcers in pediatric patients, adjunctive therapies, surgical management of pressure ulcers, and innovation in pressure ulcer research and practice are included. This second edition aims to be the primary reference for pressure ulcers from diagnosis and prevention to management and treatment options. The book is relevant to dermatology clinicians, vascular surgeons, and dermatology nurses.<br/>::Contents##<br/>The potential of biomarkers in the early detection of pressure ulcers<br/>The critical characteristics of a good wheelchair cushion<br/>Epidemiology of pressure ulcers<br/>Nutrition and pressure ulcers<br/>Health related quality of life (HRQOL) implications for people with pressure ulcers<br/>Incontinence-associated dermatitis (IAD) and pressure ulcers : an overview<br/>Microclimate ; rediscovering an old concept in the aetiology of pressure ulcers<br/>Skin care<br/>Pressure ulcers in pediatric patients<br/>Pressure ulcers after epidural anaesthesia<br/>Advanced dressings in pressure ulcers<br/>Adjunctive therpaies in pressure ulcers<br/>Negitive pressure would therapy in the management of pressure ulcers<br/>Surgical management of pressure ulcers<br/>The Stop Pressure Ulcer Day and other initiatives by EPUAP<br/>Innovation in pressure ulcers prevention and treatment.

::Summary## This volume in the AAPS Advances series covers various quality, safety and clinical aspects of drug development that are relevant to new and/or generic drugs containing a complex mixture of molecules. Specific topics discussed include: raw materials sourcing; manufacturing controls; characterization; identification of critical product quality components and attributes; identification of impurities, particularly as they bear on toxicity and immunogenicity; clinical trial study design considerations, and the regulatory science applications to development of such complex mixtures. Complex mixtures are challenging to characterize and analyze using standard methods. Further challenges extend throughout the product development cycle from raw material control to clinical study design. The regulatory landscape is rapidly changing as new types of complex mixtures are introduced into clinical trials and to the market (e.g., traditional Chinese medicines and medical marijuana products), while older products are facing generic competition for the first time (e.g., enoxaparin). The future outlook for complex generic drug products, as opposed to the more commonly developed targeted single agent drug products is not clear. The risks pertaining to lack of a full understanding of raw material control, process and controls in manufacture, as well as characterization of a complex mixture were seen vividly during the heparin crisis of 2008. As such powerful lessons have been learned about the regulatory science specific to complex products. The Science and Regulations of Naturally Derived Complex Drugs addresses the interests among industry, academics, and government on the issues surrounding the future development of mixtures for medicinal use.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Evolving Challenges in Developing Naturally-Derived Complex Mixtures into Drugs: U.S. Experience and Perspective<br/>Regulatory Landscapes for Approval of Naturally-derived Complex Mixture Drugs<br/>Complex Natural Product Heparin: Biosynthesis, Biology and Application via Synthetic Heparins<br/>Traditional Chinese Medicine Herbal Drugs: From Heritage to Future Developments<br/>Analytics on Farm-Dust Extract for Development of Novel Strategies to Prevent Asthma and Allergic Disease<br/>Analytical Tools for Physicochemical Characterization and Fingerprinting<br/>NMR in the Characterization of Complex Mixture Drugs<br/>Mass Spectrometry in the Characterization of Complex Drugs<br/>Scientific Considerations in the Approval of Complex Generi<br/>Raw Materials Production and Manufacturing Process Control Strategies<br/>Heparin Contamination and Issues Related to Raw Materials and Controls<br/>Pharmacology and Toxicology Concerns of Impurities<br/>Immunogenicity risks for Naturally Derived Complex Drugs<br/>Development of Plant-Derived Mixtures as Botanical Drugs: Clinical Considerations<br/>A Totality-of-Evidence Approach to Ensuring Therapeutic Consistency of Naturally Derived Complex Mixtures<br/>Economic Considerations for Complex Mixture Drugs<br/>Drug Discovery from Complex Mixtures: Serendipity, Screening and Characterization<br/>Integrated Approach for Characterization of Highly Heterogeneous Drugs.

::Summary## This book offers a timely review of modern technologies for health, with a special emphasis on wireless and wearable technologies, GIS tools and machine learning methods for managing the impacts of pandemics. It describes new strategies for forecasting evolution of pandemics, optimizing contract tracing, and for detection and diagnosis of diseases, among others. Written by researchers and professionals with different backgrounds, this book offers a extensive information and a source of inspiration for physiologists, engineers, IT scientists and policy makers in the health and technology sector.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Introduction<br/>Pandemics Behavior of One Year in Six Most Affected Countries using Polynomial Generated SIR Model<br/>Digital contact tracing for COVID 19: a missed opportunity or an expensive mess<br/>A Re-configurable Software-Hardware CNN Framework for Automatic Detection of Respiratory Symptoms<br/>A Comprehensive Telemedicine Service in Hong Kong Provided Through a Mobile Application<br/>Adapting to live in the global pandemic era: Case studies<br/>Towards QR code health systems amid COVID-19 - Lessons learnt from other QR code digital technologies<br/>Optimal testing strategies for infectious diseases.

::Summary## "Science communication is a rapidly expanding area and meaningful engagement between scientists and the public requires effective communication. Designed to help the novice scientist get started with science communication, this unique guide begins with a short history of science communication before discussing the design and delivery of an effective engagement event. Along with numerous case studies written by highly regarded international contributors, the book discusses how to approach face-to-face science communication and engagement activities with the public while providing tips to avoid potential pitfalls. This book has been written for scientists at all stages of their career, including undergraduates and postgraduates wishing to engage with effective science communication for the first time, or looking to develop their science communication portfolio."--Publisher's website.

::Contents##<br/>The generic model of cognitive behavioral therapy / Scott H. Waltman and Leslie Sokol<br/>Treatment-relevant assessment in cognitive-behavioral therapy / Katerina Rnic and David J.A. Dozois<br/>Learning principles in CBT / Michelle L. Davis, Sara M. Witcraft, Scarlett O. Baird and Jasper A.J. Smits<br/>Cognitive processes in CBT / Eni S. Becker and Janna N. Vrijsen<br/>Emotion regulation in cognitive-behavioral therapy / Andre J. Plate and Amelia Aldao<br/>Combined treatment with CBT and psychopharmacology / Josie Lee, Bridget A. Hearon and Michael W. Otto<br/>Acceptance and commitment therapy and the cognitive behavioral tradition / Frederick Chin and Steven C. Hayes<br/>Mindfulness-based cognitive behavioral treatments / Lizabeth Roemer, Natalie Arbid, Jennifer H. Martinez and Susan M. Orsillo<br/>Global to local / Anushka Patel and Devon Hinton<br/>Cognitive-behavioral therapy in older adults / Elizabeth C. Conti, Cynthia Kraus-Schulman and Melinda A. Stanley<br/>Cognitive-behavioral therapy for children and adolescents / Danielle Cornacchio, Amanda L. Sanchez, Tommy Chou and Jonathan S. Comer<br/>Behavioral activation treatments for depression / Leanne Quigley and Keith S. Dobson<br/>Posttraumatic stress disorder / Richard A. Bryant<br/>Eating disorders / Zafra Cooper and Riccardo D. Grave<br/>Transdiagnostic treatment for anxiety disorders / Laren R. Conklin and Hannah Boettcher<br/>Cognitive behavioral therapy for sleep disorders / Caitlin E. Gasperetti, Michael R. Dolsen and Allison G. Harvey<br/>Cognitive behavioral therapy for somafom disorders and / Maria Kleinstäuber and Winfried Rief<br/>Dialectical behavior therapy / Anita Lungu and Marsha M. Linehan<br/>Cognitive bias modification / Jennie M. Kuckertz and Nader Amir<br/>Cognitive training in schizophrenia / Kristen M. Haut, Vijay A. Mittal, Stewart A. Shankman and Christine I. Hooker<br/>Internet-based cognitive behavior therapy / Gerhard Andersson, Per Carlbring and Heather D. Hadjustavropoulos<br/>Virtual reality and other realities / Cristina Botella, Rosa M. Baños, Azucena García-Palacios and Soledad Quero.

::Summary## "The Science of Paediatrics, MRCPCH Mastercourse, provides essential background preparation for the MRCPCH Theory and Science examination. It contains an up-to-date review of the application of science to everyday paediatric clinical practice, whether it is interpreting clinical signs or investigations, prescribing drugs or identifying best management. Although this understanding is essential in order to make informed clinical decisions, it is difficult to obtain as it is not usually covered in clinical textbooks"-- publisher's description.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Front Matter. Copyright. Foreword. Preface. List of Contributors. 1. The role of science and research in paediatrics<br/>2. Epidemiology and public health<br/>3. History and examination<br/>4. Normal child development<br/>5. Developmental problems and the child with special needs<br/>6.Paediatric emergencies and critical care<br/>7. Accidents and poisoning<br/>8. Child protection<br/>9. Genetics<br/>10. Perinatal medicine<br/>11. Neonatal medicine<br/>12. Growth and puberty<br/>13. Nutrition<br/>14. Gastroenterology<br/>15. Infection and immunity<br/>16. Allergy<br/>17. Respiratory medicine<br/>18. Cardiology<br/>19. Nephrology<br/>20. Genital disorders<br/>21. Hepatology<br/>22. Oncology<br/>23. Haematology<br/>24. Child and adolescent mental health<br/>25. Dermatology<br/>26. Diabetes and endocrinology<br/>27. Musculoskeletal disorders<br/>28. Neurology<br/>29. Metabolic medicine<br/>30. Ophthalmology<br/>31. Hearing and balance<br/>32. Adolescent medicine<br/>33. Global child health<br/>34. Palliative medicine<br/>35. Ethics<br/>36. Pharmacology and therapeutics<br/>37. Clinical research<br/>38. Statistics<br/>39. Evidence-based paediatrics<br/>40. Quality improvement and the clinician.

::Summary## "Introduces all of the essential cell biology and developmental biology background for the study of stem cells. This book gives you all the important information you need to become a stem cell scientist. It covers the characterization of cells, genetic techniques for modifying cells and organisms, tissue culture technology, transplantation immunology, properties of pluripotent and tissue specific stem cells and, in particular, the relevant aspects of mammalian developmental biology. It dispels many misconceptions about stem cells, especially that they can be miracle cells that can cure all ills. The book puts emphasis on stem cell behavior in its biological context and on how to study it. Throughout, the approach is simple, direct, and logical, and evidence is given to support conclusions. Stem cell biology has huge potential for advancing therapies for many distressing and recalcitrant diseases, and its potential will be realized most quickly when as many people as possible have a good grounding in the science of stem cells. Content focused on the basic science underpinning stem cell biology Covers techniques of studying cell properties and cell lineage in vivo and in vitro Explains the basics of embryonic development and cell differentiation, as well as the essential cell biology processes of signaling, gene expression, and cell division Includes instructor resources such as further reading and figures for downloading Offers an online supplement summarizing current clinical applications of stem cells Written by a prominent leader in the field, The Science of Stem Cells is an ideal course book for advanced undergraduates or graduate students studying stem cell biology, regenerative medicine, tissue engineering, and other topics of science and biology."-- Provided by publisher.

::Contents##<br/>Chapter 1. Uncertainty in clinical medicine<br/>Chapter 2. The logic of medicine<br/>Chapter 3. Probability: uncertainty quantified<br/>Chapter 4. Decision making: making choices<br/>Chapter 5. Solving unstructured problems<br/>Chapter 6. Therapeutic decision making<br/>Chapter 7. Evidence-based medicine<br/>Chapter 8. Improving the quality of care<br/>Chapter 9. Common fallacies<br/>Chapter 10. Putting this book into practice<br/>Appendix 1. More on probability curves<br/>Appendix 2. More on likelihood ratios<br/>Appendix 3. The minimum Bayes factor and likelihood ratios.

::Summary## This book outlines, from a surgeon's standpoint, how physicians and mid-level providers working at wound care centres can expeditiously and effectively manage wounds. It comprehensively addresses the concept of wound healing, from the healing process to debridement concepts, and various antiseptics and local antibiotics used in dressing materials to facilitate healing. The book also discusses the latest inventions and treatment options that have revolutionized wound healing, such as: oxygen therapy, ozone therapy, hyperbaric oxygen therapy, electric therapy and ultrasonic wound therapy. In closing, it examines the latest regenerative therapies based on stem cell therapy, cellular therapy and gene therapy. Given its scope, the book offers a valuable resource for medical students and physicians dealing with wound management, as well as a reference guide for nurses in primary and tertiary wound care settings.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Chapter 1. Introduction<br/>Chapter 2. Pathophysiology of wound healing<br/>Chapter 3. Debridement<br/>Chapter 4. Antiseptics and local antibiotics. Chapter 5. Absorbent dressings (simple gauze and others). Chapter 6. Moisturizing dressings<br/>Chapter 7. Other types of dressings<br/>Chapter 8. Other modalities of treatment<br/>Chapter 9. Growth factors and hormones<br/>Chapter 10. Regenerative therapy<br/>Chapter 11. Offloading, footwear and immobilization<br/>Chapter 12. Management of hypertrophic scar<br/>Chapter 13. Different types of wounds.

::Contents##<br/>A review of classic physiological systems<br/>Systems integration : psychoneuroimmunology<br/>The stress system<br/>The relaxation system : theoretical construct<br/>The relaxation system : therapeutic modalities<br/>Energy medicine : cutting-edge modalities<br/>Energy medicine : focus on non-thermal electromagnetic therapies<br/>Energy medicine : focus on lasers<br/>The four pillars and two guideposts for the healing professions<br/>The pineal gland : energy transducer<br/>Soul medicine : crossing the boundary<br/>Human epigenetics in health and disease<br/>History and philosophy of naturopathic medicine<br/>Wellbeing<br/>Assessing the toxic load and detoxification strategies<br/>Precision nutrition<br/>The landscape of integrative medicine in America with a shift to prevention and health promotion<br/>Whole person caring<br/>Energy medicine : focus on lasers.

::Contents##<br/>v. 1, Analytical aspects.

::Contents##<br/>v.1 - Renal disorders infections and calculi. v.2 - Urogenital tract, oncology and the urological armamentarium.

::Summary## In the modern era, zoos and aquariums fight species extinction, educate communities, and advance learning of animal behaviour. This book features first person stories and scientific reviews to explore ground breaking projects run by these institutions. Large-scale conservation initiatives that benefit multiple species are detailed in the first section, including critical habitat protection, evidence-based techniques to grow animal populations and the design of community education projects. The second section documents how zoos use science to improve the health and welfare of animals in captivity and make difficult management decisions. The section on saving species includes personal tales of efforts to preserve wild populations through rehabilitation, captive breeding, reintroduction, and public outreach. The concluding section details scientific discoveries about animals that would have been impossible without the support of zoos and aquariums. The book is for animal scientists, zoo professionals, educators and researchers worldwide, as well as students of zookeeping and conservation.

::Contents##<br/>v. 1. Studies in cellular physiology<br/>v. 2. Radical dietary treatment of vasular and metabolic disorders.

::Summary## The ability to write clearly is critical to any scientific career. The Scientist's Guide to Writing provides practical advice to help scientists become more effective writers so that their ideas have the greatest possible impact. Drawing on his own experience as a scientist, graduate adviser, and editor, Stephen Heard emphasizes that the goal of all scientific writing should be absolute clarity; that good writing takes deliberate practice; and that what many scientists need are not long lists of prescriptive rules but rather direct engagement with their behaviors and attitudes when they write. He combines advice on such topics as how to generate and maintain writing momentum with practical tips on structuring a scientific paper, revising a first draft, handling citations, responding to peer reviews, managing coauthorships, and more. In an accessible, informal tone, The Scientist's Guide to Writing explains essential techniques that students, postdoctoral researchers, and early-career scientists need to write more clearly, efficiently, and easily. Emphasizes writing as a process, not just a productEncourages habits that improve motivation and productivityExplains the structure of the scientific paper and the function of each partProvides detailed guidance on submission, review, revision, and publicationAddresses issues related to coauthorship, English as a second language, and more.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Frontmatter<br/>Contents<br/>Preface<br/>Part I. What Writing Is<br/>1. On Bacon, Hobbes, and Newton, and the Selfishness of Writing Well<br/>2. Genius, Craft, and What This Book Is About<br/>Part II. Behavior<br/>3. Reading<br/>4. Managing Your Writing Behavior<br/>5. Getting Started<br/>6. Momentum<br/>Part III. Content and Structure<br/>7. Finding and Telling Your Story<br/>8. The Canonical Structure of the Scientific Paper<br/>9. Front Matter and Abstract<br/>10. The Introduction Section<br/>11. The Methods Section<br/>12. The Results Section<br/>13. The Discussion Section<br/>14. Back Matter<br/>15. Citations<br/>16. Deviations from the IMRaD Canon<br/>Part IV. Style<br/>17. Paragraphs<br/>18. Sentences<br/>19. Words<br/>20. Brevity<br/>Part V. Revision<br/>21. Self- Revision<br/>22. Friendly Review<br/>23. Formal Review<br/>24. Revision and the "Response to Reviews"<br/>Part VI. Some Loose Threads<br/>25. The Diversity of Writing Forms<br/>26. Managing Coauthorships<br/>27. Writing in English for Non- Native Speakers<br/>Part VII. Final Thoughts<br/>28. On Whimsy, Jokes, and Beauty: Can Scientific Writing Be Enjoyed?<br/>Acknowledgements<br/>References<br/>Permanent URLs<br/>Index.

::Summary## This book offers a concise but comprehensive overview of scleritis, with up-to-date information on all aspects, including diagnosis and treatment. Fundamental features of the pathogenesis of scleral inflammation are first discussed as a basis for understanding the therapeutic strategies. Detailed descriptions are then provided of clinical manifestations, the complications that can arise during the course of the disease process, and the best way to manage them. An individual chapter is devoted to infectious scleritis and its management, this being an uncommon but serious condition that may result not only in loss of vision but also in loss of the globe itself. The diagnostic approach to and various management options for scleritis are then discussed extensively, with coverage of local and systemic therapy and new strategies, including biologics. Apart from the potential impact on vision, inflammation of the sclera carries a risk of association with systemic diseases, some of which can prove fatal if not promptly recognized and managed. This book is designed to allow ophthalmologists to easily identify the condition and the signs indicative of a more severe problem. It will thereby assist in safe and effective management, and help in preserving vision and life.<br/>::Contents##<br/>General Considerations on Anatomy and Pathogenesis of Scleral Inflammation<br/>Classification and Clinical Presentations<br/>Associated Systemic Diseases<br/>Infectious Scleritis<br/>Diagnostic Approach to Scleritis<br/>Complications and their Management<br/>Management with Non-Steroidal Anti-Inflammatory Agents<br/>Management with Steroids: Local and Systemic<br/>Management with Immunosuppressive Therapy and Biologics.

::Summary## Comprised of the authoritative work of international experts, this fully-updated second edition of Scleroderma builds upon the well-regarded approach in the first edition to provide integrated, concise, and up-to-date synthesis of current concepts of pathogenesis and modern approaches to management of systemic sclerosis (scleroderma). With a multidisciplinary approach to comprehensive care, this book is easily accessible for health care professionals in many fields. The new edition includes extensive updated material based on major developments in the field, with new chapters on personalized medicine, cancer complications, global perspectives on scleroderma, and more. It presents a succinct and thoughtful synthesis of current pathomechanistic concepts, providing a valuable reference tool for basic and translational investigators working in the field. Scleroderma: From Pathogenesis to Comprehensive Management serves as an essential, all-inclusive resource for rheumatologists, pulmonologists, cardiologists, gastroenterologists, nephrologists and all those involved in the care of scleroderma patients.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Section I. Introduction<br/>Historical Perspective of Scleroderma<br/>Section II. Epidemiology, Genetics and Classification<br/>Epidemiology, Environmental and Infectious Risk Factors<br/>Genetic Factors<br/>Disease Subsets in Clinical Practice<br/>Evolving Concepts of Diagnosis and Classification<br/>Overlap Syndromes<br/>Juvenile Localized and Systemic Scleroderma<br/>Morphea (Localized Scleroderma)<br/>Scleroderma Mimics<br/>Systems Biology Approaches to Understanding the Pathogenesis of Systemic Sclerosis<br/>Section III: The Biological Basis of Systemic Sclerosis<br/>Introduction: The Etiopathogenesis of Systemic Sclerosis: An Integrated Overview<br/>Pathology of Systemic Sclerosis<br/>Inflammation and Immunity<br/>Autoantibodies as Markers and Possible Mediators of Scleroderma Pathogenesis<br/>The Clinical Aspects of Autoantibodies<br/>Mechanisms of Vascular Disease<br/>Biomarkers in Systemic Sclerosis<br/>Pathophysiology of Fibrosis in Systemic Sclerosis<br/>Overview of Animal Models<br/>Section IV. Cardiovascular Manifestations and Management<br/>Raynaud's Phenomenon, Digital Ulcers, and Nailfold Capillaroscopy<br/>Renal Crisis and Other Renal Manifestations of Scleroderma<br/>Cardiac Involvement<br/>Section V. Pulmonary Manifestations and Management<br/>Overview of Lung Involvement: Diagnosis, Differential Diagnosis, and Monitoring<br/>Clinical Assessment of Lung Disease<br/>Treatment of Interstitial Lung Disease<br/>Pathogenesis of Pulmonary Arterial Hypertension<br/>Clinical Assessment of Pulmonary Hypertension<br/>The Management of Pulmonary Arterial Hypertension in the Setting of Systemic Sclerosis<br/>Section VI. Gastrointestinal Manifestations and Management<br/>Overview of Gastrointestinal Tract Involvement<br/>Upper Gastrointestinal Tract: Manifestations of Systemic Sclerosis<br/>Small and Large Intestinal Involvement and Nutritional Issues<br/>Section VII. Skin, Musculoskeletal and Other Complications<br/>Calcinosis<br/>Evaluation and Management of Skin Disease<br/>Assessment and Management of Progressive Skin Involvement in Diffuse Scleroderma<br/>Skeletal Muscle Involvement<br/>Tendons, Joints, and Bone<br/>Cancer in Systemic Sclerosis<br/>Overlooked Manifestations<br/>Pregnancy<br/>Section VIII: Management and Outcome Assessment<br/>Introduction to Section VIII: Management and Outcome Assessment<br/>Immunomodulatory, Immunoablative, and Biologic Therapies<br/>Investigative Approaches to Drug Therapy<br/>Drug Development and Regulatory Considerations for SSc Therapies<br/>Physical and Occupational Therapy<br/>Psychosocial Issues and Care for Patients with Systemic Sclerosis<br/>Clinical Trial Design in Systemic Sclerosis<br/>Measuring Disease Activity and Outcomes in Clinical Trials<br/>Innovative Approaches to Clinical Trials in Systemic Sclerosis<br/>Molecular Stratification by Gene Expression as a Paradigm for Precision Medicine in Systemic Sclerosis<br/>Section IX. Case Studies: Approach to Complex Clinical Problems<br/>Managing the Ischemic Finger in Scleroderma<br/>Scleroderma Renal Crisis<br/>Rapid Diffuse Skin Disease with Progressive Joint Contractures<br/>Management of the Scleroderma Patient with Pulmonary Arterial Hypertension Failing Initial Therapy<br/>Pseudo-obstruction with Malabsorption and Malnutrition<br/>Progressive Interstitial Lung Disease Non-Response to Cyclophosphamide<br/>Coping with the Disfigurement of Scleroderma: Facial, Skin, and Hand Changes<br/>Managing Complicated Digital Ulcers .

::Contents##<br/>1. Anatomy<br/>2. Adverse Sequelae and Complications of Venous Hypertension<br/>3. Pathophysiology of Varicose Veins<br/>4. Pathophysiology of Telangiectasias<br/>5. Noninvasive Examination of the Patient Before Sclerotherapy<br/>6. Use of Compression Therapy<br/>7. Mechanism of Action of Sclerotherapy<br/>8. Complications and Adverse Sequelae of Sclerotherapy<br/>10. Role of Surgery in the Treatment of Varicose Veins<br/>11. Intravascular Approaches to the Treatment of Varicose Veins : Radiofrequency, Lasers and More<br/>12. Clinical Methods for Sclerotherapy of Telangiectasias<br/>13. Treatment of Leg Telangiectasias with Laser and High-Intensity Pulsed Light<br/>14. Venoactive Drugs.

::Summary## "The Scope and Standards of Practice for Professional Ambulatory Care Nursing promotes effective clinical and administrative management of increasingly complex ambulatory care RN roles and responsibilities in a changing health care environment. The 9th Edition contains significant revisions from previous versions, including an updated Scope of Practice statement, as well as updates for the 16 standards of professional ambulatory care nursing practice. The scope of practice statement addresses the definition and unique characteristics of ambulatory care nursing, the conceptual framework, its history over the past 30 years, the diverse types of ambulatory care settings, the roles of ambulatory care RNs, the trends and issues in ambulatory care and future directions. The standards specify the competencies needed for professional clinical and administrative practice. The first six standards address the six phases of the nursing process; the last ten standards address Professional Performance. Each standard contains three sections: 1. A statement of the standard addressed. 2. Measurement criteria that may be used for demonstrating competency for meeting the standard. 3. Additional standard statements and measurement criteria for nurseexecutives, administrators, and managers. These changes offer clarification and specificity for the distinct domains of clinical and administrative nursing practice in ambulatory care settings. Use this resource to guide ambulatory care nursing role descriptions and competencies; improve or create policies, procedures, and standards; train and orient staff; create clinical, telehealth, and administrative job descriptions; stimulate participation in research and evidence-based practice; guide ethical practice and patient advocacy; and guide performance improvement initiatives in clinical and organizational environments."--Publisher's description.

::Summary## In recent years, the field of Toxinology has expanded substantially. On the one hand it studies venomous animals, plants and micro organisms in detail to understand their mode of action on targets. While on the other, it explores the biochemical composition, genomics and proteomics of toxins and venoms to understand their three interaction with life forms (especially humans), development of antidotes and exploring their pharmacological potential. Therefore, Toxinology has deep linkages with biochemistry, molecular biology, anatomy and pharmacology. In addition, there is a fast developing applied subfield, clinical toxinology, which deals with understanding and managing medical effects of toxins on human body. Given the huge impact of toxin-based deaths globally, and the potential of venom in generation of drugs for so-far incurable diseases (for example, Diabetes, Chronic Pain), the continued research and growth of the field is imminent. This has led to the growth of research in the area and the consequent scholarly output by way of publications in journals and books. Despite this ever growing body of literature within biomedical sciences, there is still no all-inclusive reference work available that collects all of the important biochemical, biomedical and clinical insights relating to Toxinology. The Handbook of Toxinology aims to address this gap and cover the field of Toxinology comprehensively.

::Summary## "To better reflect its new and expanded content, the name of the 4th edition of Operative Anatomy has been changed to Essential Operative Techniques and Anatomy. In this latest edition, the text's focus on clinically relevant surgical anatomy will still remain, but it is now organized by anatomical regions rather than by procedures. Then to further ensure its relevance as a valuable reference tool, the number of chapters has been expanded to 134 and the color art program has also been increased significantly. Written for surgical residents, this book provides an up-to-date, easy-to-use reference for nearly all procedures with which they will face in their residency. Providing a blend of both surgical anatomy and a surgical atlas, this edition covers all Essential Common procedures from the SCORE curriculum as well as many of the Essential Uncommon procedures such as urgent operations seen in general surgery practice. FEATURES: Covers all Essential Common procedures in SCORE curriculum, Significantly expanded chapter on thoracoscopic surgery of the esophagus, Significantly expanded chapter on laparoscopic colon resection, New chapters on cutaneous infections, I & D, excision, STSG, ligation, stripping, saphenous vein, loop ileostomy/closure, operations for small bowel obstruction (including laparoscopic), and pediatric umbilical hernia repair"--Provided by publisher.

::Contents##<br/>1.Introduction: Scottish medicine and literary culture, 1726-1832 / Megan J. Coyer and David E. Shuttleton<br/>2. 'Nothing is so soon forgot as pain': reading agony in Adam Smith's The theory of moral sentiments / Craig Franson --3. The origins of a modern medical ethics in enlightenment Scotland: Cheyne, Gregory and Cullen as practitioners of sensibility / Wayne Wild<br/>4. The demise of the preformed embryo: Edinburgh, Leiden, and the physician-poet Mark Akenside's contribution to re-establishing epigenetic embryology / Robin Dix<br/>5. Benjamin Rush, Edinburgh medicine and the rise of physician autobiography / Catherine Jones<br/>6. The construction of Robert Fergusson's illness and death / Rhona Brown<br/>7. 'Groaning under the miseries of a diseased nervous system': Robert Burns and melancholy / Allan Beveridge<br/> 8. Phrenological controversy and the medical imagination: 'A modern pythagorean' in Blackwood's Edinburgh Magazine / Megan J. Coyer<br/>9. Blood and the revenant in Walter Scott's The Fair Maid of Perth / Katherine Inglis<br/>10. Magic, mind control, and the body electric: "Materia Medica" in Sir Walter Scott's library at Abbotsford / Lindsay Levy<br/>11. An Account of ... William Cullen: John Thomson and the making of a medical biography / David E. Shuttleton<br/>12. Transatlantic irritability: Brunonian sociology, America and mass culture in the nineteenth century / Gavin Budge<br/>Index.

::Summary## Current epidemiological evidence suggests that at least one third of people with diabetes suffer from clinically relevant depressive disorders which often go unrecognized and untreated. Research also shows that people with depressive disorders have an increased risk of developing Type 2 diabetes. Furthermore, the prognosis is poorer for either disease when they are co-morbid than when they occur separately. Co-morbid depression and diabetes has a huge impact on quality of life and diabetes management, and is an important public health problem. While there are many screening instruments available to identify individuals who may have depression, selecting the most appropriate tool for use in a busy diabetes clinic or primary care setting may not be straightforward. Screening for Depression and Other Psychological Problems in Diabetes: A Practical Guide provides an up-to-date overview of available instruments for screening for depression in diabetes. The book reviews the most commonly used screening tools and considers their utility in a range of settings and countries. Guidance on the practical use of each tool is also provided. Other psychological problems found to be common in people with diabetes as well as diabetes-specific emotional difficulties are also considered. This book will appeal to a range of health care practitioners caring for people with diabetes, including diabetologists, general practitioners, practice nurses and diabetes specialist nurses. The issues considered here are applicable to all diabetes populations across the world and thus this book will appeal to a broad international readership as well as to researchers in the field of diabetes and mental health.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Part 1. What, why, when and how should we screen for depression?<br/>Why and When Should We Screen for Depression and Other Psychological Problems?<br/>Disentangling Clinical Depression from Diabetes-Specific Distress: Making Sense of the Mess We've Made<br/>Key Concepts in Screening for Depression in People with Diabetes<br/>Cultural Applicability of Screening Tools for Measuring Symptoms of Depression<br/>Top Ten Screening Tools for Measuring Depression in People with Diabetes<br/>Part 2. Screening for depression in different settings<br/>Measuring Depression in Children and Young People<br/>Depression in Older Adults with Diabetes: Measurement and Implications for Care<br/>Screening for Depression in People with Diabetes in Primary Care<br/>Screening in Secondary Care<br/>Measuring and Assessing Depression in People with Diabetes: Implications for Clinical Practice.

::Contents##<br/>The Development of PGD<br/>Elements of Informed Consent for Preimplantation Genetic Diagnosis<br/>Follicular Recruitment & Oocyte Recovery in Assisted Reproduction<br/>Biomarker-based Flow-Cytometric Semen Analysis for Male Infertility Diagnostics and Clinical Decision Making in ART<br/>Comparison of Methods for Assessment of Sperm DNA Damage (Fragmentation) and Implications for the Assisted Reproductive Technologies<br/>Tweaking ICSI for a PGD program<br/>Comprehensive Chromosomal Screening from Polar Body Biopsy to Blastocyst Trophectoderm Sampling: Evidence and Considerations<br/>Polar Body Diagnosis<br/>An Alternative and Addition to Preimplantation Diagnosis<br/>Efficiency of Polar Body Biopsy for Aneuploidy Screening by DNA Microarray for Single Embryo Transfer<br/>Prediction of Embryo Viability by Morphokinetic Evaluation to Facilitate Single Transfer<br/>Comparison of PCR Techniques for Embryo Screening and Single Embryo Transfer<br/>Array CGH and Partial Genome Sequencing for Rapidly Karyotyping IVF Blastocysts Before Transfer<br/>Single Embryo Transfers Enabled by aCGH<br/>Current and Future Methodologies<br/>SNP array, qPCR, and next-generation sequencing based comprehensive chromosome screening<br/>Expanding PGD Applications to Non-traditional Genetic and Non-Genetic Conditions<br/>Should molecular cytogenetic techniques be applied to facilitate single embryo transfer in egg donation cases? Assessment of frequency and distribution of embryo aneuploidy after anonymous donor oocyte IVF<br/>Selecting the Single Embryo for Transfer in Mitochondrial Disorders<br/>Single Embryo Transfer: The Significance of the Embryo Transfer Technique<br/>The Vitrification Component: An Integral Part of a Successful eSET Program<br/>A Review of Luteal Support Protocols for Single Embryo Transfers<br/>Fresh and Frozen<br/>Cost effectiveness of single embryo transfers relative to higher embryo transfer policies in clinical practice: A population based analysis<br/>The Quebec experience<br/>One plus one equals two at once: Presenting cumulative pregnancy rates as the ideal outcome in elective SET programs<br/>Single Embryo Transfer in a State-Sponsored IVF Context: Current Experience from Israel<br/>Single Embryo Transfer: the Quebec Experience<br/>Regulatory Aspects of Embryo Testing: An American View<br/>Regulatory Challenges in Assisted Reproduction: A European Perspective<br/>Preimplantation Genetic Screening: Ethics & Policy<br/>Crossing Rubicons: Assisted Reproductive Therapies and Remaining Human.

::Contents##<br/>Introduction<br/>The Evolution of Eye Surgery<br/>The Advent of Ambulatory Eye Surgery<br/>Anatomical Considerations<br/>Infection Control<br/>How the Patient Gets from the Front Door of the ASC to Your OR Suite<br/>Decorum in the OR<br/>Setting Up in the OR<br/>Contemplating Cataract Surgery<br/>Cataract Surgery<br/>Complications Encountered, Instruments at the Ready: Here Is a List of "What Ifs" and "What to Do's"<br/>The Surgical Tray for Cataract Surgery<br/>Surgeon-Specific Instruments<br/>Ocular Biometry<br/>Self-Assessment Test Cataract Surgery<br/>Surgical Checklist<br/>Corneal Surgery<br/>Corneal Transplantation: Penetrating Keratoplasty<br/>Corneal Transplantation: Keratoprosthesis<br/>Corneal Transplantation: Endothelial Keratoplasty<br/>Pterygium Surgery<br/>Band Keratopathy Removal<br/>Complications Encountered, Instruments at the Ready: Here Is a List of "What Ifs" and "What to Do's"<br/>The Surgical Tray for Penetrating Keratoplasty<br/>The Surgical Tray for Endothelial Keratoplasty<br/>Self-Assessment Test Corneal Surgery<br/>Resource Materials<br/>Medications List.

::Summary## The Scrub's Bible represents an entry level guide to understanding the human eye, its basic anatomy, and physiology. It includes details on the fundamentals of the two most common areas of ophthalmic surgery: cataract and corneal/refractive surgery.<br/>::Contents##<br/>1. Introduction<br/>2. The Evolution of Eye Surgery<br/>3. The Advent of Ambulatory Eye Surgery<br/>4. The Eye and its Anatomical Considerations<br/>5. How We See<br/>6. Contemplating Cataract Surgery<br/>7. How the Patient Gets From the Front Door of the ASC to Your OR Suite<br/>8. Decorum in the OR<br/>9. Infection Control<br/>10. Setting Up Your OR Suite<br/>11. The Phaco Machine<br/>12. Setting Up the Phaco Machine<br/>13. Trouble-Shooting the Phaco Machine<br/>14. Cataract Surgery: More Than One Way to Skin a Cat<br/>15. Femto Laser Assisted Cataract Surgery (FLACS)<br/>16. Performing Phaco<br/>17. Determining Lens Power and Design: Lens Implants and Implantation<br/>18. Glaucoma Treatment as an Adjunct to Cataract Surgery<br/>19. Complications Encountered, Instruments at the Ready: Here is a List of "What Ifs" and "What to Do's"<br/>20. The Surgical Tray for Cataract Surgery (Example)<br/>21. Surgeon Specific Instruments<br/>22. Self-Assessment Test Cataract Surgery<br/>23. Surgical Checklist<br/>24. Secondary IOLs<br/>25. Corneal Surgery. The Cornea: How it Works<br/>26. Corneal Transplantation: Penetrating Keratoplasty<br/>27. Corneal Transplantation: Keratoprosthesis<br/>28. Corneal Transplantation: Endothelial Keratoplasty/DSAEK<br/>29. Corneal transplantation: Endothelial Keratoplasty/DMEK<br/>30. Pterygium Surgery<br/>31. Band Keratopathy Removal<br/>32. Complications Encountered, Instruments at the Ready: Here is a list of "What ifs" and "What to dos<br/>33. Surgical Tray Penetrating Keratoplasty<br/>34. Surgical Tray Keratoprosthesis<br/>35. Surgical Tray DSAEK<br/>36. Surgical Tray DMEK<br/>37. Surgical Tray Pterygium<br/>38. Self Assessment Test Corneal Surgery.

::Summary## This book takes the place of "Biology of Seagrasses: A Treatise on the Biology of Seagrasses with Special Reference to the Australian Region", co-edited by A.W.D. Larkum, A.J. MaCComb and S.A. Shepherd and published by Elsevier in 1989. The first book has been influential, but it is now 25 years since it was published and seagrass studies have progressed and developed considerably since then. The design of the current book follows in the steps of the first book. There are chapters on taxonomy, floral biology, biogeography and regional studies. The regional studies emphasize the importance of Australia having over half of the world's 62 species, including some ten species published for Australia since the previous book. There are a number of chapters on ecology and biogeography; fish biology and fisheries and dugong biology are prominent chapters. Physiological aspects again play an important part, including new knowledge on the role of hydrogen sulphide in sediments and on photosynthetic processes. Climate change, pollution and environmental degradation this time gain an even more important part of the book. Decline of seagrasses around Australia are also discussed in detail in several chapters. Since the first book was published two new areas have received special attention: blue carbon and genomic studies. Seagrasses are now known to be a very important player in the formation of blue carbon, i.e. carbon that has a long turnover time in soils and sediments. Alongside salt marshes and mangroves, seagrasses are now recognized as playing a very important role in the formation of blue carbon. And because Australia has such an abundance and variety of seagrasses, their role in blue carbon production and turnover is of great importance. The first whole genomes of seagrasses are now available and Australia has played an important role here. It appears that seagrasses have several different suites of genes as compared with other (land) plants and even in comparison with freshwater hydrophytes. This difference is leading to important molecular biological studies where the new knowledge will be important to the understanding and conservation of seagrass ecosystems in Australia. Thus by reason of its natural abundance of diverse seagrasses and a sophisticated seagrass research community in Australia it is possible to produce a book which will be attractive to marine biologists, coastal scientists and conservationists from many countries around the world.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Intro; Preface; Contents; Biogeography; 1 Evolution and Biogeography of Seagrasses; Abstract; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Fossils and Seagrasses; 1.2.1 Fossil Record of the Alismatales; 1.2.2 Alismataceae; 1.2.3 Aponogetonaceae; 1.2.4 Hydrocharitaceae; 1.2.5 Potamogetonaceae-Cymodoceaceae (Incl. Ruppiaceae); 1.2.6 'Seagrass' Fossils; 1.2.7 Foraminiferan Evidence; 1.2.8 Other Associative Evidence; 1.2.8.1 Gastropods; 1.2.8.2 Crustose Coralline Algae; 1.2.8.3 Sirenia; 1.3 Biogeography of Seagrasses; 1.3.1 The Present Distribution of Seagrasses; 1.3.2 Seagrass Distribution and Biogeographical Regions 1.4 New Zealand, Our Close Neighbour1.5 Conclusions; References; 2 Biogeography of Australian Seagrasses: NSW, Victoria, Tasmania and Temperate Queensland; Abstract; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Habitat Descriptions; 2.3 Species Distributions; 2.3.1 Temperate Queensland (QLD); 2.3.1.1 Zostera muelleri; 2.3.1.2 Halophila spp.; 2.3.2 Halodule uninervis; 2.3.2.1 Syringodium isoetifolium; 2.3.2.2 Cymodocea spp.; 2.3.3 New South Wales (NSW); 2.3.3.1 Posidonia australis; 2.3.3.2 Zostera muelleri; 2.3.3.3 Halophila spp.; 2.3.4 Victoria (VIC); 2.3.4.1 Zostera spp.; 2.3.4.2 Zostera muelleri 2.3.4.3 Heterozostera nigricaulis2.3.4.4 Heterozostera tasmanica; 2.3.4.5 Amphibolis antarctica; 2.3.4.6 Halophila australis; 2.3.4.7 Posidonia australis; 2.3.5 Tasmania (TAS); 2.3.5.1 Amphibolis antarctica; 2.3.5.2 Halophila australis; 2.3.5.3 Heterozostera tasmanica/Heterozostera nigricaulis; 2.3.5.4 Posidonia australis; 2.3.5.5 Zostera muelleri; 2.4 Changes in Seagrass Distribution; 2.4.1 Decadal Fluctuations in Port Phillip Bay seagrass linked to rainfall (VIC); 2.4.2 Warming-Induced Seagrass Loss from Western Port Bay (VIC) 2.4.3 Impacts of Floods and Dredging on Queensland Seagrasses (QLD)2.4.4 Decline of Seagrasses in Urban Tasmania (TAS); 2.4.5 Decline of Seagrasses in Urban New South Wales (NSW); 2.5 Conclusions; References; 3 Seagrasses of Southern and South-Western Australia; Abstract; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 The Forces Shaping Seagrasses and the Coastline over Geological Time; 3.3 Present Day Seagrass Habitats and Drivers; 3.4 Impacts on Seagrasses in this Region; 3.5 Emerging Threats and Management Issues; 3.6 Summary; References; Taxonomy and Anatomy; 4 Anatomy and Structure of Australian Seagrasses Abstract4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Plant External Morphology (See also Table4.1); 4.3 The Foliage Leaf; 4.4 Leaf Blade (See also Table4.2); 4.5 Cuticle; 4.6 Epidermis; 4.7 Leaf Fibre Bundles; 4.8 Mesophyll and Air Lacunae; 4.9 Leaf Vascular System; 4.10 Leaf Sheath; 4.11 Stems (Erect Shoots) and Rhizomes; 4.12 Root; 4.13 Phyllosphere, Rhizosphere and Endophytes; 4.14 Reproduction: Flowers, Fruits, Seeds and Seedlings (See also Table4.3); 4.15 Concluding and Recommendations for Future Studies; Acknowledgements; References; Molecular and Taxonomic Studies

::Summary## This is a user-friendly, hands-on guide to literature searching, which is an essential skill for all involved in health care research and development, researchers, and students from all disciplines.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Introduction<br/>Where to Start<br/>Clinical Information: Sources<br/>Searching the Internet<br/>Formulating Searchable Questions<br/>Building a Search Strategy<br/>Free Text and Thesaurus searching<br/>Searching HealthCare Databases<br/>Refining Search Results<br/>Saving Citations<br/>Citation Pearl Searching<br/>Quality Improvement and Value: Sources<br/>Patient Information: Sources<br/>Critical Appraisal<br/>Glossary of Terms<br/>Appendix 1: Ten Tips for Effective Searching<br/>Appendix 2: Teaching Resources<br/>Record your Favourite Resources.

::Summary## "Searching the Grey Literature is for librarians interested in learning more about grey literature. This book will help you tackle your search successfully, from start to finish. All types of librarians will find the content of this book useful, particularly those in health or social science"-- Provided by publisher.<br/>::Contents##<br/>What is grey literature?<br/>The value of grey literature<br/>Databases for grey literature<br/>Searching for dissertations/thesis<br/>Searching for unpublished clinical trials<br/>Repositories for grey lit<br/>Conference proceedings, papers and posters for grey literature<br/>Grey literature search checklists & other similar sources<br/>Google for grey literature<br/>Developing a grey literature search plan<br/>Grey literature : keeping current with emerging trends and suggested learning tools.

::Contents##<br/>--sv. 2-5. [without special title].--s<br/>v. 6. Disertace Purkyňových žáků.--s<br/>v. 7. České práce fysiologické a morfologické.--s<br/>v. 8. Úvahy a pracé přírodovědné.--s<br/>v. 9. Věda, výchova, společnost, studie a úvahy.--s<br/>v. 10. Slavistické pracé.--s<br/>v. 11. Básně a překlady.--s<br/>v. 12. Fysiologie lidské mluvy a menší fysiologickě pracé.--s<br/>v. 13. Autobiografické stati. Bibliographia.

::Contents##<br/>Introduction to the Book<br/>Objectives of secondary analysis of EHR data<br/>Review of clinical database<br/>Challenges and opportunities<br/>Secondary Analysis of EHR Data Cookbook<br/>Overview<br/>Step 1: Formulate research question<br/>Step 2: Data extraction and preprocessing<br/>Step 3: Exploratory Analysis<br/>Step 4: Data analysis<br/>Step 5: Validation and sensitivity analysis<br/>Missing Data<br/>Noise vs. Outliers<br/>Case Studies<br/>Introduction<br/>Predictive Modeling: outcome prediction (discrete)<br/>Predictive Modeling: dose optimization (regression)<br/>Pharmacovigilance (classification)<br/>Comparative effectiveness: propensity score analysis<br/>Comparative effectiveness: instrumental variable analysis<br/>Decision and Cost Effectiveness Analysis: Hidden Markov models and Monte Carlo simulation<br/>Time series analysis: Gaussian processes (ICP modelling)<br/>Time series analysis: Bayesian inference (Motif discovery in numerical signals)<br/>Time Series analysis: Optimization techniques for hyperparameter selection<br/>Signal processing: analysis of waveform data<br/>Signal processing: False alarm reduction.

::Summary## This book offers an overview of the latest advances in the epidemiological, pathophysiological, diagnostic and therapeutic aspects of secondary hypertension, provided by a group of the most highly respected European experts in this field. It is common belief that secondary forms of hypertension are rare, although in 95% of patients the cause of high blood pressure is unknown - euphemistically referred to as "essential". There is increasing evidence from epidemiological studies that the prevalence of secondary hypertension is much higher than previously thought, accounting for 20%-25% of all hypertensive patients. There are additional, very good reasons for identifying those patients with secondary hypertension: firstly, they are exposed to a greater risk of suffering major cardiovascular events than patients with essential hypertension who have the same blood pressure level, and for this reason require particular care. Secondly, these patients can be relieved of a lifetime of pharmacological therapy or, at least, have a chance to be treated with more specific and effective medications. A high degree of clinical skill is required to recognize the often vague and subtle symptoms and signs that characterize patients with secondary hypertension, and clinicians need to fully comprehend the mechanisms responsible for the development and maintenance of high blood pressure. Shedding new light on a complex area of cardiovascular medicine, the book enables readers to better treat affected patients.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Intro<br/>Preface<br/>Contents<br/>Renal Parenchymal Disease<br/>Introduction<br/>Epidemiology<br/>Pathophysiology of Hypertension in CKD<br/>Hypertension as a Risk Factor for Kidney Function Loss in CKD<br/>Special Conditions<br/>Resistant Hypertension in CKD<br/>Hypertension in Patients on Dialysis<br/>Hypertension in Renal Transplant Patient<br/>Antihypertensive Treatment and Target BP in CKD According to Recent Guidelines<br/>Conclusion<br/>References<br/>Atherosclerotic Renovascular Disease<br/>Introduction<br/>Renal Artery Stenosis and Blood Pressure<br/>Pathophysiological Mechanisms Clinical Significance of Renal Artery Stenosis<br/>When and How to Search for Atherosclerotic Renal Artery Stenosis?<br/>Treatment Issues<br/>Conclusions<br/>References<br/>Fibromuscular Dysplasia: From a Rare Cause of Renovascular Hypertension to a More Frequent Systemic Arterial Disease<br/>Introduction<br/>Definition of FMD<br/>Differential Diagnosis<br/>Classification<br/>Possible Manifestations<br/>Stenosis<br/>Dissections<br/>Aneurysms<br/>Arterial Tortuosity<br/>Aetiological Factors<br/>Genetics<br/>Focus on Renal FMD<br/>What Is the Prevalence of Renal FMD?<br/>In the General Population? In Hypertensive Patients?<br/>What Is the Profile of Patients with Renal FMD?<br/>In Whom to Screen for Renal FMD?<br/>What Is the Best Screening and Diagnostic Strategy?<br/>What Are the Essential Steps to Consider in the Management/Work-Up of Renal FMD?<br/>Has Smoking an Influence on FMD?<br/>Which Medical Treatment in the Patient with FMD?<br/>How to Assess Haemodynamic Significance of FMD-Related Renal Artery Stenosis?<br/>Whom to Revascularize?<br/>How to Revascularize?<br/>Is FMD a Systemic Disease?<br/>Which Usual Work-Up in Patients with Renal Artery FMD?<br/>When to Look for Familial FMD? How to Prepare Pregnancy in a Patient with FMD?<br/>Can FMD Affect the Heart?<br/>Are There Specificities of FMD in Elderly Patients?<br/>Are There Specificities of FMD in Children?<br/>Is FMD a Progressive Disease?<br/>Which Follow-Up in Patients with Renal Artery FMD?<br/>Conclusion<br/>References<br/>Primary Aldosteronism<br/>Introduction<br/>Detection Rate and Screening Strategy<br/>Diagnosis<br/>Conditions for Testing<br/>Exclusion of Primary Aldosteronism<br/>Imaging<br/>Subtyping of Primary Aldosteronism<br/>Adrenal Vein Sampling<br/>Alternative Strategy for Subtyping<br/>Genetic Testing<br/>Treatment

::Contents##<br/>Intro<br/>Foreword<br/>Acknowledgments<br/>Contents<br/>Introduction<br/>Part I: General Theory of Secondary Hypertension<br/>1: Summary of Secondary Hypertension<br/>1.1 Screening for Secondary Hypertension<br/>1.1.1 Prevalence of Secondary Hypertension<br/>1.1.2 Preliminary Screening of Secondary Hypertension<br/>1.1.3 Specialized Examination of Secondary Hypertension<br/>1.1.4 Screening Process for Secondary Hypertension<br/>1.2 Resistant Hypertension<br/>1.2.1 Prevalence and Diagnostic Criteria of RH:<br/>1.2.2 Precautions for the Diagnosis of RH and Pseudo RH 1.2.3 Screening of Secondary Hypertension in Patients with RH:<br/>1.2.4 Management of RH<br/>1.2.5 Recommended Hypertension Specialist Visit<br/>1.2.6 Invasive Interventional Therapy<br/>References<br/>2: Clinical Manifestations of Secondary Hypertension: Medical History, Symptom Characteristics, and Signs<br/>2.1 History Taking<br/>2.2 Characteristics of Symptoms<br/>2.3 Common Characteristics in Secondary Hypertension<br/>2.4 Physical Examination<br/>2.5 Relationship Between Secondary Hypertension and Age 2.6 Characteristics of Different Types of Secondary Hypertension History and Physical Examination<br/>References<br/>3: Significance of General Laboratory Examination in the Diagnosis of Secondary Hypertension<br/>3.1 Routine Laboratory Blood Tests<br/>3.1.1 Blood Routine<br/>3.1.1.1 Red Blood Cells<br/>3.1.1.2 White Blood Cells<br/>3.1.1.3 Platelets<br/>3.1.2 Serum Potassium<br/>3.1.2.1 Hypokalemia (K+ 5.3 mmol/L)<br/>3.1.3 Blood Glucose<br/>3.1.4 Blood Lipids<br/>3.1.5 Serum Uric Acid<br/>3.1.6 Hypersensitive C-Reactive Protein (CRP) 3.1.7 Plasma Insulin Levels<br/>3.1.8 Renal Function<br/>3.1.9 Homocysteine (Hcy)<br/>3.2 Urine Examination<br/>3.2.1 Examination of General Traits<br/>3.2.1.1 Urine Volume<br/>3.2.1.2 Color and Transparency<br/>3.2.1.3 Foam<br/>3.2.1.4 Urine Specific Gravity (SG)<br/>3.2.1.5 Urinary PH Value<br/>3.2.2 Detection of Urinary Protein and Urinary Microalbumin<br/>3.2.2.1 Proteinuria Standards (Table 3.4)<br/>3.2.2.2 Clinical Significance of Proteinuria<br/>3.2.3 Urine Red Blood Cells or Occult Blood<br/>3.3 Hemorheology<br/>3.3.1 Hemorheology and Hypertension 3.3.1.1 Hemorheological Characteristics of Obstructive Sleep Apnea Hypopnea Syndrome (OSAHS)<br/>3.3.1.2 Hemorheological Characteristics of Pregnancy-Induced Hypertension Syndrome<br/>3.3.1.3 Hemorheological Characteristics of Essential Hypertension<br/>3.4 Ambulatory Blood Pressure and Exercise Blood Pressure<br/>3.4.1 Ambulatory Blood Pressure<br/>3.4.1.1 Application of ABPM in Renal Hypertension<br/>3.4.1.2 ABPM and Primary Aldosteronism<br/>3.4.1.3 ABPM and Pheochromocytoma<br/>3.4.1.4 ABPM and Sleep apnea syndrome<br/>3.4.1.5 ABPM in the Elderly<br/>3.4.1.6 ABPM for Adolescents

::Summary## Recent changes in the pattern of agricultural practices from use of hazardous pesticides to natural (organic) cultivation has brought into focus the use of agriculturally important microorganisms for carrying out analogous functions. The reputation of plant growth promoting rhizomicroorganisms (PGPRs) is due to their antagonistic mechanisms against most of the fungal and bacterial phytopathogens. The biocontrol potential of agriculturally important microorganisms is mostly attributed to their bioactive secondary metabolites. However, low shelf life of many potential agriculturally important microorganisms impairs their use in agriculture and adoption by farmers. The focal theme of this book is to highlight the potential of employing biosynthesized secondary metabolites (SMs) from agriculturally important microorganisms for management of notorious phytopathogens, as a substitute of the currently available whole organism formulations and also as alternatives to hazardous synthetic pesticides. Accordingly, we have incorporated a comprehensive rundown of sections which particularly examine the SMs synthesized, secreted and induced by various agriculturally important microorganisms and their applications in agriculture. Section 1 includes discussion on biosynthesized antimicrobial secondary metabolites from fungal biocontrol agents. This section will cover the various issues such as development of formulation of secondary metabolites, genomic basis of metabolic diversity, metabolomic profiling of fungal biocontrol agents, novel classes of antimicrobial peptides. The section 1 will also cover the role of these secondary metabolites in antagonist-host interaction and application of biosynthesized antimicrobial secondary metabolites for management of plant diseases. Section 2 will discuss the biosynthesized secondary metabolites from bacterial PGPRs, strain dependent effects on plant metabolome profile, bio-prospecting various isolates of bacterial PGPRs for potential secondary metabolites and non-target effects of PGPR on microbial community structure and functions. Section 3 encompasses synthesis of antimicrobial secondary metabolites from beneficial endophytes, bio-prospecting medicinal and aromatic hosts and effect of endophytic SMs on plants under biotic and biotic stress conditions.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Bioactive secondary metabolites of basidiomycetes and its potential for agricultural plant growth promotion<br/>Secondary metabolites of Metarhizium spp. and Verticillium spp. and their agricultural applications<br/>Secondary Metabolites of nonpathogenic Fusarium spp.: Scope in agriculture<br/>Non-mycorrhizal fungal spectum of root communities<br/>Bioactive Volatile Secondary Metabolites of Trichoderma spp.: Future Perspectives<br/>Phytopathogen biomass as inducer of antifungal compounds by Trichoderma asperellum under solid-state fermentation<br/>Bioactive Secondary metabolites of Trichoderma spp. for efficient management of phytopathogens<br/>Secondary metabolites of the plant growth promoting model rhizobacterium Bacillus velezensis FZB42 are involved in direct suppression of plant pathogens and in stimulation of plant induced systemic resistance<br/>Pyrroloquinoline quinone (PQQ): Role in bacteria-plant interactions<br/>Bacterial mechanisms promoting the tolerance against drought stress in plants<br/>Bacillus spp. as plant growth promoting rhizobacteria<br/>Secondary Metabolites from Cynobacteria: A potential source for plant growth promotion and disease management<br/>Biological control of nematodes by Plant Growth Promoting Rhizobacteria: secondary metabolites involved and potential applications<br/>A deeper insight into the symbiotic mechanism of Rhizobium spp. from the perspective of secondary metabolism<br/>Metabolites of Plant Growth Promoting Rhizobacteria for the Management of Soil Borne Pathogenic Fungi in Crops<br/>Exploiting of beneficial endophytic microorganisms in plant growth promotion and crop protection: Elucidation of some bioactive secondary metabolites involved in both effects<br/>Bioprocessing of endophytes for production of high value biochemical<br/>Synthesis and application of hydroxamic acid: A key secondary Metabolite of Piriformospora indica.

::Summary## Open heart surgery has been in a continuous state of evolution since its earliest day. This book presents information on the management of secondary mitral valve regurgitation, one of most vexing problems to cardiologists, cardiac surgeons and patients. The treatment for primary mitral regurgitation is straightforward and has as its primary aim timely intervention to prevent left ventricular remodelling and left ventricular dysfunction. The management of secondary mitral regurgitation is more challenging as the mitral valve is not the primary cause of the disease. Furthermore, correcting mitral regurgitation without changing the left ventricular geometry is not guaranteed to be either beneficial or curative. Secondary Mitral Valve Regurgitation draws together contributions from a range of experienced cardiac surgeons, cardiologists, anesthetists and scientists to provide comprehensive and authoritative coverage on anatomy, hemodynamics, mechanism, echocardiographic assessment and treatment modalities. Many of the elusive details surrounding the best management of secondary mitral regurgitation are presented in a comprehensive manner so that this book will serve as an important primary source for readers wanting information on this important topic.

::Summary## In the natural course of events, humans fall sick and die. The history of medicine bristles with attempts to find new and miraculous remedies, to work with and against nature to restore humans to health and well-being. In this book, Londa Schiebinger examines medicine and human experimentation in the Atlantic World, exploring the circulation of people, disease, plants, and knowledge between Europe, Africa, and the Americas. She traces the development of a colonial medical complex from the 1760s, when a robust experimental culture emerged in the British and French West Indies, to the early 1800s, when debates raged about banning the slave trade and, eventually, slavery itself. Massive mortality among enslaved Africans and European planters, soldiers, and sailors fueled the search for new healing techniques. Amerindian, African, and European knowledges competed to cure diseases emerging from the collision of peoples on newly established, often poorly supplied, plantations. But not all knowledge was equal. Highlighting the violence and fear endemic to colonial struggles, Schiebinger explores aspects of African medicine that were not put to the test, such as Obeah and vodou. This book analyzes how and why specific knowledges were blocked, discredited, or held secret.<br/>::Contents##<br/>The rise of scientific medicine<br/>Experiments with the Negro Dr's materia medica<br/>Medical ethics<br/>Exploitive experiments<br/>The colonial crucible : debates over slavery<br/>Conclusion : the circulation of knowledge.

::Contents##<br/>MRI of the pectoral girdle and chest wall<br/>MRI of the shoulder<br/>MR arthrography of the shoulder<br/>MRI of the arm<br/>MRI of the elbow<br/>MRI of the forearm<br/>MRI of the wrist<br/>MRI of the hand<br/>MRI of the hip<br/>MR arthrography of the hip<br/>MRI of the thigh<br/>MRI of the knee<br/>MRI of the leg<br/>MRI of the ankle<br/>MRI of the foot<br/>MRI of the thoracic spine<br/>MRI of the lumbar spine<br/>CT of the thorax<br/>MRI of the heart<br/>CT of the abdomen<br/>MRI of the abdomen<br/>CT of the male pelvis<br/>CTof the female pelvis<br/>MRI of the male pelvis<br/>MRI of the female pelvis.

::Contents##<br/>Sedation in dentistry: a historic perspective<br/>Pain and anxiety in dentistry<br/>Introduction to sedation<br/>The spectrum of pain and anxiety control<br/>Physical and psychological evaluation<br/>Monitoring during sedation<br/>Nondrug techniques : iatrosedation and hypnosis<br/>Oral sedation<br/>Rectal sedation<br/>Sublingual, transdermal, and intranasal sedation<br/>Intramuscular sedation<br/>Inhalation sedation : historical perspective<br/>Inhalation sedation : rationale<br/>Pharmacology, anatomy, and physiology<br/>Inhalation sedation equipment<br/>Inhalation sedation : techniques of administration<br/>Inhalation sedation : complications<br/>Contemporary issues surrounding nitrous oxide<br/>Practical considerations<br/>Teaching inhalation sedation : history and present guidelines<br/>Intravenous sedation : historical perspective<br/>Intravenous moderate sedation : rationale<br/>Armamentarium<br/>Anatomy for venipuncture<br/>Venipuncture technique<br/>Pharmacology<br/>Intravenous moderate sedation : techniques of administration<br/>Intravenous sedation : complications<br/>Practical considerations<br/>Guidelines for teaching<br/>Fundamentals of general anesthesia<br/>Armamentarium, drugs, and techniques<br/>Preparation for emergencies<br/>Emergency drugs and equipment<br/>Management of emergencies<br/>The pediatric patient<br/>The geriatric patient<br/>The medically compromised patient<br/>The physically compromised patient<br/>Neurologic illnesses and other conditions<br/>Medicolegal considerations<br/>The controversial development of anesthesiology in dentistry.

::Summary## This book provides a comprehensive overview on sedation and analgesia for the pediatric intensivist. Divided into two primary sections, the text presents a framework on how to care for patients who need sedation, analgesia, and neuromuscular blockade inside the pediatric ICU (PICU), and how to manage procedural sedation in an outpatient setting. The first section focuses on sedation and analgesia for the critically ill child, with an emphasis on analgesics, sedatives, neuromuscular blockade, tolerance and withdrawal, and the PICU environment. The second section centers around procedural sedation, detailing patient selection, pre-sedation assessment, how to choose a sedation regimen, available agents, and nursing considerations. Written by experts in the field, Sedation and Analgesia for the Pediatric Intensivist: A Clinical Guide is a valuable resource for the pediatric intensivist in caring for their patients both inside and outside the PICU.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Intro<br/>Foreword<br/>Preface<br/>Contents<br/>Contributors<br/>Part I: Sedation and Analgesia for the Critically Ill Child<br/>Chapter 1: Introduction to Sedation and Analgesia<br/>Brief History of Pediatric Sedation and Analgesia<br/>Goal of Sedation and Analgesia in the Critically Ill Child<br/>Physiology of Pain<br/>Complexities of Sedation and Analgesia in the Critically Ill Child<br/>References<br/>Chapter 2: Safety and Monitoring During Pediatric ICU Sedation<br/>Assessment Tools<br/>Pain Assessment<br/>Self-Report Tools and Surrogate Reporting<br/>Observational Tools Agitation and Sedation Assessment<br/>Objective Monitoring Tools<br/>Processed EEG<br/>Conventional EEG<br/>Conclusions<br/>References<br/>Chapter 3: Analgesic Use in the Pediatric Intensive Care Unit<br/>Specific Agents<br/>References<br/>Chapter 4: Regional Analgesia and Its Role in the PICU<br/>Introduction<br/>History<br/>Safety and Risks of Regional Anesthesia<br/>Benefits of Regional Anesthesia<br/>Some Common Blocks<br/>Central Neuraxial Blocks<br/>Upper Extremity Blocks<br/>Truncal Blocks<br/>Lower Extremity Blocks<br/>Conclusion<br/>References<br/>Part II: Sedative Agents Chapter 5: Sedative Agents (Benzodiazepines)<br/>Overview of Benzodiazepines and Mechanism of Action<br/>Pharmacokinetic and Pharmacodynamic Considerations<br/>Adverse Reactions, Drug-Drug Interactions, and Monitoring Parameters<br/>Benzodiazepine and Opioids<br/>Breastfeeding/Pregnancy Considerations<br/>Pregnancy Considerations<br/>Breastfeeding Considerations<br/>In Summary<br/>References<br/>Chapter 6: Alpha-Agonists in Pediatric Critical Care<br/>Introduction<br/>Pharmacology<br/>Clinical Applications<br/>Conclusion<br/>References<br/>Chapter 7: Barbiturates in the Pediatric ICU<br/>Introduction Pharmacology<br/>Clinical Applications<br/>References<br/>Part III: Anesthetic Agents<br/>Chapter 8: Sedation and Analgesia for the Critically Ill Child: Ketamine<br/>Introduction<br/>Pharmacokinetics and Pharmacodynamics<br/>Mechanism of Action<br/>Dosing<br/>Uses of Ketamine in the Pediatric Intensive Care Unit<br/>Ketamine for Sedation<br/>Ketamine for Acute Pain<br/>Ketamine for Chronic Pain<br/>Ketamine Side Effects<br/>Conclusion<br/>References<br/>Chapter 9: Propofol for Sedation of the Critically Ill Child<br/>Introduction<br/>Pharmacology<br/>Mechanism of Action<br/>Pharmacokinetics<br/>Pharmacodynamics Clinical Considerations for Use<br/>Indications for Short-Term, Deep Sedation<br/>Propofol "Drug Washout"<br/>The Impact of Propofol on Sleep and Delirium in ICU Patients<br/>Palliative Sedation<br/>Propofol-Related Infusion Syndrome (PRIS)<br/>Pathophysiology<br/>Prevention and Treatment<br/>Consideration in Special Populations<br/>Mitochondrial and Metabolic Disorders<br/>Conclusions<br/>Bibliography<br/>Chapter 10: Inhalational Agents: What Volatile Inhalational Agents Are and How to Use Them in the ICU Setting<br/>Introduction<br/>Principles of Inhalational Agents<br/>Minimum Alveolar Concentration

::Summary## The global population is increasing rapidly, and feeding the ever-increasing population poses a serious challenge for agriculturalists around the world. Seed is a basic and critical input in agriculture to ensure global food security. Roughly 90 percent of the crops grown all over the world are propagated by seed. However, seed can also harbour and spread pathogens, e.g. fungi, bacteria, nematodes, viruses etc., which cause devastating diseases. Seed-borne pathogens represent a major threat to crop establishment and yield. Hence, timely detection and diagnosis is a prerequisite for their effective management. The book "Seed-Borne Diseases of Agricultural Crops: Detection, Diagnosis & Management" addresses key issues related to seed-borne/transmitted diseases in various agricultural crops. Divided into 31 chapters, it offers a comprehensive compilation of papers concerning: the history of seed pathology, importance of seed-borne diseases, seed-borne diseases and quarantine, seed health testing and certification, detection and diagnosis of seed-borne diseases and their phytopathogens, host-parasite interactions during development of seed-borne diseases, diversity of seed-borne pathogens, seed-borne diseases in major agricultural crops, non-parasitic seed disorders, mechanisms of seed transmission and seed infection, storage fungi and mycotoxins, impact of seed-borne diseases on human and animal health, and management options for seed-borne diseases. We wish to thank all of the eminent researchers who contributed valuable chapters to our book, which will be immensely useful for students, researchers, academics, and all those involved in various agro-industries.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Part 1. Impact of seed borne phytopathogens or seed borne diseases on agriculture and society<br/>Chapter 1. Importance of Seed-borne Diseases of Agricultural Crops: Economic losses and Impact on Society<br/>Chapter 2. Major Seed-borne Diseases of Agricultural Crops: International Trade of Agricultural Products and Role of Quarantine<br/>Part II. History of seed pathology<br/>Chapter 3. Contribution of Individuals and Organizations in the Development of Seed Pathology<br/>Chapter 4. Ancient, Mid-time and Recent History of Seed Pathology<br/>Part III. Diagnosis & detection of seed borne pathogens<br/>Chapter 5. Diagnosis and detection of Seed borne fungal phytopathogens<br/>Chapter 6. Detection of Seed and Propagating Material Borne Bacterial Diseases of Economically Important Crops<br/>Chapter 7. Detection and diagnosis of seed-borne viruses and virus like pathogens<br/>Chapter 8. Detection and diagnosis of seed borne and seed associated nematode<br/>Part IV. Host<br/>parasite interaction during the development of seed borne diseases<br/>Chapter 9. Host-parasite Interaction During Development of Major Seed-borne Fungal Diseases<br/>Chapter 10. Host-parasite interaction during development of major seed borne bacterial diseases<br/>Chapter 11. Host-parasite interaction during development of major seed transmitted viral diseases<br/>Chapter 12. Host-parasite interaction during development of major seed borne diseases caused by nematodes<br/>Part V. Diversity of seed borne phytopathogens<br/>Chapter 13. Diversity of seed borne fungal phytopathogens<br/>Chapter 14. Diversity of seed borne bacterial phytopathogens<br/>Chapter 15. Genetic diversity, transmission and understanding of seed-borne viruses and phytoplasma<br/>Chapter 16. Diversity of Seed Borne and Seed Associated Nematodes<br/>Part VI. Major Seed borne diseases in different agricultural crops<br/>Chapter 17. Major Seed borne diseases in important cereals: Symptomatology, etiology & economic importance<br/>Chapter 18. Major Seed born e diseases in important oilseeds: Symptomatology, etiology & economic importance<br/>Chapter 19. Major Seed borne diseases in important pulses: Symptomatology, etiology & economic importance<br/>Chapter 20. Major Seed borne diseases in important vegetables: Symptomatology, etiology & economic importance<br/>Chapter 21. Major Seed borne diseases in important forage crops & fibre crops: Symptomatology, etiology & economic importance<br/>Part VII. Seed borne diseases: Human and animal health<br/>Chapter 22. Seed borne diseases: its impact on Human and animal health<br/>Part VIII. Management of seed borne pathogens/diseases<br/>Chapter 23. Use of Biological Control Agents in the Management of Seedborne Diseases<br/>Chapter 24. Chemical Management of seed borne diseases: Achievements and future challenges<br/>Chapter 25. Biotechnology: An intervention for the genetic resistance against seed borne phytopathogens<br/>Chapter 26. Management of Seed borne diseases: An integrated approach<br/>Part IX: Mechanism of seed transmission and seed infection<br/>Chapter 27. Mechanism of Seed Transmission and Seed Infection in Major Agricultural Crops in India<br/>Part X: Miscellaneous<br/>Chapter 28. Seed Health Testing and Seed Certification<br/>Chapter 29. Non-Parasitic Seed Disorders of Major Agricultural Crops<br/>Chapter 30. Storage fungi and Mycotoxins<br/>Chapter 31. Epidemiology of seed borne diseases.

::Summary## This book focuses on the importance and roles of seed microbiomes in sustainable agriculture by exploring the diversity of microbes vectored on and within seeds of both cultivated and non-cultivated plants. It provides essential insights into how seeds can be adapted to enhance microbiome vectoring, how damaged seed microbiomes can be assembled again and how seed microbiomes can be conserved. Plant seeds carry not only embryos and nutrients to fuel early seedling growth, but also microbes that modulate development, soil nutrient acquisition, and defense against pathogens and other stressors. Many of these microbes (bacteria and fungi) become endophytic, entering into the tissues of plants, and typically exist within plants without inducing negative effects. Although they have been reported in all plants examined to date, the extent to which plants rely on seed vectored microbiomes to enhance seedling competitiveness and survival is largely unappreciated. How microbes function to increase the fitness of seedlings is also little understood. The book is a unique and important resource for researchers and students in microbial ecology and biotechnology. Further, it appeals to applied academic and industrial agriculturists interested in increasing crop health and yield.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Intro; Prologue; What Are Endophytes?; A New Definition for Seeds: A Miniature 'Noah's Ark' for Plant Colonization; The Intention of This Book; Contents; Part I: Seed Endophytes: Introduction, and Methods for Assessment and Management;<br/> 1: Seed-Vectored Microbes: Their Roles in Improving Seedling Fitness and Competitor Plant Suppression; 1.1 The Seed Microbiome; 1.2 Adaptations of Seeds to Carry Symbiotic Microbes; 1.3 Roles of Seed-Vectored Microbes in Plant Seedlings; 1.4 What Happens to Seed-Vectored Microbes?; 1.5 Signal Molecules; 1.6 Endobiome Interference 1.7 Mode of Entry of Micrococcus luteus into Root Cells1.8 Intracellular Phases of Aureobasidium pullulans and Rhodotorula sp.; 1.9 Does Endobiome Interference Affect Plant-Plant Interactions?; 1.10 Potential Applications of Endobiome Interference to Control Invasive or Weedy Plant Species; 1.11 Conclusions; References;<br/> 2: Thinking About PPFM Bacteria as a Model of Seed Endophytes: Who Are They? Where Did They Come from? What Are They Doing for ... ; 2.1 Fooled by a Bacterium; 2.2 Recognizing the Significant Role of Bacteria in Plant Metabolism 2.3 Looking at Seed Endophytes Through a Pink-Pigmented Facultatively Methylotrophic Lens2.3.1 So Where Does This Relationship Come from?; 2.3.2 What Are They Doing for Seeds?; 2.3.3 What Are They Doing for the Plants?; 2.3.4 A Role for Seed Endophytes in Plant Improvement; 2.3.5 As an Aside: Endophytes Influence the Quality of Seeds as Food Items for Us; 2.4 Outstanding Questions; 2.5 Conclusions; References;<br/> 3: Seed Endophytes and Their Potential Applications; 3.1 Background; 3.2 Seed Endophytes; 3.3 Assessing Seed Endophytic Communities; 3.4 Roles of Seed-Borne Endophytes 3.4.1 Seed Endophytes and Plant Growth Enhancement3.4.2 Seed Endophytes Mitigating Heavy Metal Toxicity/Stress; 3.5 Mechanism of the Growth Promotion and Heavy Metal Stress Tolerance; 3.5.1 Heavy Metal Resistance Genes Conferring Metal Resistance; 3.6 Future Prospects; References;<br/> 4: Exploring Endophytic Communities of Plants: Methods for Assessing Diversity, Effects on Host Development and Potential Biot ... ; 4.1 Introduction; 4.1.1 What Are Endophytes?; 4.1.2 Challenges in the Study of Endophytes; 4.2 Isolation of Endophytic Microbes; 4.2.1 Media for Isolation of Fungal Endophytes 4.2.2 Media for Isolation of Bacterial Endophytes4.3 Identification of Endophytes; 4.3.1 Molecular Tools to Identify Endophytes; 4.3.2 Markers and Primers for Endophyte Identification; 4.4 Techniques to Evaluate Endophyte Distribution in Plants; 4.4.1 Hood and Shew Staining Protocol; 4.4.2 Fluorescent Probes for Localization of Bacterial and Fungal Endophytes; 4.4.3 ROS Staining to Study Bacterial Endophytes; 4.5 Endophyte Modulation of Seedling Development; 4.5.1 Examining Modulation of Seedling Development Where Endophytes Are Not Culturable

::Contents##<br/>Intro; Foreword; Table of contents; Abstract; List of figures; List of tables; List of abbreviations; 1 Introduction; 1.1 Research context and problem statement; 1.2 Research objective; 1.3 Structure of the thesis; 2 Theoretical background; 2.1 Disruptive innovation concept; 2.1.1 Terminology and conceptualization of disruptive innovation; 2.1.2 The role of business models in disruptive innovation; 2.2 Business model concept; 2.2.1 Conceptualization of business models; 2.2.2 Business model as an activity system; 2.3 Business model innovation concept 2.3.1 Conceptualization and classification of business model innovation2.3.2 Business model innovation as a process vs. outcome; 2.3.3 Artifacts for business model innovation; 2.4 Synopsis and research question; 3 Design science research; 3.1 Overall research design; 3.1.1 Research paradigm; 3.1.2 Research method; 3.2 Exploratory research design; 3.2.1 Exploratory research method; 3.2.2 Sampling; 3.2.3 Data collection and preparation; 3.2.4 Data analysis; 4 Results and discussion of exploratory research; 4.1 Results; 4.1.1 Descriptive analysis; 4.1.2 Content analysis 4.1.2.1 Problem identification and objective of a solution4.1.2.2 Business model patterns for disruptive innovations; 4.2 Discussion; 4.2.1 Purpose and scope; 4.2.2 Justificatory knowledge; 4.2.3 Principles of form and function; 5 Prescriptive research design; 5.1 Design construction; 5.1.1 Design as a search process; 5.1.2 Design as an artifact; 5.2 Design evaluation; 5.2.1 Design evaluation method; 5.2.2 Sampling; 5.2.3 Data collection and preparation; 5.2.4 Data analysis; 5.2.5 Role of the researcher; 6 Results and discussion of prescriptive research; 6.1 Results 6.1.1 Design construction: low-resolution artifact6.1.2 Design evaluation; 6.1.3 Design (re)construction and communication; 6.2 Discussion; 6.2.1 Principles of implementation; 6.2.2 Testable propositions; 6.2.3 Constructs and expository instantiation; 6.2.4 Artifact mutability; 7 Conclusion; 7.1 Contribution; 7.1.1 Contribution to theory; 7.1.2 Contribution to practice; 7.1.3 Contribution to methodology; 7.2 Limitations; 7.3 Further research; 7.4 Concluding remarks; References; Appendices; <br/>Appendix 1: Coding structure; <br/>Appendix 2: Pattern matrix <br/>Appendix 3: HMW brainstorming questions on problems organizations encounter when designing business models for disruption<br/>Appendix 4: Decision matrix for ideation stage; <br/>Appendix 5: Design Thinking evaluation workshop, Minutes; <br/>Appendix 6: Elements of the Design Theory for BMI in the context of DI

::Contents##<br/>Terminology and classifications<br/>Perspectives<br/>Mechanisms of neuronal excitation and synchronization<br/>Basic mechanisms of seizures and epilepsy<br/>Causes of human epilepsy<br/>Epileptic seizures<br/>Epilepsy syndromes<br/>Epileptogenesis<br/>Periictal phenomena<br/>Status epilepticus<br/>Chronic behavioral disturbances<br/>Diagnostic evaluation<br/>Differential diagnosis<br/>General principles of treatment<br/>Antiseizure drugs<br/>Nonpharmacological therapy of seizures<br/>Social management.

::Contents##<br/>Chapter 1- Epidemiology of Seizures and Epilepsy in Cerebrovascular Disease<br/>Chapter 2: Seizures in Ischemic Stroke<br/>Chapter 3: Seizures in Intracerebral Hemorrhage<br/>Chapter 4: Seizures in Subarachnoid Hemorrhage<br/>Chapter 5: Seizures in subdural hematoma<br/>Chapter 6: Seizures in Cerebral Cavernous Malformations<br/>Chapter 7: Seizures in Arteriovenous Malformations<br/>Chapter 8: Seizures in Cerebral Venous Sinus Thrombosis<br/>Chapter 9: Pediatric Stroke and Seizures<br/>Chapter 10: Medical Management of Seizures in Cerebrovascular Disorders.

::Summary## Updated and expanded to provide the neurologic, intensive and critical care communities a comprehensive guide to common critical care illnesses and seizures, this third edition remains the premier resource on seizures in critical care. In addition to covering etiology, pathophysiology, diagnosis, differential diagnosis and treatment options, chapters feature the latest technologies and treatments and integrate current literature. This unique and specialized text offers neurologists, intensivists, neurosurgeons, trauma surgeons, epileptologists, electrophysiologists and residents in various specialties clarity on this challenging set of comorbidities.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Part I. General section. Chapter 1: Status epilepticus - lessons and challenges from animal models ; Chapter 2: Impact of seizures on outcome ; Chapter 3: Diagnosing and monitoring seizures in the ICU: the role of continuous EEG for detection and management of seizures in critically ill patients, including the ictal-interictal continuum ; Chapter 4: Seizures and quantitative EEG ; Chapter 5: Spreading depolarizations and seizures in clinical subdural electrocorticographic recordings ; Chapter 6: Multimodality monitoring correlates of seizures ; Chapter 7: Management of critical care seizures ; Chapter 8: Management of status epilepticus in the inensive care unit.<br/>Part II. Etiology-specific section. Chapter 9: Ischemic stroke, hyperperfusion syndrome, cerebral sinus thrombosis, and critical care seizures ; Chapter 10: Hemorrhagic stroke and critical care seizures ; Chapter 11: Traumatic brain injury and critical care seizures ; Chapter 12: Brain tumors and critical care seizures ; Chapter 13: Global hypoxia-ischemia and critical care seizures ; Chapter 14: Fulminant hepatic failure, multiorgan failure and endocrine crisis and critical care seizures ; Chapter 15: Organ transplant recipients and critical care seizures ; Chapter 16: Extreme hypertension, eclampsia, and critical care seizures ; Chapter 17: Infection or inflammation and critical care seizures ; Chapter 18: Electrolyte disturbances and critical care seizures ; Chapter 19: Alcohol-related seizures in the intensive care unit ; Chapter 20: Drug-induced seizures in critically ill patients ; Chapter 21 : Illicit drugs and toxins and critical care seizures ; Chapter 22: Seizures and status epilepticus in pediatric critical care.

::Contents##<br/>Section I. Epithelial and Nonepithelial Transport and Regulation<br/>Section II. Structural and Functional Organization of the Kidney<br/>Section III. Fluid and Electrolyte Regulation and Dysregulation<br/>Section IV. Pathophysiology of Renal Disease.

::Summary## Selected References in Trauma and Orthopaedics provides a selection of references from the Trauma and Orthopedic literature, aimed at the surgeon preparing for the Intercollegiate Specialty Board examination, and similar end-of training examinations in other countries. It is the perfect guide for examiners and trainers who are preparing their trainees for the examination, as well as providing a literature basis for their own practice. Selected References in Trauma and Orthopaedics presents the classical papers underlying current practice as well as recent publications which have brought about innovation, clarified pathology or demonstrated outcomes. The references are presented with a brief summary which allows the reader to access a literature review, with the use of online resources, with the key references already identified.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Part I. Adult Elective Orthopaedics<br/>Part II. Trauma<br/>Part III. Children's Orthopaedics<br/>Part IV. Hand and Upper Limb.

::Summary## This book explains the basic concepts of Selective Decontamination of the Digestive tract (SDD) to help those involved in treating critically ill patients to improve outcomes and the quality of care. SDD has led to major changes in our understanding, the treatment and prevention of infections in critically ill patients over the past 40 years. It is the most studied intervention in intensive care medicine and is the subject of 73 randomized controlled trials, including over 15000 patients and 15 meta-analyses. SDD reduces morbidity and mortality, is cost-effective and safe as SDD does not increase antimicrobial resistance. Correct application of the SDD strategy enables ICU teams to control infections - even in ICUs with endemic antibiotic resistant microorganisms such as methicillin resistant S. aureus (MRSA). Describing the concept and application of SDD, and presenting case studies and microbiological flow charts, this practical guide will appeal to intensivists, critical care practitioners, junior doctors, microbiologists and ICU-nurses as well as infection control specialists and pharmacists.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Part I. The basics<br/>Introduction<br/>Microorganisms<br/>Defense<br/>Infections<br/>Infection control<br/>Enteral and parenteral antimicrobials used in the SDD-policy<br/>Part II. Clinical microbiology for the ICU team<br/>Clinical microbiology: an overview<br/>Surveillance versus diagnostic cultures<br/>Sampling and microscopy<br/>Inoculation and culturing<br/>Naming of microorganisms<br/>Antibiotic sensitivity testing<br/>Availability of the clinical microbiological results for the intensivist<br/>Part III. Therapeutics<br/>Therapy of bacterial and fungal infections<br/>Viral infections in the ICU<br/>Inflammation and hyperinflammation<br/>Part IV. Surveillance<br/>Resistance<br/>Outbreaks<br/>Appendix<br/>Appendix 1. General principles before implementing the SDD-strategy<br/>Appendix 2. Selective decontamination of the digestive tract<br/>Appendix 3. SDD in Methicillin-resistant S. aureus (MRSA)<br/>Appendix 4. SDD in Multidrug-resistant Gram-negative bacteria (MDRGNB).

::Contents##<br/>1. The epidemiology of selenium and human cancer<br/>2. Selenoproteins in tumorigenesis and cancer progression<br/>3. Selenoproteins and metastasis<br/>4. Selenium-dependent glutathione peroxidases during tumor development<br/>5. Targeting the selenoprotein thioredoxin reductase 1 for anticancer therapy<br/>6. The regulation of pathways of inflammation and resolution in immune cells and cancer stem cells by selenium<br/>7. Selenium and breast cancer risk: focus on cellular and molecular mechanisms<br/>8. Selenium and epigenetics in cancer: focus on DNA methylation<br/>9. Selenium and cancer stem cells<br/>10. Selenocompounds in cancer therapy: an overview.

::Summary## Selenium plays a significant role in preventing certain types of cancer and cardiovascular diseases. The level of Selenium in the human body depends on its concentration in food. In turn, the content in vegetable crops is a function of the soil-plant system. There are many countries in the world with low Selenium content in the soil. The average daily human intake is thus limited through food chain. Analysis of Selenium status suggests that fortification of the soil substrate with Sodium Selenate, and foliar application to agricultural crops are both effective means of Selenium enrichment. Our intention for this publication is to present the possibilities of augmenting Selenium content by biofortification of soils and plants through differentiated nutrition. In the first part of the monograph, the results of Selenium supplementation in model vegetation experiments are presented. The next part of the monograph presents the results of foliar supplementation of Selenium in field conditions. This book is an outstanding reference source for plant breeders and researchers engaged in biofortification of horticulture crops. It is also beneficial to agricultural companies and other stakeholders.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Introduction<br/>The role of selenium in human nutrition<br/>Methods for determination of selenium in foodstuffs<br/>Selenium uptake by selected vegetable species after fortification of the growing substrate.-Selenium uptake by selected vegetable species after foliar application<br/>Changes of selenium content in edibilities during the processing.

::Contents##<br/>Examining xCT-mediated selenium uptake and selenoprotein production capacity in cells / Namgyu Lee, Anne E. Carlisle, and Dohoon Kim<br/>Methods for accurate and reproducible studies of pharmacological effects of selenium in cancer / Arun Kumar Selvam, Tímea Szekerczés, Sofia Björnstedt, Ali Razaghi, and Mikael Björnstedt<br/>Using selenocysteine-specific reporters to screen for efficient tRNASec variants / Christina Z. Chung, Dieter Söll, and Natalie Krahn<br/>Expressing recombinant selenoproteins using redefinition of a single UAG codon in an RF1-depleted E. coli host strain / Qing Cheng and Elias S.J. Arnér<br/>Selenocysteine substitutions in thiyl radical enzymes / Juan Carlos Cáceres, Clara A. Bailey, Kenichi Yokoyama, and Brandon L. Greene<br/>Expression of selenoproteins via genetic code expansion in mammalian cells / Jennifer C. Peeler and Eranthie Weerapana<br/>Applying selenocysteine-mediated expressed protein ligation to prepare the membrane enzyme selenoprotein S / Rujin Cheng, Jun Liu, Vidyadhar Daithankar, and Sharon Rozovsky<br/>Chemoproteomic interrogation of selenocysteine by low-pH isoTOP-ABPP / Daniel W. Bak and Eranthie Weerapana<br/>SecMS analysis of selenoproteins with selenocysteine insertion sequence and beyond / Chenfang Si, Ye Cao, and Yaoyang Zhang<br/>An accelerated and optimized algorithm of selenium-encoded isotopic signature targeted profiling for global selenoproteome analysis / Guogeng Jia, Jinjun Gao, Fan Yang, Tianyu Feng, and Chu Wang<br/>Assay of selenol species in biological samples by the fluorescent probe Sel-green / Baoxin Zhang and Jianguo Fang<br/>Identification of selenoprotein O substrates using a biotinylated ATP analog / Meghomukta Mukherjee and Anju Sreelatha<br/>Application of alpha-methyl selenocysteine as a tool for the study of selenoproteins / Emma J. Ste. Marie and Robert J. Hondal<br/>Modeling of selenocysteine-derived reactive intermediates utilizing a nano-sized molecular cavity as a protective cradle / Ryosuke Masuda and Kei Goto<br/>Diselenide-selenoester ligation in the chemical synthesis of proteins / Max J. Bedding, Sameer S. Kulkarni, and Richard J. Payne.

::Summary## This book is an open access under a CC BY license. The subject of this book relates to protein ligands with particular structural and complexation properties. They are composed of self-assembled molecules, capable of penetrating as a unit into proteins outside the binding site. The ribbon-like supramolecular system only permits the penetration of self-assembled molecules into the protein-body and formation of stable complexes. Supramolecular Congo red and similar compounds fit these requirements. Destabilized protein fragments enable the penetration of such ligands, with susceptibility to supramolecular ligand binding often associated with protein function. As a result, complexation modifies their functional effects. The activity of enzymes is inhibited by arresting them in the complexed state, but "naturally irreversible" complexation as in the case of immune complexation, is enhanced instead. This property offers many attractive possibilities of using supramolecular ligands as described in this book.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Supramolecular systems as protein ligands<br/>Supramolecular Congo Red as Specific Ligand of Antibodies Engaged in Immune Complex<br/>Protein Conditioning for Binding Congo Red and Other Supramolecular Ligands<br/>Metal Ions Introduced to Proteins by Supramolecular Ligands<br/>Possible Mechanism of Amyloidogenesis of V Domains<br/>Supramolecular Structures as Carrier Systems Enabling the Use of Metal Ions in Antibacterial Therapy<br/>Congo Red Interactions with Single-Walled Carbon Nanotubes.

::Summary## "An essential examination resource for anyone sitting their primary or maintenance of certification examinations in dermatology, pathology or dermatopathology, Self-Assessment in Dermatopathology uses histopathology as a catalyst for constructive and critical thinking and to trigger relevant clinical, genetic and syndromic associations. Concise explanations at the end of each chapter give short answers to each question and expand on each answer choice. Each chapter consists of an increasingly difficult selection of questions, allowing the reader to develop and self-test their knowledge. Tables relevant to the section covered have also been incorporated in the answer section. Using this practical approach, the reader will become familiar with the pathologic basis of clinically relevant dermatoses and cutaneous tumors. The question and answer format make this book the first resource of its kind. Thinking about information in a new way is the foundation of this book, making it an invaluable addition for any trainee"--Provided by publisher.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Machine generated contents note:<br/> 1. General;<br/> 2. Genodermatoses and epidermal disorders;<br/> 3. Pigmentary disorders;<br/> 4. Tissue reaction patterns;<br/> 5. Disorders involving the dermis and, or subcutis;<br/> 6. Depositional diseases and cutaneous manifestations of systemic disease and depositional diseases;<br/> 7. Infections;<br/> 8. Tumors.

::Summary## This practical study guide illustrates a variety of different scenarios of rheumatic disease in succinct question and answer format. It contains 120 complex cases with potentially unusual diagnoses designed to stimulate thought and further reading in this rapidly evolving specialty. The questions demonstrate both common and uncommon rheumatologic conditions that may be encountered on ward rounds or in clinic by using radiographs, pictures, and skin findings. Each case is based on a real-life diagnostic situation encountered by the author from his two decades of experience working in a busy consultative practice.Self Assessment in Rheumatology: An Essential Q & A Study Guide, Second Edition is an essential resource for students, postgraduate fellows, internists, and practicing physicians eager to learn more about rheumatology, test their fund of knowledge, or prepare for board examinations.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Chapter 1. Assessment Questions 1-10<br/>Chapter 2. Assessment Questions 11-20<br/>Chapter 3. Assessment Questions 21-30<br/>Chapter 4. Assessment Questions 31-40<br/>Chapter 5. Assessment Questions 41-50<br/>Chapter 6. Assessment Questions 51-60<br/>Chapter 7. Assessment Questions 61-70.-Chapter 8. Assessment Questions 71-80<br/>Chapter 9. Assessment Questions 81-90<br/>Chapter 10. Assessment Questions 91-100<br/>Chapter 11. Assessment Questions 101-110<br/>Chapter 12. Assessment Questions 111-120.

::Summary## "This comprehensive book describes the design, synthesis, mechanisms, characterization, fundamental properties, functions and development of self-healing smart materials and their composites with their allied applications. It covers cementitious concrete composites, bleeding composites, elastomers, tires, membranes, and composites in energy storage, coatings, shape-memory, aerospace and robotic applications. The 21 chapters are written by researchers from a variety of disciplines and backgrounds."-- Provided by publisher.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Self-Healing Polymer Coatings / Facundo I Altuna, Cristina E Hoppe<br/>Smart Phenolics for Self-Healing and Shape Memory Applications / Baris Kiskan, Yusuf Yagci<br/>Self-Healable Elastomers / Mariajose Cova Sanchez, Daniela Belon Garcia, Mariano Martin Escobar, Marcela Mansilla<br/>Self-Healable Tires / Norazlianie Sazali, Mohamad Azuwa Mohamed, Zul Adlan Mohd Hir<br/>Self-Healing Bacterial Cementitious Composites / R Preetham, R Hari Krishna, MN Chandraprabha, R Sivaramakrishna<br/>Self-Healable Solar Cells: Recent Insights and Challenges / Seyyed Alireza Hashemi, Seyyed Mojtaba Mousavi, Sonia Bahrani, Seeram Ramakrishna, Chin Wei Lai, Wei-Hung Chiang<br/>Self-Healable Core-Shell Nanofibers / Sonia Bahrani, Seyyed Mojtaba Mousavi, Seyyed Alireza Hashemi, Chin Wei Lai, Wei-Hung Chiang<br/>Intrinsic Self-Healing Materials / Angelita Cristiane Saul, Joao Henrique Zimnoch dos Santos<br/>Self-Healable Catalysis / Bilge Cokuner Filiz<br/>Self-Healing Materials in Corrosion Protection / Eiman Alibakhshi, Bahram Ramezanzadeh, Mohammad Mahdavian<br/>Self-Healable Conductive Materials / M Ramesh, L Rajeshkumar, D Balaji, V Bhuvaneswari, S Sivalingam<br/>Self-Healable Artificial Skin / Beg Younus Raza, Nishad Gokul Ram, Priyanka Singh<br/>Self-Healing Smart Composites / Sithara Gopinath, Suresh Mathew, P Radhakrishnan Nair<br/>Stimuli-Responsive Self-Healable Materials / G Jerald Maria Antony, S Raja, ST Aruna<br/>Mechanically-Induced Self-Healable Materials / M Ramesh, L Rajeshkumar, R Saravanakumar<br/>Self-Healing Materials in Robotics / Sunny Kumar<br/>Self-Healing Materials in Aerospace Applications / M Harikrishna Kumar, C Moganapriya, A Moha Kumar, R Rajasekar, V K Gobinath<br/>Bio-Inspired Self-Healable Materials / Archita Sharma, Shailendra Kumar Arya<br/>Self-Healable Batteries / Seyyed Mojtaba Mousavi, Maryam Zarei, Seyyed Alireza Hashemi, Wei-Hung Chiang, Chin Wei Lai, Sonia Bahrani<br/>Self-Healing in Bleeding Composites / Lutfur Rahman, Ata Ullah, Muhammad Bilal Yazdani, Muhammad Irfan, Waheed S Khan, Asma Rehman<br/>Self-Healing Polymers / Muhammad Akram, Charles Oluwaseun Adetunji, Mohd Imran Ahamed, Adrish Sohail, Iram Ghaffar, Olugbenga Samuel Michael, Hina Anwar, Musa Abidemi Muhibi, Juliana Bunmi Adetunji, Umme Laila, Mathew Olaniyan.

::Contents##<br/>v. 1, Body structure and function, nutrition and food management, basic pharmacology and drug therapy ; v. 2, Roles and responsibilities in nursing health ; v. 3, Medical and surgical nursing, mental illness ; v. 4, Mother and newborn, the well and sick child, communicable diseases.

::Summary## Self-management is a term that was used as early as the 1960s when it was applied during the rehabilitation of chronically ill children. Subsequently, self-management was applied as formalized programs for a variety of populations and health issues. In reflecting on self-management, it is important to note that it would be difficult for individuals not to be aware of their specific health behaviors, which could include unhealthy behaviors. As self-management has evolved, essential skills identified include behavioral modeling, decision making, planning, social persuasion, locating, accessing and utilizing resources, assisting individuals to form partnerships with their health care providers and taking action. These are key skills that would benefit health professional educators, clinicians and patients. This book, consisting of three parts, provides insights into the aspects of self-management as it relates to its definition and application. It highlights how self-management can be applied to various long-term health conditions, for different populations or target groups and in different contexts. The text provides an overview of self-management and the rationale for its applications by illustrating its use in specific clinical conditions and in different sub-populations and target groups. Academics can use the book as a textbook when teaching postgraduate and undergraduate students about self-management as a technique to facilitate community reintegration for individuals living with long-term conditions. It can also be used by clinicians to enhance their management of individuals with long-term conditions. Furthermore, researchers can use the text to expand and support their research in this area.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Part I: Understanding self-management<br/>1. Overview of self-management<br/>2. The case for self-management<br/>Part II: The application of self-management in various conditions<br/>3. Self-management and spinal cord injuries<br/>4. Self-management in diabetes<br/>5. Self-management and stroke<br/>6. Self-management and low back pain<br/>Part III: Using self-management across the lifespan and across settings<br/>7. Self-management in youth<br/>8. Self-management in chronic illness in the elderly<br/>9. Community health workers as key contributors to self-management programs<br/>10. Self-management in the workplace<br/>11. Self-management in nutrition and exercise.

::Summary## This book focuses on young people (12-25 years old) growing up with a chronic somatic condition and/or physical disability, facing different challenges during their transition to adulthood and to adult healthcare services. Becoming an adult often proves extra challenging for them, because the adaptive tasks related to living with a chronic condition can clash with developmental milestones. Finding a good balance and integrating these tasks in daily life is also referred to as self-management. This book addresses self-management and empowerment of young people with chronic conditions as well as the Positive Youth Development concept. It elaborates on theories and approaches and offers a complete overview of self-management interventions for young people with chronic conditions, emphasizing on the tasks of medical, emotion and role management. It also elaborates on the roles and tasks of professionals, as well as the patient-provider relationship; the shifting roles between young people and their parents and the role of peer support. This book is unique in its broad view on self-management, i.e. it goes beyond medical management and focuses on young people achieving their maximum potential and a good quality of life. Furthermore, the book employs a positive youth development approach, focusing on empowerment and growth rather than problems or issues. It offers an overview of the state-of-the-art and evidence concerning self-management support for young people with various chronic conditions. As such it is of benefit for all healthcare professionals working in care for young people, but also for researchers interested in this topic.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Self-Management of Young People with Chronic Conditions: An Overview and Introduction / AnneLoes van Staa, Sander R. Hilberink, and Jane N. T. Sattoe<br/>Positive Youth Development Approach to Support Life Skills of Young People with Chronic Conditions / Alison R. S. Manning, Jodie Neukirch Elliott, Samuel M. Brotkin, Gary Maslow, and McLean D. Pollock<br/>The Development of Self-Management in Young People with Chronic Conditions: A Transitional Process / Jane N. T. Sattoe and AnneLoes van Staa<br/>Exploring Components and Effects of Self-Management Interventions for Young People with Chronic Conditions / Marjolijn I. Bal, Jane N. T. Sattoe, Pepijn D. D. M. Roelofs, and AnneLoes van Staa<br/>Self-Management Support for Young People with Chronic Conditions: Roles and Views of Professionals / Janet E. McDonagh<br/>Transition to Adulthood: Shifting Roles Between Young People with Chronic Conditions and Their Parents / Karen L. Shaw, Gemma Heath, and Albert Farre<br/>Peer Support for Young People with Chronic Conditions / Susan Kirk and Linda J. Milnes<br/>Skills for Growing Up and Ready Steady Go: Practical Tools to Promote Life Skills in Youth with Chronic Conditions / Jane N. T. Sattoe, AnneLoes van Staa, Marij E. Roebroeck, and Sander R. Hilberink.

::Contents##<br/>Introduction / Juan M. Cabases and Rosalind Rabin<br/>Data and Methods / Bas Janssen, Agota Szende, and Juan Manuel Ramos-Goni<br/>Population Norms for the EQ-5D / Bas Janssen and Agota Szende<br/>Cross-Country Analysis of EQ-5D Data / Agota Szende and Bas Janssen<br/>Socio-demographic Indicators based on EQ-5D / Agota Szende and Bas Janssen<br/>Annex 1: EQ-5D population norms - National surveys<br/>Annex 2: EQ-5D population norms - Regional surveys<br/>References<br/>Index.

::Summary## "Depression is one of the most common forms of psychological distress and can have devastating consequences for individuals and their loved ones. Decades of research have shown that there are many possible causes of depression, and one of those causes involves problems with self-regulation. Self-regulation involves setting and pursuing important personal goals - put simply, the process of trying to be the kind of person you want to be. Self-System Therapy for Depression: Therapist Guide provides a thorough description of Self-System Therapy (SST)-a motivational approach to treating depression that helps decrease feelings of disappointment and failure and increase feelings of pride and accomplishment, by improving the process of self-regulation. Clinical studies have shown that SST is effective in reducing depression and anxiety. The treatment program is structured within a 16-session plan, and strategies and techniques for each phase of treatment are presented in detail, along with case vignettes and examples. The core strategies of SST focus on identifying appropriate and reasonable personal goals and standards (including coping with perfectionistic standards), evaluating and improving the effectiveness of goal pursuit strategies, and adjusting goals in order to improve opportunities for positive emotions. The accompanying Client Workbook explains the basics of self-regulation in simple terms and provides worksheets to help illustrate and implement these strategies."-- Provided by publisher.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Part I: Background for the Therapist<br/>Chapter 1: Introduction to This Guide<br/>Chapter 2: Theoretical Overview<br/>Chapter 3: Is SST Right for My Client?<br/>Chapter 4: Overview of SST Strategies<br/>Part II: Therapy Phases and Strategies<br/>Chapter 5: Orientation Phase (Sessions 1<br/>4)<br/>Chapter 6: Exploration Phase (Sessions 5<br/>8)<br/>Chapter 7: Adaptation Phase (Sessions 9<br/>15)<br/>Chapter 8: Termination and Relapse Prevention.

::Contents##<br/>Introduction<br/>1. The construction of psychopathological disorders in intersubjective contexts<br/>Part I. The Theorectical Model<br/>2. Family sematic polarities<br/>Part II. Semantics and Pscyhopathologies<br/>3. Semantics of freedom and phobic disorders<br/>4. Between good and evil: obsessive-compulsive disorders<br/>5. The semantics of power: anorexia, bulimia, and other eating problems<br/>6. Depression: denied belonging<br/>Conclusion: Therapeutic Perspectives<br/>7. Family semantics and the therapeutic relationship.

::Summary## "Semen Analysis Benchtop Reference Guide is an illustrated guide to sperm morphology. The content includes specimen collection and macroscopic assessment, sperm count, and morphology assessment and classification systems. Also included are 50 images representing normal morphology, head defects, neck/midpiece defects, tail defects, and residual cytoplasm defects, as well as images of nonsperm cells, Pap-stained sperm, and equipment."-- Provided by publisher.

::Summary## "The 2nd edition of this book was edited by David King and published in 2004. Since then there have been major advances in psychopharmacology in terms of new medications coming to the market, increased understanding of the mechanisms of drug action and new data on the efficacy, tolerability, safety and clinical effectiveness of a range of medications. Partly as a result, clinical guidelines for many psychiatric disorders have altered. As such, a new edition of this textbook was essential and we were delighted when the College approached us to edit the 3rd edition. This was a major endeavor that was only possible with the commitment and expertise of the authors"-- Provided by publisher.

::Summary## A concise and up-to-date text on the mental health of older people, this second edition is fully updated to reflect changes in technology, competency-based training, guidelines, law and treatments. Each chapter sits alone as an informative, readable and helpful resource for a range of health care professionals. Together the chapters form an essential text that contributes to the rising standards in old age psychiatry. With practical guidelines on clinical management, this edition also includes new sections on topics such as palliative care and migrant health, all written by a global authorship, considering international perspectives. Targeted at qualified and trainee consultant psychiatrists, this text is also useful to other doctors, medical students and healthcare professionals who work with older people.

::Summary## This monograph is about new perspectives in animal studies methodology, by using concepts and tools from the field of semiotics. It proposes a reflexion on current challenges and issues in the ethology field, and introduces different semiotics - biosemiotics, zoosemiotics - as potential methodological solutions. The chapters cover many aspects of ethology where semiotics can be a helpful hand: studies of language, culture, cognition or emotions, issues about complex, endangered or variable species. It explains why these points are difficult to study for actual ethology, why they still matter for researchers, biodiversity actors or wildlife programs, and how an interdisciplinary study with a semiotic point of view can help understand them. This book will appeal to a wide readership, from researchers and academics in living sciences as well as in linguistics fields, to other professionals - veterinarian, wildlife managers, zookeepers, and many others - who feel the need to better understand some aspects of animals they are working with. Students with animal focus should read this book as an introduction to interdisciplinary methodology, and a proposition to work differently with animals.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Intro; Acknowledgements; Contents; About the Author; List of Figures; List of Tables; <br/>Chapter 1: Introduction and Purpose; 1.1 Creation Process; 1.1.1 About the Subject; 1.1.2 About the Corpus; 1.1.3 About the Academic and Social Impact; 1.2 Why Use Semiotics in Animal Studies; 1.2.1 History of Semiotics; 1.2.2 History of Animal Studies; 1.3 Questions About Methodology; 1.3.1 Studying a Subject from Different Academic Fields; 1.3.2 Including New Corpus Categories; 1.3.3 Hypothesis, Biases and Ideologies; References; <br/>Chapter 2: Debates and Controversies; 2.1 Existing Controversies 2.1.1 Language2.1.2 Consciousness; 2.1.3 Emotions; 2.2 The Perspective of Humanities; 2.2.1 What Is an Animal?; 2.2.2 What Are Language Sciences For?; 2.2.3 The Specific French Academic Tradition; 2.3 Author Position; 2.3.1 The "Lesser Evil" Position; 2.3.2 About the Particular Case of Definitions; References; <br/>Chapter 3: Necessary and Problematic Definitions; 3.1 Necessary Definitions; 3.1.1 Emotion; 3.1.2 Consciousness; 3.1.3 Memory; 3.2 Problematic Definitions; 3.2.1 Language; 3.2.2 Emotions; 3.2.3 Intelligence; 3.2.4 Culture; References; <br/>Chapter 4: Semiotic Tools and Concepts 4.1 How to Pick Semiotic Tools4.1.1 Relevance; 4.1.2 Peirce's Tools; 4.1.3 Intensity, Frequency, Context; 4.2 Semiotic Concepts; 4.2.1 Intentional, Conscious, Unconscious; 4.2.2 Jakobson's Functions of Language; 4.2.3 Eco's Semiotic Theory; 4.2.4 About the Case of Anthropomorphism; References; <br/>Chapter 5: Intertheoricity: How to Build Bigger Models; 5.1 What Is Intertheoricity; 5.1.1 Academic Position About Interdisciplinarity; 5.1.2 Difficulties and Flaws of Interdisciplinarity; 5.1.3 Guillaume's Theory; 5.2 How Intertheoricity Allows for Bigger Models; 5.2.1 A Shared Methodology 5.2.2 Definitions: Harmonisation and Creation5.2.3 How Concepts "Communicate" with Each Other; 5.3 Why We Need Bigger Models; 5.3.1 More Complex Subjects; 5.3.2 Over-Specialised Researchers; 5.3.3 More Impact, Less Time; References; <br/>Chapter 6: Strengths and Flaws of Ethological and Biological Methodology; 6.1 Strengths to Work with; 6.1.1 Ancient and Strong Field; 6.1.2 Evolutive Methodology; 6.1.3 Observation-Based Science; 6.2 Flaws to Counter; 6.2.1 Leaving or Not Leaving the Laboratory; 6.2.2 Observation Is Disruption; 6.2.3 How Ideology Can Be Rooted in Science; References <br/>Chapter 7: Animal Studies, Animal Ethics7.1 Issues in Animal Studies; 7.1.1 Working with Living Beings; 7.1.2 Difficulty to Understand Stranger Minds; 7.1.3 Situation of Emergency; 7.2 Ethical Issues; 7.2.1 About Endangered Species; 7.2.2 About Complex Species; 7.2.3 About Pain in Animals; 7.3 Solutions of Semiotic Methodology; 7.3.1 On General Issues; 7.3.2 On Ethical Issues; References; <br/>Chapter 8: Building Zoosemiotics; 8.1 Between Semiotics and Animal Studies; 8.1.1 Semiotics and Biosemiotics; 8.1.2 Biosemiotics and Zoosemiotics; 8.2 Progress Wanted, and Progress Needed; 8.2.1 Where We Are

::Summary## This book describes a fully integrated approach to the management of elderly patients who are at risk of or suffer trauma, drawing on up-to-date knowledge from multiple specialties in recognition of the fact that the number and severity of comorbidities in this population requires expertise in many fields. Readers will find comprehensive and detailed coverage of the prevention of complications related to aging, geriatric care concepts, specific treatments in acute care, including fracture stabilization and diagnostic procedures, and the surgical management of different types of fracture and soft tissue trauma. Intensive care management of the geriatric patient is also extensively addressed. Information is provided on diverse aspects of the physiology of ageing, and the coverage is completed by discussion of fracture care service models and specific models of rehabilitation and aftercare designed to prevent further falls and adverse late outcomes. The authors are a group of renowned experts from each of the relevant fields, and the book will be a valuable asset for surgeons, intensivists, geriatricians, gerontologists, and rehabilitation specialists.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Introduction Physiology of ageing<br/>Prevention of complications related to ageing<br/>Geriatric Care concepts in acute care<br/>Fracture care service models<br/>Specific treatments in acute care<br/>Surgical management of major fractures<br/>Intensive Care Management of the geriatric patient<br/>Rehabilitation and outcomes.

::Summary## This book offers comprehensive information on the new and rapidly evolving science of identifying and targeting senescent cells, and on the exciting prospect of new diagnostic and therapeutic opportunities for stopping, and even reversing, the progression of disease and the deterioration of the human body due to ageing. According to recent United Nations data, by 2050 one in six people worldwide will be older than age 65, with peaks rising to one in four people in Europe and North America. Remarkably, the number of persons aged 80 years or older is expected to triple, from 143 million in 2019 to 426 million in 2050. First documented in the 1960s, the concept of cellular senescence as an underlying cause of ageing has been established in the course of the last decade. Using genetically engineered mouse models, researchers have demonstrated that the selective elimination of senescent cells can block and even reverse a number of age-related dysfunctions and pathologies, promoting both better health and longer life in the elderly. These include cardiovascular diseases; neurological disorders; type 1 and type 2 diabetes; inflammatory diseases; fibrosis; geriatric syndromes; chronic diseases resulting in organ dysfunction; the integrity of the musculoskeletal system; and cancer. Some senolytic agents have already progressed into trials. These include UBX0101 for the treatment of osteoarthritis (now in phase II), a cocktail of dasatinib and quercetin for the management of idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis and chronic kidney disease, and ABT-263 in combination with senescence-inducing chemotherapies for the treatment of advanced solid tumours. In addition, the book discusses pathways to early phase clinical trials and translational approaches in medicine and ageing, highlighting new opportunities as well as current limitations, challenges and alternatives. Given its scope, it will benefit a broad audience of advanced educators, researchers, graduate students and practitioners.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Part I: Origins and Development of Senotherapies<br/>Chapter 1. Senolytic drug development<br/>Chapter 2. Discovery of Senolytics and the pathway to early phase clinical trials<br/>Part II: The Impact of Senotherapies: from Regeneration to Aging<br/>Chapter 3. Interconnection between cellular senescence, regeneration and ageing in salamanders<br/>Chapter 4. Senolytics target senescent cells and improve aging and age-related diseases<br/>Chapter 5. Senotherapy of cancer<br/>Part III: Understanding and Targeting the Senescent Surfaceome<br/>Chapter 6. Targeted senolytic strategies based on the senescent surfaceome<br/>Chapter 7. Senolysis and senostasis through the plasma membrane<br/>Part IV: Novel Senescence-Associated Markers and Targets<br/>Chapter 8. In situ detection of miRNAs in senescent cells in archival material<br/>Chapter 9. Novel probes and carriers to target senescent cells<br/>Chapter 10. Potential applications of aptamers for targeting senescent cells<br/>Chapter 11. Mitochondria: potential targets for interventions to counteract senescence.

::Summary## This book covers sensation in all major components of the pelvic region. The small pelvis is containing many different structures and viscera, and sensations elicited there are important for regulating a normal daily life and for warning that something is going wrong. The sensory system is driving in many aspects the motor activity, and precedes and guides the efferent functions. It is surprising that in the last 60 years the ratio between research and publications about sensory versus motor has gradually become less. There has been undoubtedly a rise in the number of publications written on pelvic sensation but in the same time the number of manuscripts on motor function have increased more. It is the hope that this compilation of most data available on sensation will be of interest for the reader, will incite to perform more research so that an important part of pelvic functional diagnosis and treatment modalities will use the whole of the mechanisms available. The book is intended for all interested in pelvic functions and the interactions between the different structures, specialists in urology, gastroenterology, sexuality, pain, pelvic floor function and dysfunction, paediatricians and geriatricians, neurologists, students and those in training . The reader will find interesting and challenging information, and suggestions for further research.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Sensation<br/>Bladder<br/>Urehra<br/>Pain<br/>Pelvic floor<br/>Diagnosis<br/>Technical tests<br/>Psychology<br/>Kidneys<br/>Bowel<br/>Neuropathy<br/>Bladder training.

::Summary## "The Senses: A Comprehensive Reference, Second Edition, is a comprehensive reference work covering the range of topics that constitute current knowledge of the neural mechanisms underlying the different senses. This important work provides the most up-to-date, cutting-edge, comprehensive reference combining volumes on all major sensory modalities in one set. Offering 264 chapters from a distinguished team of international experts, The Senses lays out current knowledge on the anatomy, physiology, and molecular biology of sensory organs, in a collection of comprehensive chapters spanning 4 volumes. Topics covered include the perception, psychophysics, and higher order processing of sensory information, as well as disorders and new diagnostic and treatment methods. Written for a wide audience, this reference work provides students, scholars, medical doctors, as well as anyone interested in neuroscience, a comprehensive overview of the knowledge accumulated on the function of sense organs, sensory systems, and how the brain processes sensory input. As with the first edition, contributions from leading scholars from around the world will ensure The Senses offers a truly international portrait of sensory physiology. The set is the definitive reference on sensory neuroscience and provides the ultimate entry point into the review and original literature in Sensory Neuroscience enabling students and scientists to delve into the subject and deepen their knowledge."--publisher's web page, viewed September 10, 2020.

::Summary## Plants provide a source of survival for all life on this planet. They are able to capture solar energy and convert it into food, feed, wood and medicines. Though sessile in nature, over many millions of years, plants have diversified and evolved from lower to higher life forms, spreading from sea level to mountains, and adapting to different ecozones. They have learnt to cope with challenging environmental conditions and various abiotic and biotic factors. Plants have also developed systems for monitoring the changing environment and efficiently utilizing resources for growth, flowering and reproduction, as well as mechanisms to counter the impact of pests and diseases and to communicate with other biological systems, like microbes and insects. This book discusses the "awareness" of plants and their ability to gather information through the perception of environmental cues, such as light, gravity, water, nutrients, touch and sound, and stresses. It also explores plants' biochemical and molecular "computing" of the information to adjust their physiology and development to the advantage of the species. Further, it examines how plants communicate between their different organs and with other organisms, as well as the concepts of plant cognition, experience and memory, from both scientific and philosophical perspectives. Lastly, it addresses the phenomenon of death in plants. The epilogue presents an artist's view of the beauty of the natural world, especially plant "architecture". The book provides historical perspectives, comparisons with animal systems where needed, and general biochemical and molecular concepts and themes. Each chapter is selfcontained, but also includes cross talk with other chapters to offer an integrated view of plant life and allow readers to appreciate and admire the functioning of plant life from within and without. The book is a tribute by the Editor to his students, colleagues and co-workers and to those in whose labs he has worked.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Chapter 1. Plant Diversity and Adaptation.- Chapter 2. The Light Awakens! Sensing Light and Darkness.- Chapter 3. Nutrient Perception and Signaling in Plants.- Chapter 4. Gravitropism of Plant Organs Undergoing Primary Growth.- Chapter 5. Gravitropism of Plant Organs Undergoing Primary Growth.- Chapter 6. Plant Cognition: Ability to Perceive 'Touch' and 'Sound'.- Chapter 7. Perception of Stress Environment in Plants.- Chapter 8. Heterotrimeric G-protein Signaling in Plants.- Chapter 9. Plant Hormones<br/>Some Glimpses on Biosynthesis, Signaling Networks and Cross Talk.- Chapter 10. The Two-component System: Transducing Environmental and Hormonal Signals.- Chapter 11. Calcium Signaling: A Communication Network that Regulates Cellular Processes.- Chapter 12. Nitric Oxide a Tiny Decoder and Transmitter of Information.- Chapter 13. A Tale of Sugars and Hormones: Perception and Responses.- Chapter 14. ROS Signaling and its Role in Plants.- Chapter 15. Extracellular ATP Signaling in Animals and Plants: Comparison and Contrast.- Chapter 16. Mammalian Neurotransmitter are Important Signals Mediating Plant Morphogenesis.- Chapter 17. The Plant Cell Wall: Barrier and Facilitator of Environmental Perception.- Chapter 18. Plastid Retrograde Signals: More to Discover.- Chapter 19. Electric Signaling and Long Distance Communication in Plants.- Chapter 20. How Plants Respond to Pathogen Attack: Interaction and Communication.- Chapter 21. Integration of Multiple Signalling Cues.- Chapter 22. Plant Death: Short and Long Life Span to Immortality.- Chapter 23. Sentient Nature of Plants: Memory and Awareness.

::Summary## The textbook provides an overview of the sensory science field in the context of diseases such as obesity and Coronavirus disease 2019 (COVID-19). This book brings a summary of the state of the science in key areas and provides examples of translational science from using cellular and rodent models to human clinical trials and community health. The volume structure leads the reader through the physiology of taste and smell into how sensory testing for taste and smell is studied, basic mechanisms, various protocols that are used throughout the field along with the pros/cons of the current methods used. This resource is intended for classroom teaching, for novice researchers in sensory research as well as students and postdoctoral fellows. Example of courses are nutrition, basic nursing, interdisciplinary health courses, sensory perception (psychology), neuroscience, and medical courses, dentistry, food science and others.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Preface<br/>1.Taste and Smell Systems Development during infancy, childhood<br/>2.Anatomy, Physiology and Neurobiology of Olfaction and Gustation<br/>3.Measurement of Olfaction : Screening and assessment<br/>4.Measurements of Gustation: Screening and assessment<br/>5.Measurements of Chemesthesis<br/>6.Integration of taste, smell and chemestesis: Clinical Implications<br/>7.Overview of olfaction and gustation under metabolic influences<br/>8.Studies on the sense of smell and taste in individuals with obesity<br/>9.Studies on the sense of smell and taste in individuals with diabetes<br/>10.Studies on the sense of smell and taste in individuals with hypertension<br/>11.Studies on the sense of smell and taste in psychiatric disorders<br/>12.Taste and Smell alterations and Neurodegenarative Disorders<br/>13.Taste and smell in weight loss surgery 3<br/>14.Taste and Smell alterations and Cancer Therapies<br/>15.Oral health and chemosensory problems<br/>16.Chemosensation and pharmacological treatments<br/>17.Oral and Extraoral Olfactory and Taste Receptors<br/>18.Sensory Nutrition. Implications to Health and Personalized Medicine<br/>19.Oral health and Microbiome: Implications for Taste.

::Summary## This book covers liquid chromatography, gas chromatography and capillary electrophoresis, the three main separation techniques lately available, applied to key omic sciences, such as genomics, proteomics, metabolomics and foodomics. The fundamentals of each technique are not covered herein. Instead, the recent advances in such techniques are presented focusing on the application to omics analyses and unique aspects in each case. This volume intends to offer wide ranging options available to researchers on omics sciences, and how to integrate them in order to achieve the comprehension of a biological system as a whole. Omic sciences have been of ultimate importance to comprehend the complex biochemical reactions and related events that occurs upon a biological system. The classical central dogma of molecular biology, which states that genetic information flows unidirectionally from DNA to RNA and then to proteins, has been gradually replaced by the systems biology approach. This book presents a multidisciplinary approach that explains the biological system as a whole, where the entire organism is influenced by a variety of internal events as well as by the environment, showing that each level of the biological information flux may influence the previous or the subsequent one.<br/>::Contents##<br/>The new omics era into systems approaches: what is the importance of separation techniques?<br/>Biological Applications for LC-MS-Based Proteomics<br/>The role of chromatographic and electromigration techniques in Foodomics<br/>CE-MS for proteomics and intact protein analysis<br/>Peptidomics and Capillary Electrophoresis<br/>Discovery of native protein complexes by liquid chromatography followed by quantitative mass spectrometry<br/>Capillary electrophoresis based N-Glycosylation analysis in the biomedical and biopharmaceutical fields<br/>Practical considerations in method development for gas chromatography-based metabolomic profiling<br/>Capillary electrophoresis-mass spectrometry for metabolomics: possibilities and perspectives<br/>Liquid Chromatography - Mass Spectrometry for Clinical Metabolomics: An Overview<br/>Analytical platforms for mass spectrometry-based metabolomics of polar and ionizable metabolites<br/>Metabolomic data treatment: basic directions of the full process<br/>Index.

::Summary## This book is designed to provide a comprehensive and state-of-the-art resource for clinicians who care for patients with sepsis and research scientist alike, . Patients with severe sepsis requiring ICU admission have very high rates of ICU and overall hospital mortality, with estimates ranging from 18 to 50%. Risk factors for death from sepsis include underlying illness, increased age, and multi-system organ failure. This is compounded by the significant variation in the management of early severe sepsis. Care of these patients and clinical conditions can be quite complex, and materials are collected from the most current, evidence-based resources. Book sections have been structured to review the overall definitions and epidemiology of sepsis as well as current insights into the pathophysiology of sepsis. This review summarizes the evidence for the international consensus guidelines for the identification and management of sepsis. The latter part of this book reviews emerging concepts and approaches in the diagnosis and management of sepsis that may significantly reduce mortality in the future. Sepsis: Pathophysiology, Definitions and the Challenge of Bedside Management represents a collaboration between authors drawn from a variety of disciplines and contributions from basic scientists and highly recognized clinical opinion leaders with expertise in clinical trials.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Section 1<br/>Chapter 1 Introduction<br/>Chapter 2 Sepsis Definitions<br/>Chapter 3 Epidemiology of Sepsis: Current Data and Predictions for the Future<br/>Section 2<br/>Chapter 4 Overview of the Molecular Pathways and Mediators of Sepsis<br/>Chapter 5 Sepsis-induced Immune Suppression<br/>Chapter 6 Molecular Targets for Therapy<br/>Section 3<br/>Chapter 7 Mechanisms of Organ Dysfunction in Sepsis<br/>Chapter 8 Sepsis-Induced AKI<br/>Chapter 9 Sepsis and the Lung<br/>Chapter 10 Organ Dysfunction in Sepsis: Brain, Neuromuscular, Cardiovascular, and Gastrointestinal<br/>Section 4<br/>Chapter 11 Diagnosis of Sepsis: Clinical Findings and the Role of Biomarkers<br/>Chapter 12 Source Control in Sepsis<br/>Chapter 13 Hemodynamic Support in Sepsis<br/>Chapter 14 Bundled Therapies in Sepsis<br/>Chapter 15 Genetics in the Prevention and Treatment of Sepsis.

::Contents##<br/>Microbiological diagnosis of sepsis : the confounding effects of a "Gold Standard" / Nicasio Mancini, Roberto Burioni, and Massimo Clementi<br/>Pathophysiological aspects of sepsis : an overview / Yong-Ming Yao [and 3 others]<br/>Clinical aspects of sepsis : an overview / Giacomo Monti [and 4 others]<br/>Technical improvements in culturing blood / Giacomo Pardini<br/>Matrix-assisted laser desorption/ionization time of flight mass spectrometry (MALDI-TOF/MS)-based identification of pathogens from positive blood culture bottles / Philippe Lagacé-Wiens<br/>Bacterial and fungal DNA extraction from positive blood culture bottles : a manual and an automated protocol / Minna Mäki<br/>Broad-range PCR in the identification of bacterial and fungal pathogens from positive blood culture bottles : a sequencing approach / Yoshitomo Morinaga and Katsunori Yanagihara<br/>Identification of bacterial and fungal pathogens from positive blood culture bottles : a microarray-based approach / Teresa Raich and Scott Powell<br/>Detection of carbapenemases using matrix-assisted laser desorption/ionization time-of-flight mass spectrometry (MALDI-TOF MS) meropenem hydrolysis assay / Jaroslav Hrabák<br/>Molecular detection of antibiotic resistance genes from positive blood cultures / Musa Y. Hindiyeh [and 4 others]<br/>Bacterial and fungal DNA extraction from blood samples : manual protocols / Michael G. Lorenz, Helge Mühl, and Claudia Disqué<br/>Bacterial and fungal DNA extraction from blood samples : automated protocols / Michael G. Lorenz, Claudia Disqué, and Helge Mühl<br/>Broad-range PCR for the identification of bacterial and fungal pathogens from blood : a sequencing approach / Eva Leitner and Harald H. Kessler<br/>Real-time PCR-based identification of bacterial and fungal pathogens from blood samples / Madeleine Mai [and 6 others]<br/>Host response biomarkers in the diagnosis of sepsis : a general overview / Marianna Parlato and Jean-Marc Cavaillon<br/>Host response biomarkers in sepsis : the role of procalcitonin / Jean-Louis Vincent, Marc Van Nuffelen, and Christophe Lelubre<br/>Host response biomarkers in sepsis : overview on sTREM-1 detection / Jérémie Lemarié, Damien Barraud, and Sébastien Gibot<br/>Host response biomarker in sepsis: suPAR detection / Evangelos J. Giamarellos-Bourboulis and Marianna Georgitsi<br/>Clinical diagnosis of sepsis and the combined use of biomarkers and culture- and non-culture-based assays / Frank Bloos.

::Summary## This book is open access under a CC BY 4.0 license. It constitutes a unique source of knowledge and guidance for all healthcare workers who care for patients with sepsis and septic shock in resource-limited settings. More than eighty percent of the worldwide deaths related to sepsis occur in resource-limited settings in low and middle-income countries. Current international sepsis guidelines cannot be implemented without adaptations towards these settings, mainly because of the difference in local resources and a different spectrum of infectious diseases causing sepsis. This prompted members of the Global Intensive Care working group of the European Society of Intensive Care Medicine (ESICM) and the Mahidol-Oxford Tropical Medicine Research Unit (MORU, Bangkok, Thailand) - among which the Editors - to develop with an international group of experts a comprehensive set of recommendations for the management of sepsis in resource-limited settings. Recommendations are based on both current scientific evidence and clinical experience of clinicians working in resource-limited settings. The book includes an overview chapter outlining the current challenges and future directions of sepsis management as well as general recommendations on the structure and organization of intensive care services in resource-limited settings. Specific recommendations on the recognition and management of patients with sepsis and septic shock in these settings are grouped into seven chapters. The book provides evidence-based practical guidance for doctors in low and middle income countries treating patients with sepsis, and highlights areas for further research and discussion. .<br/>::Contents##<br/>Table of contents List of Contributors Foreword Preface 1. Current Challenges in the Management of Sepsis in ICUs in Resource-poor Settings and Suggestions for the Future 2. Development of the Guidelines<br/>Focus on Availability, Feasibility, Affordability and Safety of Interventions in Resource-limited Settings 3. Infrastructure and Organization of Adult Intensive Care Units in Resource-limited settings 4. Recognition of Sepsis in Resource-limited Settings 5. Core Elements of General Supportive Care for Patients with Sepsis and Septic Shock in Resource-limited Settings 6. Ventilatory Support of Patients with Sepsis or Septic Shock in Resource-limited Settings 7. Hemodynamic Assessment and Support in Sepsis and Septic Shock in Resource-limited Settings 8. Infection Management in Patients with Sepsis and Septic Shock in Resource-limited Settings 9. Management of Severe Malaria and Severe Dengue in Resource-limited Settings 10. Pediatric Sepsis and Septic Shock Management in Resource-limited Settings.

::Contents##<br/><br/>v. 1. England and Wales, 1911-70 : Deaths and death rates by sex, age, site, and calendar period.

::Contents##<br/>Monograph 1. Unemployment insurance<br/>Monograph 2. Old age dependency<br/>Monograph 3. Health insurance<br/>Monograph 4. Social insurance legislation<br/>Monograph 5. The administration of unemployment insurance<br/>Monograph 6. The limitations of unemployment insurance<br/>Monograph 7-12. British experience with unemployment insurance<br/>Monograph 13. The problem of old age dependency.

::Contents##<br/>Novel Approaches to Serotonin Receptor Interaction Studies<br/>Techniques for the Study of GPCR Heteromerization in Living Cells and Animal Models<br/>Organotypic Slices and Biolistic Transfection for the Study of Serotonin Receptor Function in CNS Neurons<br/>Dissecting a Model of Depressive-Related Phenotype and Antidepressants Effects in 129S2/SvPas Mice<br/>The Murine Serotonin Syndrome and the 5-HT1A Receptor: Behavioral Effects and Hypothermia<br/>5-HT4 Receptor Subtype, Î2-arrestin Level, and Rapid Onset Effects of Antidepressant Drugs<br/>Autoshaping Memory Formation and Retention Loss: Are Serotonin and Other Neurotransmitter Transporters Involved?<br/>Flow Cytometry to Determine Serotonin Transporter Function in Human Peripheral Blood Cells<br/>Functional Genomics of Serotonin Receptors in Helminth Parasites: Elucidation of Receptor Function through RNA Interference (RNAi)<br/>Visualization of the Serotonin System in Drosophila Brain: Immunofluorescence and Confocal Microscopy<br/>Serotonin Modulates Adult Neurogenesis in an Invertebrate Model: Approaches to Receptor Localization and Function<br/>Immunolocalization of Serotonergic Neurons in Arthropod Developmental and Phylogenetic Neuroanatomy.

::Summary## This revised and updated second edition contains multiple microscopic illustrations of all diagnostic entities and ancillary techniques, providing a comprehensive, authoritative guide to all aspects of serous effusions. It now includes the many new antibodies which have been tested since the previous edition, as well as a discussion on next-generation sequencing and molecularly targeted therapy. Section one covers diagnosis for benign and malignant effusions while section two discusses biology, therapy, and prognosis highlighting clinical approaches that may be of value. Serous Effusions provides an indispensable guide to all aspects of current practice for cytopathologists, cytotechnicians, pathologists, clinicians and researchers in training and practice.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Benign effusions<br/>Lung carcinoma<br/>Ovarian/primary peritoneal carcinoma<br/>Breast carcinoma<br/>Malignant mesothelioma<br/>Hematological hematologic and lymphoid neoplasia<br/>Cancer of other origin<br/>Lung carcinoma<br/>Ovarian/primary peritoneal carcinoma<br/>Breast carcinoma<br/>Malignant mesothelioma<br/>Cancer of other origin.

::Summary## Cleveland Clinic has long been recognized for driving some of the best clinical outcomes in the nation, but it was not always a leader in patient experience. There was a time when this revered organization ranked among the lowest in the country in this area. Within ten years, however, it had climbed to among the highest and has emerged as the thought leader in the space. How did Cleveland Clinic turn itself around so effectively and so quickly? More important, how can you do the same with your organization? In gripping, visceral, on-the ground fashion, Service Fanatics reveals the strategies and tactics the Clinic applied to become one of today's leading patient-experience healthcare organizations--methods that seamlessly translate to any business seeking to improveits customer experience.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Transformed by the patient experience<br/>Patients first as true north<br/>Leading for change<br/>Describing the elephant: Defining the patient experience and strategy<br/>Culture is critical<br/>Cultural alignment : the Cleveland Clinic experience<br/>Physician involvement is vital<br/>Want to know what patients think? Ask!<br/>Execution is everything<br/>Healthcare requires service excellence<br/>Doctors need to communicate better<br/>Making patients our partners<br/>Getting it done has defined our success<br/>Epilogue: We have a responsibility to lead.

::Summary## With this book, the reader will become familiar with services and service research as evolving phenomena in private, non-industrial family forestry. Targeted as learning material for higher-education students in Western economies, and as a handbook for forest scientists worldwide, the book has a strong theoretical base, but also a practical orientation with examples of novel forest services from different regions and contexts. Conceptual foundations of service dominant logic (S-D logic) will introduce the reader to the service research lenses, through which the subsequent chapters scrutinize services designed and offered to family forest owners. These publicly funded or market services typically help owners fulfil various land ownership objectives through forest management. Increasingly, these services are helping landowners to secure and improve ecosystem services provision from their forests and helping to meet demands from the various stakeholders. While the book essentially approaches services as a continuous, value co-creation activity by forest owners and service providers, it recognizes and analyses the role of supporting institutions and policy frameworks in service evolution. Moreover, the book takes a step further by contemplating the wider societal transitions that may be required to enable service ideas to become service innovations as part of paradigmatic changes of markets, entrepreneurship, and customer behavior that help society move towards more sustainable and responsible bio-based economy.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Introduction<br/>Section I. Market Environment and Context<br/>Section II. Public Service and Business Innovations<br/>Section III. Emerging Service Topics<br/>Section IV. Transitions Governance.

::Contents##<br/>Pt.1. Summary of the Chicago Workshop<br/>Pt. 2. Summary of the Austin Workshop<br/>Pt.3. Summary of the Los Angeles Workshop<br/>Pt. 4. Summary of the Washington, D.C. Workshop

::Summary## "The book is organized into three sections: tenets, the seven arteriovenous malformations, and selection. The tenets establish eight steps for AVM resection that comprise the phases of battle, as follows: step 1, exposure; step 2, subarachnoid dissection; step 3, defining the draining vein; step 4, defining the feeding arteries; step 5, pial dissection; step 6, parenchymal dissection;, step 7, ependymal or deep dissection; and step 8, finally resection. Critical concepts for dissection and resection are covered in the tenets section. In the section on the seven arteriovenous malformations, the anatomical battlefields for the lobes and deep regions are reviewed, 32 subtypes are described, and a resection strategy is presented for each subtype, step by step. The selection section addresses the secret to successful AVM surgery, which has nothing to do with surgical strategy or technique; rather, it is choosing your battles wisely"--Provided by publisher.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Exposure<br/>Subarachnoid dissection<br/>Draining veins<br/>Feeding arteries<br/>Pial dissection<br/>Parenchymal dissection<br/>Ependymal/deep dissection<br/>Arteriovenous malformation resection<br/>Intraoperative arteriovenous malformation rupture<br/>Surgeon factors<br/>Frontal arteriovenous malformations<br/>Temporal arteriovenous malformations<br/>Parieto-occipital arteriovenous malformations<br/>Ventricular and paraventricular arteriovenous malformations<br/>Deep arteriovenous malformations<br/>Brainstem arteriovenous malformations<br/>Cerebellar arteriovenous malformations<br/>Patient selection<br/>Multimodality management strategies and treatment selection.

::Contents##<br/>End-to-side anastomosis<br/>Side-to-side anastomosis<br/>End-to-end anastomosis<br/>Dexterity<br/>Donors and recipients<br/>In the zone<br/>Clamp time<br/>Arteriotomy<br/>Suturing technique<br/>Tissue handling<br/>Tightening and tying<br/>Bypass patency<br/>Aneurysm occlusion<br/>Extracranial-to-intracranial bypass<br/>Extracranial-to-intracranial bypass with interposition graft<br/>Reimplantation<br/>In situ bypass<br/>Reanastomosis<br/>Intracranial-to-intracranial bypass with interposition graft<br/>Combination bypass<br/>Middle cerebral artery bypass strategy<br/>Anterior cerebral artery bypass strategy<br/>Posterior inferior cerebellar artery bypass strategy<br/>Basilar artery bypass strategy.

::Summary## "The former director of the Tassajara Zen Center and a cofounder of Google's Search Inside Yourself program shows how modern workplaces can become more productive, compassionate, and harmonious by applying the practice of mindfulness"-- Provided by publisher.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Foreword / by Daniel J. Siegel, MD<br/>Introduction<br/>Investigate. Love the work ; Do the work ; Don't be an expert ; Connect to the pain<br/>Connect. Connect to the pain of others ; Depend on others<br/>Integrate. Keep making it simpler<br/>Epilogue.

::Summary## This book provides readers with a comprehensive review of severe asthma in children and adolescents, covering epidemiology, genetics, risk factors, co-morbidities, clinical presentation, diagnosis and treatment. Written by leaders in the field, chapter discussions draw on the mechanisms driving the disease, genetics, multidisciplinary approaches, and immunomodulators, and other important aspects in the management of the disease. Severe Asthma in Children and Adolescents: Mechanisms and Management is designed to be a practical guide, opening with an introduction on the epidemiology of severe childhood asthma, as well as a discussion of special considerations of the disease unique to the preschool-aged patient. The distinctions between the diagnosis and management of asthma in young children of various ages, and specific approaches for the adolescent with severe asthma, including the transition into adult care are then addressed. Finally, the book closes with a discussion on the current state and future avenues for severe asthma research. Severe Asthma in Children and Adolescents is an indispensable reference for the healthcare professional, for basic and translational researchers, as well as for students, residents and fellows.<br/>::Contents##<br/><br/>Section 1: GENERAL OVERVIEW 1. Epidemiology of severe asthma: This chapter will include a discussion of the prevalence of 'severe asthma', how it differs in children from adults, natural history from birth cohorts into adolescence and adult life, impact of childhood disease on adult function and COPD; etc. 2. Special considerations in preschool age: Highlight the importance of the problem, how preschool differs from school-age presentation and natural history, pathophysiology, viral induced wheezing, the impact of atopy and prematurity; etc. <br/>Section 2: DIAGNOSIS OF SEVERE ASTHMA 3. Confirming the diagnosis of 'severe asthma': Evaluation for 'difficult to treat' vs. severe asthma, evaluation of steroid response, discussion of ERS/ATS, GINA, and NAEPP definitions. 4. Comorbidities or 'asthma plus': Review of how comorbidities may worsen asthma, with emphasis on chronic rhinosinusitis, obesity, obstructive sleep apnea, gastroesophageal reflux disease, etc. <br/>Section 3: MANAGEMENT OF SEVERE ASTHMA 5. Multidisciplinary management: The importance of non-pharmacological management including lifestyle modification, smoking, pollution, trigger avoidance, adherence to medication, need for social support, etc. 6. Stepwise pharmacological approach: Review of ATS/ERS, GINA, NAEPP stepwise approach, inhaled steroids, LABA, LAMA, theophylline, systemic steroids, LTRA, etc. 7. Immunotherapy and immunomodulators: SCIT, SLIT, omalizumab, mepolizumab, and other immunomodulators or 'biologicals'. 8. Special considerations for the management of preschool wheeze: Discuss the acute episodes and maintenance therapy, assessments of etiology inflammation and infection to direct management, asthma predictive index, early interventions and disease modification. 9. Management of side effects and complications: Importance of preventing and managing side effects from medications, such as adrenal suppression, bone health, growth issues, etc. Working with other subspecialists. The need for an annual review. 10. Management of acute, severe, life-threatening exacerbations: Acute treatment options including non-invasive and invasive ventilation. Discussion of those patients who may do not have severe chronic impairment but that mostly do well and then have very acute and life-threatening exacerbations. 11. Adolescence and transition to adulthood: Impact of puberty, males vs females, issues in adolescence such as adherence, medical beliefs, importance of a formal approach in the transition to adult care, assessment of readiness; etc. <br/>Section 4: CURRENT AND FUTURE RESEARCH 12. Basic mechanisms mediating severe pediatric asthma: Basic science research, animal models, molecular studies, potential therapeutic agents. 13. Clinical studies and clinical trials: Physiological assessments, bronchoscopic studies, phenotyping/endotyping studies, cluster analyses, biomarkers, etc. 14. Genomics and pharmacogenomics: Studies involving genetic risk/predisposition, biomarkers, pharmacogenetics, transcriptomics. 15. Future directions: Metabolomics, proteomics, microbiome; need for a unified approach to definition, management, and outcomes to allow for international clinical trials. 16. Potential therapeutic agents from adult trials: Emerging options in adults that can be extrapolated to pediatrics, LAMA, immunosuppressants, bronchial thermoplasty, immunomodulators including dupilumab, benralizumab, lebrikizumab. bronchoscopic-tailored treatment, antimicrobials, etc.

::Summary## This book presents the latest knowledge on all aspects of severe fever with thrombocytopenia syndrome (SFTS), an emerging infectious disease endemic to China, South Korea, and Japan that is caused by a bunyavirus first discovered in 2011, widely referred to as SFTS virus (SFTSV) though recently renamed Huaiyangshan banyangvirus. The contents will be of interest for the light that they cast on not only this viral infection but viral hemorrhagic fevers in general. The opening chapters summarize general considerations and perspectives regarding SFTS and describe the discovery process in each of the affected countries. The basic mechanism of SFTSV infection is then examined from the perspectives of epidemiology, pathology, and virology. The book goes on to examine in detail the mode of spread and transmission of SFTSV, means of infection control, and diagnosis and therapy. The final two chapters explore Heartland virus infections and Crimean-Congo hemorrhagic fever with the aim of highlighting similarities and differences compared with SFTS. This book will be of interest to all researchers who study emerging viruses and infections, whether in Asia or elsewhere, as well as to clinicians who may encounter SFTS.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Intro; Preface; Contents; <br/>Chapter 1: Introduction; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Discovery of a Novel Viral Hemorrhagic Fever-like Infection, SFTS, in Peoples' Republic of China; 1.3 Discovery of SFTS Epidemics in Japan and South Korea; 1.4 Causative Virus, SFTSV; 1.5 Similarity and Difference in the Characteristics Between Two Bunyavirus Infections SFTS and CCHF; 1.6 Life Cycle of SFTSV and the Transmission Route of SFTSV to Humans; 1.7 Epidemiology; 1.8 Clinical Manifestations; 1.9 Laboratory Diagnosis; 1.10 Pathology and Pathophysiology; 1.11 Necessity to Develop Specific Treatment for SFTS 1.12 Necessity to Develop Specific Preventive Measures against SFTS1.13 Conclusion; References; <br/>Chapter 2: The Discovery Process of SFTS in China; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Case Surveillance; 2.3 Identification of the Viral Gene and Genetic Analysis; 2.4 Isolation of the Novel Virus; 2.5 Detection of the Virus in the Patients with SFTS; 2.6 Conclusion; References; <br/>Chapter 3: The Discovery Process of SFTS in Japan; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 The First Patient Diagnosed with SFTS in Japan; 3.2.1 Case Presentation (Takahashi et al. 2014); 3.2.2 Definitively Diagnosing the Patient (Takahashi et al. 2014) 3.2.3 Public Announcement of the First Patient with SFTS in Japan (Saito et al. 2015)3.2.4 The First Retrospective Study for SFTS in Japan (Takahashi et al. 2014); 3.3 Intuitional Cooperation; 3.4 Conclusion; References; <br/>Chapter 4: Severe Fever with Thrombocytopenia Syndrome in the Republic of Korea; 4.1 Detection of the First SFTS Case in the Republic of Korea; 4.1.1 Case Description; 4.1.2 Isolation of SFTS Virus from the First Case (Kim et al. 2013); 4.1.3 Characterization of the Isolate of SFTS Virus; 4.2 Epidemiology of SFTS in Human 4.3 Phylogenetic Analysis of SFTS Virus Isolated from the Republic of Korea4.4 Future Direction; References; <br/>Chapter 5: Virology of SFTSV; 5.1 Genomic Structure of SFTSV; 5.2 Structural Proteins; 5.2.1 N protein; 5.2.2 GP Precursor, Gn, and Gc; 5.2.3 L Protein; 5.3 Nonstructural Protein; 5.4 Assembly of Virus Particles; 5.5 Plaque Formation and Cytopathic Effect in SFTSV-Infected Cells; 5.6 Syncytium Formation of SFTSV-Infected Cells Induced by pH-Dependent Membrane Fusion; 5.7 Transportation of Viral Proteins in Cells; References; <br/>Chapter 6: Molecular Epidemiology of SFTSV; 6.1 Introduction 6.2 The Impact of in vitro Passaging on the Nucleotide Sequences of SFTSV Genomes6.3 Phylogenetic Analysis; 6.4 The Nucleotide and Amino Acid Sequence Homology Between SFTSV Strains; 6.5 The Geographical Distribution of SFTSV Strains; 6.6 The Migration of the SFTSV Strains Beyond the Geographical Separation; References; <br/>Chapter 7: Epidemiology of SFTS in China; 7.1 Introduction; 7.2 Surveillance System in China; 7.3 Case Definition of SFTS; 7.4 Disease and Geographical Distribution; 7.5 Geographical Distribution; 7.5.1 Henan Province; 7.5.2 Shandong Province; 7.5.3 Hubei Province

::Summary## Children are no less spared from severe skin diseases. This textbook is designed as a practical clinical reference that will guide practitioners in treating difficult dermatoses in children in whom topical therapy has been unsuccessful. Individual sections are devoted to inflammatory diseases, immune-mediated/autoimmune diseases, tumors and proliferative disorders, and genodermatoses. Each chapter addresses which patients represent suitable candidates for systemic or other non-topical therapy and considerations and caveats in the use of such approaches. Potential treatments are then appraised from a current evidence-based perspective, with provision of detailed but relevant information and reference tables that summarize recommendations in use and monitoring. Future directions in management are also presented.

::Summary## This book discusses recent progress in organ damage and tissue repair following severe trauma and sepsis. In part 1, it introduces the theory and clinical practice in organ damage. In part 2, it covers all the subjects of sepsis, ranging from mechanism, inflammation, and infection to the lung injury and neonatal sepsis. In part 3, it discusses 4 new advances techniques in tissue repair. There are 20 chapters contributed by experts in each area. This book is a valuable reference for scientists and clinicians to know the new knowledge and technology in severe trauma and sepsis, which will benefit their work in research and clinic through multidisciplinary collaboration.

::Summary## This book provides primary care clinicians, researchers, and educators with a guide that helps facilitate comprehensive, evidenced-based healthcare of women and gender diverse populations. Many primary care training programs in the United States lack formalized training in women's health, or if they do, the allotted time for teaching is sparse. This book addresses this learning gap with a solid framework for any program or individual interested in learning about or teaching women's health. It can serve as a quick in-the-clinic reference between patients, or be used to steer curricular efforts in medical training programs, particularly tailored to internal medicine, family medicine, gynecology, nursing, and advanced practice provider programs. Organized to cover essential topics in women's health and gender based care, this text is divided into eight sections: Foundations of Women's Health and Gender Based Medicine, Gynecologic Health and Disease, Breast Health and Disease, Common Medical Conditions, Chronic Pain Disorders, Mental Health and Trauma, Care of Selected Populations (care of female veterans and gender diverse patients), and Obstetric Medicine. Using the Maintenance of Certification (MOC) and American Board of Internal Medicine blueprints for examination development, authors provide evidence-based reviews with several challenge questions and annotated answers at the end of each chapter. The epidemiology, pathophysiology, evaluation, diagnosis, treatment, and prognosis of all disease processes are detailed in each chapter. Learning objectives, summary points, certain exam techniques, clinical pearls, diagrams, and images are added to enhance reader's engagement and understanding of the material. Written by experts in the field, Sex and Gender-Based Women's Health is designed to guide all providers, regardless of training discipline or seniority, through comprehensive outpatient women's health and gender diverse care.<br/>::Contents##<br/>SECTION I: Common Topics for Reproductive Age Women<br/>Abnormal Uterine Bleeding<br/>Contraception and Family Planning<br/>Polycystic Ovarian Syndrome<br/>Amenorrhea and the Female Athlete Triad<br/>Irritable Bowel Disease<br/>Migraine Headaches<br/>SECTION II: Mental Health<br/>Mood Disorders in Women<br/>Intimate Partner Violence and Sexual Trauma<br/>Eating Disorders<br/>SECTION III: Special Populations<br/>LGBT Care<br/>Gender Dysphoria and Care of the Transgender Patient<br/>SECTION IV: Gynecologic Issues<br/>Vaginitis and Cervicitis<br/>Benign Gynecologic Disease: Fibroids, Endometriosis, Ovarian Cysts<br/>Chronic Pelvic Pain (pelvic floor dysfunction, interstitial cystitis, sexual trauma, psychologic)<br/>Gynecologic Emergencies: Ectopic Pregnancy, Ovarian Torsion, and Pelvic Inflammatory Disease<br/>Cervical Cancer Screening and Management of the Abnormal Pap<br/>Cancers of the Urogenital Tract (Ovarian/Uterine/Fallopian/Vulvar/Vaginal/Bladder)<br/>SECTION V: Breast Health<br/>Breast Cancer Screening<br/>Care of the Breast Cancer Survivor and Chemoprophylaxis<br/>Benign Breast Disease<br/>SECTION VI: Cardiovascular Health<br/>Risk Factors for Heart Disease in Women<br/>Guidelines for Prevention and Treatment of Cardiovascular Disease in Women<br/>SECTION VII: Pregnancy<br/>Preconception Counseling<br/>Care of the Pregnant Patient<br/>Post-Partum Care<br/>SECTION VIII: Common Topics for Menopause Age Women<br/>Diagnosis and Management of Menopause<br/>Atrophic Vaginitis<br/>Urinary Incontinence<br/>Sexual Dysfunction<br/>Bone Health.

::Contents##<br/>Part I. Sex differences in diabetes and obesity<br/>Part II. Role of estrogens in metabolic homeostasis<br/>Part III. Impact of androgens in metabolic homeostasis and disease<br/>Part IV. Transgender biology and metabolism.

::Summary## This book provides an overview of the latest experimental work on sex-based differences in lung function and inflammation. Readers will learn how these differences relate to individual predispositions for the development of lung disease in men and women, and in different stages of their reproductive lives. Further, the book focuses on diseases that predominantly affect women or men, with an emphasis on the physiological mechanisms underlying their pathobiology. In turn, these findings are complemented by chapters on recent studies, which investigate how circulating sex hormone levels impact the lungs innate immune response to environmental agents and air pollution. The pathogeneses of asthma and viral respiratory infection are also major focus areas. As an outlook, the book also discusses current and future research directions aimed at developing sex-specific therapies for lung disease. To examine these anatomical and physiological differences in the male and female respiratory systems, the authors employ a broad range of methods from molecular and clinical biology. Accordingly, the book will be a fascinating read for physiologists and clinicians alike.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Intro<br/>Foreword<br/>References<br/>Preface<br/>Acknowledgments<br/>About This Book<br/>Contents<br/>About the Editors<br/>Chapter 1: Sex Differences in Respiratory Physiology<br/>1.1 Introduction<br/>1.2 Historical Studies of Sex Differences<br/>1.3 Definitions and Methods to Assess Respiratory Structure/Function<br/>1.4 Sex Differences in the Developing Lung<br/>1.5 Peri-Pubertal Sex Differences and Adulthood<br/>1.6 Importance of Sex Differences in the Lung<br/>References<br/>Chapter 2: Sex Differences in the Anatomy of the Airways and the Lungs: Impact on Dysanapsis across the Lifespan 2.1 Introduction<br/>2.1.1 Anatomical Overview of Airways and Lungs<br/>2.1.1.1 Airways<br/>2.1.1.2 Lung<br/>2.2 Determinants of Sex Differences in the Airways, the Lungs, and dysanapsis<br/>2.2.1 Dimensional Determinants<br/>2.2.1.1 Nasopharynx<br/>2.2.1.2 Pharynx<br/>2.2.1.3 Glottis<br/>2.2.1.4 Vocal Cords<br/>2.2.1.5 Larynx<br/>2.2.1.6 Trachea and Main Bronchi<br/>2.2.2 Lung<br/>2.3 Dysanapsis<br/>2.4 Immunological Determinants<br/>2.5 Hormonal Determinants<br/>2.6 Conclusion<br/>References<br/>Chapter 3: Sex Steroids and Their Influence in Lung Diseases Across the Lifespan<br/>3.1 Introduction 3.2 Biology of Sex Steroids<br/>3.2.1 Estrogen<br/>3.2.2 Progesterone<br/>3.2.3 Testosterone<br/>3.2.4 Other Regulators of Sex Steroids<br/>3.3 Functions of Sex Steroids Across the Lifespan: An Emphasis on Lung Diseases<br/>3.3.1 Effects of Sex Steroids in Prenatal Lungs<br/>3.3.2 Effects of Sex Steroids in Early Childhood<br/>3.3.3 Effects of Sex Steroids in Late Childhood/Puberty<br/>3.3.4 Effects of Sex Steroids in Adult Lungs<br/>3.3.5 Effects of Sex Steroids in Aging Lungs<br/>3.4 Conclusion and Future Scope<br/>References<br/>Chapter 4: Sex Differences in the Developing Lung: Implications for Disease 4.1 Introduction<br/>4.2 Neonatal Lung<br/>4.2.1 Lung Development During Gestation and Infancy<br/>4.2.2 Gender Disparities in Preterm Neonatal Outcomes<br/>4.2.3 Gender and Respiratory Outcomes in Preterm Infants<br/>4.2.3.1 Respiratory Distress Syndrome (RDS)<br/>4.2.3.2 Bronchopulmonary Dysplasia (BPD)<br/>4.2.3.3 Sex-specific Response to Environmental Smoking Exposures<br/>4.2.3.4 Chronic Cough<br/>4.2.3.5 Protracted (or Persistent) Bacterial Bronchitis (PBB)<br/>4.2.3.6 Primary Ciliary Dyskinesia (PCD)<br/>4.2.3.7 Non-cystic Fibrosis (Non-CF) Bronchiectasis<br/>4.2.3.8 Cystic Fibrosis (CF) 4.3 Prepubertal Development of the Lung<br/>4.3.1 Lung Development During Early Childhood<br/>4.3.2 Pulmonary Function Testing in Infants and Preschool Children<br/>4.3.2.1 Forced Deflation and the Rapid Thoracoabdominal Compression<br/>4.3.2.2 Measures of Compliance and Resistance<br/>4.3.2.3 Forced Oscillation Technique (FOT)<br/>4.3.2.4 Inert Gas Washout (IGW)<br/>4.3.2.5 Electrical Impedance Tomography (EIT)<br/>4.3.2.6 Ventilator Graphics<br/>4.3.3 Pulmonary Function Testing in Older Children<br/>4.3.3.1 Spirometry<br/>4.3.4 Sex Differences in Airway Obstruction and Lung Diseases

::Contents##<br/>Intro<br/>Sex Differences in Neurology and Psychiatry<br/>Copyright<br/>Available titles<br/>Foreword<br/>Preface<br/>Contributors<br/>Contents<br/>Section I: Sex differences in neuroanatomy and neurophysiology<br/>Chapter 1: Structural differences between male and female brains<br/>Why Sex Matters: Searching for Differences Between Male and Female Brains<br/>A Short Detour Into the World (of Human Brain Mapping): Global, Regional, and Local<br/>A Mixed Bag: A Multitude of (Conflicting) Findings Based on Structural MRI<br/>Global measures<br/>Regional measures<br/>Some general observations A specific consideration: The corpus callosum<br/>Local measures<br/>Voxel-wise gray matter volume<br/>Vertex-wise cortical thickness<br/>Point-wise cortical gyrification<br/>Why Size Matters: The Possible Confounding Impact of Total Brain Volume<br/>Conclusions<br/>Acknowledgments<br/>References<br/>Chapter 2: Beyond sex differences and a male-female continuum: Mosaic brains in a multidimensional space<br/>The Basis of the Mosaic Hypothesis: Studies in Laboratory Animals<br/>Testing the Mosaic Hypothesis<br/>Mosaic in human brain structure and connectivity as revealed by magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) Mosaic in brain connectivity<br/>Mosaic in neuronal numbers in the post-mortem human hypothalamus<br/>Mosaic in structural changes following exposure to severe real-life stress<br/>A Comment on the Source of Differences Between Women and Men<br/>Typical and Rare Brain ``Types ́́<br/>Criticism of the Mosaic Hypothesis<br/>Questioning the analytical method used to test the mosaic hypothesis<br/>The question of prediction<br/>The straw-man criticism of the mosaic hypothesis<br/>Moving from a Male-Female Continuum to a Multidimension Space<br/>Conclusions<br/>References Chapter 3: Sex differences and brain development during puberty and adolescence<br/>Introduction<br/>Sex Effects on Anatomical Brain Changes Across Childhood and Adolescence<br/>Anatomical brain changes<br/>Cerebral cortex<br/>Subcortical structures<br/>White matter<br/>Sex effects on anatomical brain development<br/>Cerebral cortex<br/>Subcortical structures<br/>White matter<br/>Greater male variability in brain structure and development<br/>Behavioral and Functional Brain Changes and Sex Effects<br/>Behavioral changes and brain functioning<br/>Social and affective functioning<br/>Social relationships Emotion processing and amygdala responsiveness<br/>Behavioral control, risk-taking, and cognitive development<br/>Sex effects in adolescent functional brain changes and behavior<br/>Sex effects in affective brain functioning<br/>Sex effects in behavioral control, risk-taking, and cognitive functioning<br/>Sex steroid hormones at puberty and adolescence<br/>Gender Identity Development<br/>Gender incongruence<br/>Sexual orientation<br/>Effects of puberty suppression and gender-affirming hormones on brain and cognition<br/>Concluding Remarks<br/>Acknowledgments<br/>References

::Summary## Sex/gender - specific medicine (SGM) is defined as the practice of medicine based on the understanding that biology and social roles are important in men and women for disease prevention, screening, diagnosis, and treatment. Current research demonstrates differences in disease incidence, symptomatology, morbidity, and mortality based on sex and gender. Sex/gender-specific medicine is a fundamental aspect of tailored therapy and precision medicine. Therefore, the variables must be considered in medical education and practice as well as in research models ranging from human participants, animals and cells. Gastroenterology is very big and important division of Internal Medicine, which include esophagus, stomach, small and large intestine, pancreatobiliary tract and liver. Nowadays estrogen is known to play a key role in the prevention of colon cancer and progression of liver cirrhosis and hepatocellular carcinoma, especially in women. This book covers the sex/gender-specific medicine in the area of gastrointestinal (GI) tract in the adults as well as in the pediatrics and in the gut microbiota.<br/>::Contents##<br/>1. Sex/gender-specific medicine<br/>2. The difference of sex and gender in the gastrointestinal diseases<br/>3. The metabolism of estrogen and testosteron<br/>4. Esophagus<br/>5. Stomach<br/>6. Pancreas and biliary diseases<br/>7. Liver<br/>8. Colon<br/>9. Brain-Gut-Microbiome axis<br/>10. Sex difference of gut microbiota<br/>11. Overlap syndrome of FGIDs (functional gastrointestinal disorders)<br/>12. Sex difference of gastrointestinal diseases in the pediatrics<br/>13. Pharmacodynamics and Pharmacokinetics of gastrointestinal drugs<br/>14. Sex/gender-specific medicine education and work-l ife conflict and its health effects on Korean gastroenterologists according to age and sex.

::Summary## It is well-established, through extensive peer-reviewed published research, that physical activity and exercise training can impact the reproductive endocrine system of women. This ground-breaking, comprehensive title presents a range of unique insights into the opposite question: how the reproductive endocrine system of women affects their exercise ability. More precisely, the thematic question explored in this work is: if exercise affects reproductive hormones, conversely then could the reproductive hormones have physiological effects unrelated to reproduction that influence the capacity of women to exercise? In exploring this question, the goal is to better understand the unique physiology of women and whether female sex hormones might account for some of the variance in physiological performance between amenorrheic and eumenorrheic women, and within women across the age span as they experience menarche to menopause. Sex Hormones, Exercise and Women: Scientific and Clinical Aspects synthesizes the research by exploring the physiology and psychology behind these occurrences. This novel title will not only be of interest to researchers, exercise scientists, graduate students, and clinicians; it will also serve as a source of valuable information for female athletes and their trainers in the context of preparing for competitions.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Ch1: The Hypothalamic-Pituitary-Ovarian Axis and Oral Contraceptives: Regulation and Function<br/>Ch2: Sex Hormones and Their Impact on the Ventilatory Responses to Exercise and the Environment<br/>Ch3: Sex Hormones and Substrate Metabolism During Endurance Exercise<br/>Ch4: Sex Hormone Effects on the Nervous System and their Impact on Muscle Strength and Motor Performance in Women<br/>Ch5: Estrogen and Menopause: Muscle Damage, Repair and Function in Females<br/>Ch6: Nutritional Strategies and Sex Hormone Interactions Within Women<br/>Ch7: The Effect of Sex Hormones on Ligament Structure, Joint Stability and ACL Injury Risk<br/>Ch8: Sex Hormones and Physical Activity in Women: An Evolutionary Framework<br/>Ch9: Sex Hormones and Environmental Factors Affecting Exercise<br/>Ch10: Exercise, Depression? Anxiety Disorders and Sex Hormones<br/>Ch11: Stress Reactivity and Exercise in Women<br/>Ch12: Sex Hormones, Cancer & Exercise Training in Women<br/>Ch13: The Effects of Acute Exercise on Physiological Sexual Arousal in Women<br/>Ch14: Sex Hormones, Menstrual Cycle, and Resistance Exercise<br/>Ch15: Effects of Sex Hormones and Exercise on Adipose Tissue<br/>Ch16: Exercise in Menopausal Women.

::Summary## This book gathers together contributions from internationally renowned authors in the field of cardiovascular systems and provides crucial insight into the importance of sex- and gender-concepts during the analysis of patient data. This innovative title is the first to offer the elements necessary to consider sex-related properties in both clinical and basic studies regarding the heart and circulation on multiscale levels (i.e. molecular, cellular, electrophysiologically, neuroendocrine, immunoregulatory, organ, allometric, and modeling). Observed differences at (ultra)cellular and organ level are quantified, with focus on clinical relevance and implications for diagnosis and patient management. Since the cardiovascular system is of vital importance for all tissues, Sex-Specific Analysis of Cardiovascular Function  is an essential source of information for clinicians, biologists, and biomedical investigators. The wide spectrum of differences described in this book will also act as an eye-opener and serve as a handbook for students, teachers, scientists and practitioners.

::Summary## This open access book provides a comprehensive overview of the health inequities and human rights issues faced by sex workers globally across diverse contexts, and outlines evidence-based strategies and best practices. Sex workers face severe health and social inequities, largely as the result of structural factors including punitive and criminalized legal environments, stigma, and social and economic exclusion and marginalization. Although previous work has largely emphasized an elevated burden and gaps in HIV and sexually transmitted infection (STI) services in sex work, less attention has been paid to the broader health and human rights concerns faced by sex workers. This contributed volume addresses this gap. The chapters feature a variety of perspectives including academic, community, implementing partners, and government to synthesize research evidence as well as lessons learned from local-level experiences across different regions, and are organized under three parts: Burden of health and human rights inequities faced by sex workers globally, including infectious diseases (e.g., HIV, STIs), violence, sexual and reproductive health, and drug use Structural determinants of health and human rights, including legislation, law enforcement, community engagement, intersectoral collaboration, stigma, barriers to health access, im/migration issues, and occupational safety and health Evidence-based services and best practices at various levels ranging from individual and community to policy-level interventions to identify best practices and avenues for future research and interventions Sex Work, Health, and Human Rights is an essential resource for researchers, policy-makers, governments, implementing partners, international organizations and community-based organizations involved in research, policies, or programs related to sex work, public health, social justice, gender-based violence, women's health and harm reduction. .<br/>::Contents##<br/>Overview and Evidence-Based Recommendations to Address Health and Human Rights Inequities Faced by Sex Workers<br/>Part I. Burden of Health and Human Rights Inequities Faced by Sex Workers Globally. The Epidemiology of HIV Among Sex Workers Around the World: Implications for Research, Programs, and Policy ; Global Burden of Violence and Other Human Rights Violations Against Sex Workers ; Sexual and Reproductive Health and Rights Inequities Among Sex Workers Across the Life Course ; Exploring the Protective Role of Sex Work Social Cohesion in Contexts of Violence and Criminalisation: A Case Study with Gender-Diverse Sex Workers in Jamaica ; Patterns and Epidemiology of Illicit Drug Use Among Sex Workers Globally: A Systematic Review<br/>Part II. Structural Determinants of Health and Human Rights Inequities in Sex Work. Criminalised Interactions with Law Enforcement and Impacts on Health and Safety in the Context of Different Legislative Frameworks Governing Sex Work Globally ; Stigma, Denial of Health Services, and Other Human Rights Violations Faced by Sex Workers in Africa: "My eyes were full of tears throughout walking towards the clinic that I was referred to" ; Criminalisation, Health, and Labour Rights Among Im/migrant Sex Workers Globally<br/>Part III. Evidence-Based Services and Best Practices: Opportunities for Action. Sex Worker-led Provision of Services in New Zealand: Optimising Health and Safety in a Decriminalised Context ; Best Practices and Challenges to Sex Worker Community Empowerment and Mobilization Strategies to Promote Health and Human Rights ; Reimagining Sex Work Venues: Occupational Health, Safety, and Rights in Indoor Workplaces ; Integrated Interventions to Address Sex Workers' Needs and Realities: Academic and Community Insights on Incorporating Structural, Behavioural, and Biomedical Approaches.

::Contents##<br/>Intro<br/>Preface<br/>Why This Book Is Needed<br/>A Word About Terminology<br/>Women and LGBTQ<br/>FGM/FGC<br/>Trauma-Informed Care<br/>Summary<br/>References<br/>Acknowledgments<br/>Contents<br/>Contributors<br/>Assistant Editors<br/>Authors<br/>Part I: Defining Trauma<br/>1: What Is Psychological Trauma?<br/>Introduction<br/>What Is Psychological Trauma?<br/>Sexual and Gender-Based Violence<br/>Characteristics of Sexual and Gender-Based Violence<br/>Reactions to Sexual and Gender-Based Violence<br/>Mental Health Reactions to Trauma<br/>Cognitive Reactions to Trauma<br/>Social Reactions to Trauma Physical Health Reactions to Trauma<br/>The Trauma Survivor as a Patient<br/>Conclusion<br/>References<br/>2: Psychoeducation: Discussing Trauma with Patients<br/>Introduction<br/>Basic Trauma Themes<br/>Theme 1: Fight, Flight, and *Freeze* (Table 2.1)<br/>Theme 2: The Response to Trauma is Automatic<br/>Theme 3: Body Responses Connect to Survival, Both During and After<br/>Theme 4: Trauma is About the Experience, not the Exposure<br/>Theme 5: Symptoms of Hyper- and Hypo-arousal are Normal<br/>Themes on the Patient-Provider Interaction<br/>Theme 6: Messages of Guilt, Shame, and Fault are Common Theme 7: Messages of Self-blame and Shame Can and Should Be Addressed Within the Provider/Patient Relationship<br/>Stance and Approach<br/>Basic Principles of Psychoeducation<br/>Reduction of Shame<br/>Titration of Information<br/>Use the Language of the Patient, Not of Pathology or Disorder<br/>Think About Diagnoses Within a Frame of Helpfulness (or not) with the Patient<br/>If You Make a Mistake, Apologize and Mindfully Move Along<br/>If the Patient Closes off (Shift in Body Language, Affect, Speech, or Contact), Notice and Discuss<br/>Embolden Curiosity Minimize Surprise Within the Provider/Patient Relationship<br/>Consider the Patient as a Whole Person, Not Only a Survivor<br/>Working with Patient Reactions in the Moment<br/>Ways to Explain Trauma Therapy and Provide a Referral<br/>References<br/>Part II: Context-Specific Trauma<br/>3: Intimate Partner Violence and the Training of Healthcare Providers<br/>Background<br/>SAIF Curriculum Content<br/>Screen<br/>Framing Statements<br/>Limits of Confidentiality<br/>Screening Questions<br/>How Often, When, Where<br/>Assess<br/>Negative Response (Does Not Endorse IPV Situation)<br/>Unclear Response Positive Response<br/>Intervene<br/>Safety Planning<br/>Follow-Up<br/>Documentation<br/>SAIF Curriculum Design and Implementation<br/>Evaluation of the Workshop<br/>Conclusion<br/>References<br/>4: Reducing Barriers to Medical Care for Survivors of Commercial Sexual Exploitation<br/>Introduction<br/>Definitions<br/>How Trafficking Works<br/>Working with Survivors<br/>Epidemiology of Sex Trafficking<br/>Identifying Survivors<br/>Physical Needs of Survivors<br/>Trauma-Informed Intake and Pace<br/>Building Healing Patient-Provider Relationships<br/>Nonjudgmental and Strength-Based Language

::Summary## This book is a point-of-care resource for effective sexual and reproductive healthcare for patients of all ages, sexual orientations, gender identities and medical backgrounds in the primary care setting. This useful guide is divided into three parts, and other than part three, which deals exclusively with transgender and gender diverse patients, all content will relate to patients of all gender identities. Part one presents sexual and reproductive health (SRH) using a lifespan approach, including chapters on pediatrics, adolescents and young adults, adults, and older adult patients. Part two presents an approach to common SRH issues that span multiple age groups, including contraception and family planning, sexually transmitted infections and cancer screenings as well as sexual and reproductive health in the setting of common medical conditions. Part three is dedicated to sexual and reproductive health for transgender and gender non-binary patients, including psychosocial, medical, surgical and legal aspects of health. This book provides primary care clinicians with a framework for providing effective sexual and reproductive healthcare to patients of all ages, sexual orientations and gender identities in a way that is inclusive, focuses on health, and addresses the needs unique to specific populations.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Introduction<br/>Section I: Sexual and Reproductive Health: A Lifespan Approach<br/>Pediatrics<br/>Young Adults<br/>Adults<br/>Geriatric<br/>Section II: Essential Topics in Sexual and Reproductive Health<br/>Contraception and Family Planning<br/>Sexually Transmitted Infections<br/>Sexual Dysfunction<br/>Cancer Screening<br/>Intimate Partner Violence<br/>Spirituality and SRH<br/>Section III: Special Populations<br/>Congenital Heart Disease<br/>Developmental Delay<br/>Orthopedic Issues<br/>Cardiopulmonary Issues<br/>Long-Term Cancer Survivors<br/>Solid Organ Transplant Recipients<br/>Section IV: Healthcare for Transgender and Gender Non-Conforming Individuals<br/>Mental Health and Psychosocial Support<br/>Medical Management<br/>Surgical Options<br/>Fertility and Reproductive Choices<br/>Legal Issues.

::Summary## Sexual Assault Risk Reduction and Resistance explores the theory, research, and practice of sexual assault risk reduction, resistance education, and self-defense programs for women and other vulnerable groups, including sexual minorities, individuals with disabilities, and those with histories of victimization. Following an ecosystemic perspective, the book examines individual risk and protective factors for sexual victimization, as well as peer-, family-, community- and societal-level factors that influence risk for sexual violence and inform the content of programs. This volume brings together leading researchers and practitioners to operationalize sexual assault risk reduction approaches and highlights the rationale and need for risk reduction in the context of other sexual assault prevention efforts. The volume provides an overview of the history of this sexual assault prevention approach and addresses current controversies and questions in the field. The authors outline risk and protective factors for victimization and discuss how these factors guide risk reduction efforts. The volume also outlines the theory and effectiveness of current sexual assault risk reduction and resistance practices and addresses special populations and future directions.

::Summary## This SpringerBrief provides readers with a comprehensive snapshot of contemporary research about autistics and their experiences and insights of sexual behaviours and interests. The authors use a scoping review approach to canvass the diverse literature on this topic. This approach shows many gaps in scholarly understanding about autistics and their experiences and insights of sexual interests and behaviours. Some of the gaps relate to sex education, gender dysphoria and gender reassignment surgery, pregnancy and childbirth, and domestic violence experiences of autistics. The book addresses these gaps and provides explanations and recommendations for further research.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Introduction<br/>Methodology<br/>Results<br/>Recommendations for Research in the Future, and Final Comments.

::Summary## This book addresses the fundamental importance of the proper assessment and treatment of sexual disorders in patients with mental disorders with regard to their treatment outcomes and adherence to therapies. In fact, patients with mental disorders often suffer from sexual dysfunctions and in many cases, pharmacological treatment causes sexual-dysfunction side-effects. However, anxiety disorders, personality disorders, eating disorders and psychotic disorders are often also characterized by sexual symptoms that have a profound impact on sexual function. The psychopathology of sexual behavior investigates deficits in the mind-body relationship that are expressed through sexual symptoms such as erectile dysfunction, premature ejaculation, vaginismus, orgasmic disorders, or lack of sexual desire. These symptoms can be considered both prodromal and as a consequence of psychological or psychiatric suffering. Written by a multidisciplinary team of experts, this book offers a valuable guide for psychiatrists, andrologists, gynecologists and psychologists.

::Summary## This book provides to nurses an understanding of female sexual function and dysfunction specifically in relation to common gynecological conditions. It offers evidence based overview of assessment of sexual function, including available questionnaires and provides a multidisciplinary approach to managing sexual dysfunction, from incontinence to pelvic organ prolapse and recurrent urinary tract infections. It also covers a holistic approach including over the counter and home treatments, psychological therapies, physical therapies, pharmacological options and if necessary more invasive interventions. Sexual function and pelvic floor dysfunction is often a neglected area due to the taboo nature of discussions. This book aims to educate nurses, to help them understand the types of treatment options available, and encourage them to engage in conversations about sexual function with women, so that they can be referred to appropriate health professionals and access the right care.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Chapter 1. Introduction<br/>Chapter 2. Models of female sexual function<br/>Chapter 3. What is sexual dysfunction?<br/>Chapter 4. Impact of Incontinence on female sexual function<br/>Chapter 5. Impact of Pelvic organ prolapse<br/>Chapter 6. Impact of recurrent urinary tract infections<br/>Chapter 7. Impact of Genitourinary Syndrome of the Menopause<br/>Chapter 8. Introducing the subject to women<br/>Chapter 9. History taking and physical examination<br/>Chapter 10. Subjective and objective outcome measures<br/>Chapter 11. Over the counter and home remedies /devices<br/>Chapter 12. Psychological therapies<br/>Chapter 13. Physical therapies<br/>Chapter 14. Pharmacological and surgical management<br/>Chapter 15. Partners / impact of male issues<br/>Chapter 16. Access to services and help seeking behaviour.

::Summary## This fully revised and updated second edition covers the range of conditions seen in genitourinary medicine, sexual health and sexually transmitted infection clinics, making it a useful and practical guide for all health practitioners in this area. Aimed at medical practitioners, this book provides a quick reference guide to help with diagnosis and management of genital problems. In addition, it provides essential guidance on what to do next when faced with a patient presenting with a genital complaint, whether the patient can be successfully treated with a drug regimen or needs to be referred up to the sexual health and genital medicine specialist. Sexual Health and Genital Medicine in Clinical Practice, Second Edition is of particular interest to residents on their rotations through this field of medicine, doctors in training, specialist nurses, and primary care practitioners.

::Contents##<br/>A short reader for a holistic approach on human sexuality and its disorders<br/>Interdisciplinary references in sexual medicine<br/>Basic understanding of human sexuality<br/>The spectrum of sexual disorders<br/>Principles of diagnostics in sexual medicine<br/>Principles of therapy in sexual medicine<br/>New challenges for sexual medicine.

::Summary## There has been dramatic social change with respect to lesbian, gay, bisexual, and transgender (LGBT) rights around the world in the last decade. Yet legal protection and inclusion remain limited for LGBT youth. The context of schooling is especially important-schools remain the primary societal institution to which most youth have access and in which nearly all youth spend some significant portion of their lives. LGBT youth are at risk for some of the greatest difficulties experienced by adolescents, and many of those problems have been traced directly to negative school experiences. Research shows that anti-LGBT school victimization results in poor academic performance and negative school attitudes, mental health, and risk behaviors. New studies have identified characteristics of schools that are associated with inclusion and safety for LGBT students, including practices and policies that are associated with positive school climate and student wellbeing. Sexual Orientation, Gender Identity, and Schooling brings together contributions from a diverse group of researchers, policy analysts, and education advocates from around the world to synthesize the practice and policy implications of research on sexual orientation, gender identity, and schooling. The book is interdisciplinary, as studies of LGBT students and schooling have emerged across disciplines including education, clinical, school, and developmental psychology; sociology; and public health. Included are syntheses of key areas of research; examples of new international models for educational practice; case studies of transformational policy and practice; and specific examples of the nexus of research, practice, and policy. The fundamental goal of this book is to advance social justice related to sexual orientation and gender identity through strengthening the relationship between research, practice, and policy to support LGBT students and schools. It will be of interest to school, developmental, and clinical psychologists, educators and school administrators, and LGBT scholars. -- Provided by publisher.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Introduction : Sexual orientation, gender identity, and schooling / Stephen T. Russell and Stacey S. Horn<br/>Understanding and reducing homophobic harassment and victimization in schools / V. Paul Poteat<br/>School safety and connectedness matter for more than educational outcomes : the link between school connectedness and adolescent health / Elizabeth Saewyc and Yuko Homma<br/>Disrupting hetero-gender-normativity : the complex role of LGBT affirmative supports at school / Neal A. Palmer, Joseph G. Kosciw, Emily A. Greytak, and Madeline J. Boesen<br/>Supporting LGB/T youth : comprehensive school transformation as effective bullying prevention / Sarah Schriber, Stacey S. Horn, Christina Peter, L. Boyd Bellinger, and David Fischer<br/>LGB-parent families and the school context / Abbie E. Goldberg<br/>Transsexuality and school education in Brazil / Maria Rita de Assis Cesar and Josafá Moreira da Cunha<br/>The school-to-prison pipeline and the pipeline population : the patterns and practices of its production and dismantling possibilities / Shannon Snapp and Adela C. Licona<br/>Inextricably linked : the shared story of ethnic studies and LGBTQ-inclusive curriculum / Shannon Snapp and Stephen T. Russell<br/>Teaching about sexual and gender diversity and challenging homophobia/transphobia in the South African school system / Finn Reygan<br/>Sexual and gender minorities and bullying in Japan / Makiko Kasai<br/>Changing the school climate : a critical examination of the policies and strategies against homophobia adopted in the Province of Quebec, Canada / Line Chamberland and Gabrielle Richard<br/>Advocacy to support gender identity development in schools in the face of organized backlash / David Fischer, L. Boyd Bellinger, Stacey S. Horn, and Shannon L. Sullivan<br/>The shifting political winds : LGBT students, educational policy and politics, and the dilemmas confronting street-level bureaucrats / Catherine A. Lugg and Jason P. Murphy<br/>Enumerated U.S. state laws : evidence from policy advocacy / Stephen T. Russell, Stacey S. Horn, Raymond L. Moody, Amanda Fields, and Elizabeth Tilley<br/>From "dignity" to "success" : using strategic communications to change policies and perspectives / Ryan Schwartz and Carolyn Laub<br/>The Australian context : turning research into policies, policies into research / Tiffany Jones and Lynne Hillier<br/>The use of research in policy and advocacy for creating safe schools for LGBTQ students / Carolyn Laub and Hilary Burdge<br/>Sexual diversity in Spanish schools / José Ignacio Pichardo Galán<br/>Homophobia, schooling, and the Italian context / Salvatore Ioverno, Nicola Nardelli, Roberto Baiocco, Isabella Orfano, and Vittorio Lingiardi<br/>Sexual orientation, gender identity, and school : learning from the past, envisioning the future / Stacey S. Horn and Stephen T. Russell.

::Contents##<br/><br/>v. 1. Conceptual roots.--v.2 Ethical viewpoints in transition.

::Summary## Sexually Transmitted Diseases: A Practical Guide for Primary Care, Second Edition, covers the diagnosis and treatment of STDs and other information critical to patient care, and reflects the last five years of significant changes in information about STDs. Updated to reflect the 2010 Centers for Disease Control Guidelines on the Treatment of STDs, this book also contains new information about: -the epidemiology of herpes virus infections -expedited partner therapy -changes in recommendations for HPV vaccination for men -changes in resistance patterns for antimicrobial therapy for gonorrhea and chlamydia -treatment recommendations for genital warts In order to better meet clinician needs, the book has been streamlined to quickly convey critical, evidence-based information. Whether seeking information about particular conditions (including HPV, herpes, syphilis, trichomaniasis, HIV, and others) or related patient issues (such as STD exposure evaluation and evaluation of sexual assault), Sexually Transmitted Diseases, Second Edition, contains all the knowledge clinicians need in a friendly, to-the-point format.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Human papillomavirus and genital warts<br/>Genital herpes<br/>Chlamydia<br/>Gonorrhea - Pelvic inflammatory disease<br/>Viral hepatitis<br/>HIV: identification, diagnosis, and prevention<br/>Syphilis<br/>Trichomoniasis<br/>Lymphogranuloma venereum, chancroid, granuloma inguinale, and molluscum contagiosum<br/>Ectroparasites: scabies and pediculosis pubis<br/>Public health and prevention<br/>Evaluation and treatment of STD exposure and sexual assault.

::Summary## This comprehensive, well-illustrated, and easily accessible book documents the latest research outcomes concerning sexually transmitted infections (STIs) and describes important advances in their prevention, diagnosis and treatment. The changes in the epidemiology and clinical aspects of STIs that have occurred over the past decade are fully explored, with special attention to core groups and patients with immunological disorders. The emerging challenges associated with particular sexually transmitted pathogens, including C. trachomatis, N. gonorrhoeae, HPV, and HIV, are identified and discussed. Readers will find detailed information on modern preventive strategies, new laboratory and diagnostic techniques, and a range of innovative treatments, including vaccines, continuous antiretroviral therapy, and new drugs against hepatitis viruses. Attention is also drawn to new directions in biomedical research that promise clinical benefits for the patients and communities. The combination of a detailed clinical and research approach, with emphasis on new knowledge and innovative aspects, ensures that the book will be of value to a wide readership comprising both clinicians and researchers.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Preface<br/>Section 1 Global Epidemiology<br/>Global epidemiology of Sexually Transmitted Infections in the 21st century: beyond the numbers<br/>The new epidemiology of Human Immunodeficiency Virus infection<br/>Social and Behavioral determinats of STI in the 21st century. An overview<br/>Section 2 Prevention and control of STI<br/>Behavioral Prevention Strategies for STI<br/>Vaccines for STIs: present and future directions<br/>Section 3 Laboratory and diagnostic techniques<br/>New diagnostic approaches to viral Sexually Transmitted infections<br/>New tools for the diagnosis of bacterial STIs<br/>Section 4 The clinical spectrum of STI<br/>The syphilis after the year 2000<br/>Neisseria gonorrhoeae infections<br/>Novel approach to Chlamydia trachomatis Infections in female and male<br/>Genital Herpes: clinical and scientific novelties<br/>Clinical Management of anogenital warts and Intraephitelial neoplasia<br/>Sexually Transmitted Hepatitis<br/>Bacterial Vaginitis and Vaginosis<br/>The clinical spectrum of Human Immunodeficiency Virus infection<br/>Donovanosis, chancroid and endemic treponematoses. Clinical features and control<br/>The Lymphogranuloma venereum as re-emerged sexually transmitted infection<br/>HHV-8 Infection and Kaposi Sarcoma<br/>Section 5 Modern challenges in STI area<br/>Biological pathways of HPV-induced carcinogenesis<br/>Antimicrobial resistance of Neisseria Gonorrhoeae: a new challenge<br/>The men who have sex with men (MSM) as core group for STI<br/>The vaccines against HPV: a new direction for STI prevention<br/>Immunological strategies against T. Pallidum infections<br/>Natural history of anal HPV Infection.

::Summary## This book is designed to present a comprehensive and state-of the-art update that covers the pathophysiology, epidemiology, and clinical presentation of the most frequently encountered STIs in adolescence and young adulthood. The introductory sections discuss more general themes including approaches to obtaining a sexual history and exam, concerns of sexual minority youth, ethical and legal considerations, and health disparities in STIs in this population. Subsequent chapters are organized by pathogen such as herpes simplex virus, and human immunodeficiency virus, or clinical syndrome including pelvic inflammatory disease, and vaginitis. Each chapter begins with a case study to illustrate key characteristics of the disease process in question and includes rich illustrations, resources, and guidelines. Written by experts in the field, the text includes a review of epidemiology, pathophysiology, treatment, prevention, and adolescent-specific considerations that is vital to working with this important population. With its transdisciplinary perspective, Sexually Transmitted Infections in Adolescence and Young Adulthood is a unique text that is valuable to infectious disease specialists, adolescent medicine specialists, gynecologists, primary care physicians, advanced practice providers, medical administrative staff, school nurses, sexual health educators, social workers, and public health officials.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Intro<br/>Preface<br/>Acknowledgements<br/>Contents<br/>Contributors<br/>Part I: Considerations in the Care of Sexually Active Adolescents<br/>Chapter 1: Approach to the Sexual History and Physical Exam<br/>Sexual History<br/>General Approach<br/>Parental Involvement in the Visit<br/>Critical Questions to Ask<br/>Physical Exam<br/>References<br/>Chapter 2: Care of Sexual and Gender Minority Adolescents<br/>Definitions and Epidemiology<br/>Approach to Sexual Healthcare with Sexual and Gender Minority Youth<br/>Creating a Welcoming Environment<br/>Setting the Stage for Confidentiality, Nonjudgment, and Honesty Taking a Sexual History<br/>Physical Examination<br/>Sexual Health Considerations in Sexual and Gender Minority Youth<br/>Human Immunodeficiency Virus<br/>Chlamydial and Gonococcal Infections<br/>Syphilis<br/>Hepatitis<br/>HPV<br/>Bacterial Vaginosis<br/>Use of Toys<br/>Contraception and Family Planning<br/>Case Discussion<br/>Conclusion<br/>References<br/>Chapter 3: Racial Disparities in STIs Among Adolescents in the USA<br/>Differences in Sexual Risk Behaviors<br/>Differences in STI Risk Among Sexual Networks<br/>SES-Related Inequities Disproportionately Experienced by Minorities That Reduce Access/Care SES/Racial Inequities Indirectly Increase STIs Through Psychosocial/Behavioral Mechanisms<br/>SES/Racial Inequities That Directly Increase STI Susceptibility Through Biological Stress Regulatory Systems<br/>Conclusion<br/>References<br/>Chapter 4: Ethical and Legal Considerations in STI Treatment for Adolescents<br/>Minor Status<br/>Emancipation<br/>Mature Minors<br/>Exceptions for Sexually Transmitted Infections<br/>Confidentiality<br/>Case Conclusion<br/>References<br/>Part II: Common Clinical Syndromes<br/>Chapter 5: Vaginitis and Cervicitis<br/>Introduction<br/>Normal and Abnormal Physical Exam Bacterial Vaginosis<br/>Epidemiology<br/>Pathophysiology<br/>Diagnosis<br/>Treatment<br/>Pregnancy Considerations<br/>Vulvovaginal Candidiasis<br/>Epidemiology<br/>Pathophysiology<br/>Diagnosis<br/>Treatment<br/>Pregnancy Considerations<br/>Trichomoniasis<br/>Non-infectious Causes of Vaginitis<br/>Foreign Body<br/>Vulvar Vestibulitis<br/>Allergic Vaginitis<br/>Cervicitis<br/>Epidemiology<br/>Diagnosis<br/>Treatment<br/>Pregnancy Considerations<br/>Case Conclusion<br/>References<br/>Chapter 6: Pelvic Inflammatory Disease<br/>Syndrome Description<br/>Risk Factors<br/>Immune System and PID<br/>IUD and PID<br/>PID Symptomatology Normal and Abnormal Physical Examination<br/>Differential Diagnosis<br/>Treatment<br/>Prevention<br/>Screening Programs<br/>Education<br/>Other Prevention Strategies<br/>Other Considerations<br/>HIV and PID<br/>Incarceration<br/>Lesbian, Bisexual, and Transgender Youth<br/>Sexual Violence<br/>Other PID Correlations<br/>Case Conclusion<br/>References<br/>Chapter 7: Urethritis<br/>Syndrome Description<br/>Normal and Abnormal Physical Examination<br/>Differential Diagnosis<br/>Diagnosis<br/>Treatment<br/>Nongonococcal Urethritis (NGU)<br/>Gonococcal Urethritis<br/>General Instructions to Patient<br/>Follow-Up

::Summary## Though recent breakthroughs in research advance care with each day, the population of HIV-infected individuals continues to grow globally, leaving them particularly susceptible to additional STDs that are complicated by their immunocompromised state. This text is the only book to provide a comprehensive and state-of-the-art review of issues relevant to STI care in the HIV-infected adult, adolescent, and transgendered populations. Written by experts in the field, HIV in HIV-Infected Adults and Adolescents approaches these unique needs through its review of sexual history, synergies between STIs and HIV, epidemiology, issues specific for HIV-infected individuals, clinical presentation, diagnosis and management considerations for ten common STIs, and prevention strategies. Each topic includes a case-based presentation and the most current CDC-recommended STI treatment regimens. Sexually Transmitted Infections in HIV-Infected Adults and Special Populations is the ultimate resource for any physician treating adults and special populations with HIV, including HIV clinicians, sexual health specialists, general internists, family medicine practitioners, infectious diseases specialists, advanced practice clinicians, and physicians.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Introduction<br/>Sexual history - this is where it begins<br/>STDs and HIV - Syndemics and Synergy<br/>Bacterial STDs<br/>Viral STDs<br/>Parasitic STDs<br/>Other<br/>Prevention<br/>Special populations.

::Contents##<br/>pt. 1. Geschlechtliche Entwicklungsstörungen mit besonderer Berücksichtigung der Onanie<br/>pt. 2. Sexuelle Zwischenstufen das männliche Weib und der weibliche Mann<br/>pt. 3. Störungen im Sexualstoffwechsel mit besonderer Berücksichtigung der Impotenz.

::Contents##<br/>Volume 1. Section I: Esophagus and Hernia. Part one: Anatomy and physiology of the esophagus<br/>Part two: Diagnostic evaluation of the esophagus<br/>Part three: Esophageal motility disorders and diverticula<br/>Part four: Gastroesophageal reflux disease<br/>Part five: Paraesophageal hernia<br/>Part six: Barrett esophagus<br/>Part seven: Esophageal cancer<br/>Part eight: Miscellaneous esophageal conditions<br/>Part nine: Hernia<br/>Section II: Stomach and small intestine<br/>Volume 2. Section III: Pancreas, biliary tract, liver, and spleen. Part one: Pancreas<br/>Part two: Biliary Tract<br/>Part three: Liver<br/>Part four: Spleen<br/>Section IV: Colon, rectum, and anus. Part one: Anatomy, physiology, and diagnosis of colorectal and anal diseases<br/>Part two: Benign colon, rectal, and anal conditions<br/>Part three: Inflammatory diseases<br/>Part four: Neoplastic disease<br/>Part five: Techniques and pearls

::Summary## Comprehensive and complete, Shackelford's Surgery of the Alimentary Tract delivers the definitive, clinically oriented, cutting-edge guidance you need to achieve optimal outcomes managing the entire spectrum of gastrointestinal disorders. Make effective use of the latest endoscopic, robotic, and minimally invasive procedures as well as medical therapies with unbeatable advice from a "who's who" of international authorities! Find expert answers to any clinical question in gastrointestinal surgery, from the esophagus to the colon. See exactly what to look for and how to proceed from an abundance of beautifully detailed intraoperative and laparoscopic photographs.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Perspectives on Esophageal Surgery<br/>Human Foregut Anatomy, Adjacent Structures, and Their Relation to Surgical Approaches<br/>Clinically Related Prenatal Foregut Development and Abnormalities in the Human<br/>Physiology of the Esophagus and Its Sphincters<br/>Assessment of Symptoms and Approach to the Patient With Esophageal Disease<br/>Imaging in Esophageal Disease<br/>Endoscopic Evaluation of the Esophagus<br/>Endoscopic Esophageal Ultrasonography<br/>Techniques of High-Resolution Esophageal Manometry, Classification and Treatment of Spastic Esophageal Motility Disorders<br/>Esophageal pH Monitoring<br/>Multichannel Intraluminal Impedance<br/>Tests of Gastric Function and Their Use in the Evaluation of Esophageal Disease<br/>Epidemiology and Natural History of Gastroesophageal Reflux Disease<br/>Pathology of Gastroesophageal Reflux Disease<br/>The Gastroesophageal Barrier<br/>Reflux Strictures and Short Esophagus<br/>Medical Therapy for Gastroesophageal Reflux Disease<br/>Laparoscopic and Open Nissen Fundoplication<br/>Partial Fundoplications<br/>Esophageal Replacement for End-Stage Benign Esophageal Disease<br/>Endoscopic Antireflux Repairs<br/>History and Definition of Barrett Esophagus<br/>Pathophysiology of the Columnar-Lined Esophagus<br/>Treatment of Barrett Esophagus<br/>Clinical Features and Endoscopic Therapy for Dysplastic Barrett Esophagus<br/>Disorders of the Pharyngoesophageal Junction<br/>Pathophysiology and Treatment of Zenker Diverticulum<br/>Epidemiology, Pathophysiology, and Clinical Features of Achalasia<br/>Laparoscopic Esophageal Myotomy: Techniques and Results<br/>Surgical Management of Esophageal Diverticula<br/>Epidemiology, Risk Factors, and Clinical Manifestations of Esophageal Cancer<br/>Genetics of Esophageal Cancer<br/>Esophageal Cancer: Current Staging Classifications and Techniques<br/>Endoscopic Management of Early Esophageal Cancer<br/>Surgical Treatment of Cancer of the Esophagus and Esophagogastric Junction<br/>Palliative Treatment of Cancer of the Esophagus<br/>Multimodality Treatment for Potentially Resectable Esophageal Cancer<br/>Benign Tumors and Cysts of the Esophagus<br/>Perforation of the Esophagus<br/>Esophageal Caustic Injury<br/>Paraesophageal and Other Complex Diaphragmatic Hernias<br/>Congenital Disorders of the Esophagus<br/>Techniques of Esophageal Reconstruction<br/>Complications of Esophagectomy<br/>Femoral Hernia<br/>Basic Features of Groin Hernia and Its Repair<br/>Laparoscopic Inguinal Hernia Repair<br/>Ventral Herniation in Adults<br/>Lumbar and Pelvic Hernias<br/>Hernias and Congenital Groin Problems in Infants and Children. Anatomy and Physiology of the Stomach<br/>Diagnostic and Therapeutic Endoscopy of the Stomach and Small Bowel<br/>Intubation of the Stomach and Small Intestine<br/>Injuries to the Stomach, Duodenum, and Small Bowel<br/>Small Bowel Diverticula<br/>Operations for Peptic Ulcer<br/>Vagotomy and Drainage<br/>Gastric Resection and Reconstruction<br/>Zollinger-Ellison Syndrome<br/>Postgastrectomy Syndromes<br/>Miscellaneous Benign Lesions and Conditions of the Stomach, Duodenum, and Small Intestine<br/>Adenocarcinoma of the Stomach, Duodenum, and Small Intestine<br/>Motility Disorders of the Stomach and Small Intestine<br/>Operations for Morbid Obesity<br/>Foreign Bodies and Bezoars of the Stomach and Small Intestine<br/>Surgical Diseases of the Stomach and Duodenum in Infants and Children<br/>Anatomy and Physiology of the Duodenum<br/>Small Intestine<br/>Small Bowel Obstruction<br/>Volvulus of the Stomach and Small Bowel<br/>Crohn Disease: General Considerations, Medical Management, and Surgical Treatment of Small Intestinal Disease<br/>Ileostomy<br/>Suturing, Stapling, and Tissue Adhesives<br/>Gastric, Duodenal, and Small Intestinal Fistulas<br/>Internal Hernias: Congenital and Acquired<br/>Mesenteric Arterial Trauma<br/>Reoperative Surgery of the Stomach and Duodenum<br/>Radiation Enteritis<br/>Short Bowel Syndrome<br/>Gastrointestinal Carcinoid Tumors<br/>Gastrointestinal Stromal Tumors<br/>Gastrointestinal Lymphomas<br/>Surgical Conditions of the Small Intestine in Infants and Children<br/>Anatomy and Physiology of the Mesenteric Circulation<br/>Mesenteric Ischemia<br/>Aortoenteric Fistula and Visceral Artery Aneurysms<br/>Anatomy, Physiology, and Embryology of the Pancreas<br/>Acute Pancreatitis<br/>Chronic Pancreatitis<br/>Pseudocysts and Other Complications of Pancreatitis<br/>Endoscopic and Minimally Invasive Therapy for Complications of Acute and Chronic Pancreatitis<br/>Imaging and Radiologic Intervention in the Pancreas<br/>Pancreatic and Periampullary Cancer<br/>Neuroendocrine Tumors of the Pancreas<br/>Primary Pancreatic Cystic Neoplasms<br/>Pancreatic Trauma<br/>Pancreatic Problems in Infants and Children<br/>Pancreas and Islet Allotransplantation<br/>Autologous Islet Cell Transplantation<br/>Unusual Pancreatic Tumors. Prevention and Management of Complications of Pancreatic Surgery<br/>Anatomy, Embryology, Anomalies, and Physiology<br/>Imaging and Intervention in the Biliary System<br/>Operative Management of Cholecystitis and Cholelithiasis<br/>Management of Common Bile Duct Stones<br/>Biliary Dyskinesia and Sphincter of Oddi Dysfunction<br/>Endoscopic Retrograde Cholangiopancreatography in the Evaluation and Management of Hepatobiliary and Pancreatic Disease<br/>Biliary Tract Tumors<br/>Prevention and Management of Iatrogenic Bile Duct Injury<br/>Biliary Atresia, Biliary Hypoplasia, and Choledochal Cyst<br/>Cystic Disorders of the Bile Ducts<br/>Primary Sclerosing Cholangitis<br/>Operative Management of Bile Duct Strictures<br/>Anatomy and Physiology of the Liver<br/>Approach to the Patient With Abnormal Hepatic Laboratory Tests<br/>Perioperative Management and Nutrition in Patients With Liver and Biliary Tract Disease<br/>Hepatic Cyst Disease<br/>Liver Abscess<br/>Management of Hepatobiliary Trauma<br/>Diagnostic Operations of the Liver and Techniques of Hepatic Resection<br/>Minimally Invasive Techniques of Hepatic Resection<br/>Ablative Therapies for Hepatic Neoplasms<br/>Hepatic Transplantation<br/>Fulminant Hepatic Failure and Liver Support Systems<br/>Vascular Diseases of the Liver<br/>Drug-Induced Liver Disease<br/>Benign Hepatic Neoplasms<br/>Hepatocellular Carcinoma<br/>Management of Malignant Hepatic Neoplasms Other Than Hepatocellular Carcinoma<br/>Management of Secondary Hepatic Neoplasms<br/>Multidisciplinary Approach to the Management of Portal Hypertension<br/>Anatomy and Physiology of the Spleen<br/>Minimally Invasive Surgical and Image-Guided Interventional Approaches to the Spleen<br/>Management of Splenic Trauma in Adults<br/>Management of Splenic Trauma in Children<br/>Cysts and Tumors of the Spleen<br/>Management of Splenic Abscess<br/>Splenectomy for Conditions Other Than Trauma<br/>Anatomy and Embryology of the Colon<br/>Anatomy and Physiology of the Rectum and Anus Including Applied Anatomy. Physiology of the Colon and Its Measurement<br/>Diagnosis of Colon, Rectal, and Anal Disease<br/>Ultrasonographic Diagnosis of Anorectal Disease<br/>Diagnosis and Management of Fecal Incontinence<br/>Surgical Treatment of Constipation<br/>Pelvic Floor Dysfunction<br/>Rectovaginal and Rectourethral Fistulas<br/>Complete Rectal Prolapse<br/>Pilonidal Disease<br/>Traumatic Colorectal Injuries, Foreign Bodies, and Anal Wounds<br/>Colonic Intussusception and Volvulus<br/>Colonic Bleeding and Ischemia<br/>Diverticular Disease<br/>Hemorrhoids<br/>Fissure-in-Ano<br/>Anal Sepsis and Fistula<br/>Miscellaneous Disorders of the Rectum and Anus<br/>Colonoscopy<br/>Inflammatory Bowel Disease<br/>Surgery for Inflammatory Bowel Disease: Chronic Ulcerative Colitis<br/>Surgery for Inflammatory Bowel Disease: Crohn Disease<br/>Appendix<br/>Colorectal Polyps and Polyposis Syndromes<br/>Adenocarcinoma of the Colon and Rectum<br/>Local Excision of Rectal Cancer<br/>Transanal Endoscopic Microsurgery<br/>Operations for Colorectal Cancer: Low Anterior Resection<br/>Abdominoperineal Resection of the Rectum for Cancer<br/>Coloanal Anastomosis and Intersphincteric Resection<br/>Recurrent and Metastatic Colorectal Cancer<br/>Resection and Ablation of Metastatic Colorectal Cancer to the Liver<br/>Neoplasms of the Anus<br/>Retrorectal Tumors<br/>Rare Colorectal Malignancies<br/>Adjuvant and Neoadjuvant Therapy for Colorectal Cancer<br/>Radiation Injuries to the Rectum<br/>Antibiotics, Approaches, Strategy, and Anastomoses<br/>Laparoscopic Colorectal Surgery<br/>Ostomy Management<br/>Surgery in the Immunocompromised Patient<br/>Anorectal Anomalies<br/>Reoperative Pelvic Surgery<br/>Evidence-Based Decision Making in Colon and Rectal Surgery.

::Summary## The volume offers a unique collection of articles on pediatric neuroenhancement from an international and multidisciplinary perspective. In recent years, the topic of "neuroenhancement" has become increasingly relevant in academia and practice, as well as among the public. While autonomous adults are free to choose neuroenhancement, in children it presents its own ethical, social, legal, and developmental issues. A plethora of potential (neurotechnological) enhancement agents are on the market. While the manifold issues surrounding the topic have been extensively discussed, there is little work on the specific questions that arise in children and adolescents. This book addresses this gap in the literature: Next to conceptual and normative work on autonomy and self-control, the collection explores the implications for parenting and schooling, and provides input for a discussion of public attitudes. It is a valuable resource for the different academic communities confronted with questions of how to evaluate and approach enhancement in children and is of interest to neuroethicists, scholars in applied ethics and neurology, psychiatrists and psychologists as well as scientists developing enhancement interventions for children.

::Summary## This book provides clinicians with up-to-date, scientifically based guidance on the most important stages of endodontic treatment, i.e., cleaning and shaping of the root canal space, including mechanical preparation and chemical disinfection. Five internationally recognized experts present and discuss recent developments and new perspectives in the field. Important advances in root canal preparation and irrigation procedures are described with the aid of numerous high-quality illustrations. A key feature of the book is the detailed attention devoted to the latest research findings and to their impact on contemporary evidence-based clinical guidelines and modern clinical practice. On this basis, simple treatment protocols are proposed that take the anatomy of the root canals fully into account. In addition, emerging problems and trends are considered. The book will be an excellent resource for clinicians and advanced practitioners who are seeking to update their practice.<br/>::Contents##<br/>The Classical Schilder's Principles of Cleaning and Shaping<br/>Shaping for Cleaning: an Updated Approach for Canal Debridement<br/>The Complexity of the Root Canal Anatomy and its Influence on Canal Preparation and Irrigation<br/>Modern Strategies for Root Canal Shaping<br/>Manual and Mechanical Glide Path<br/>Mechanical Preparation: The Status of the Rotary Systems<br/>Mechanical Preparation: The Current Role of the Reciprocating Systems<br/>Cleaning and Shaping in Retreatment Cases<br/>Chemical Disinfection: Root Canal Irrigants, Devices and Techniques<br/>Root Canal Preparation and Irrigation in a World of Surrogates<br/>Evidence-based: Root Canal Enlargement and Apical Limits<br/>Managing Complex Canal Anatomies.

::Summary## This book fills the gap for lack of a precise roadmap to approach the fundamentals of implant-based breast surgery to achieve optimal results. Despite the vast number of publications on breast surgery, there is a deficit in easy to process yet detailed source of information which brings all of the concepts together. With observation, surgical experience, and better devices the approach to implant-based breast surgery must evolve from "volumizing" the breast to "shaping" the breast. In a concise and accessible fashion, Shaping the Breast covers the best practices in breast surgery covering topics of primary augmentation, augmentation mastopexy, composite augmentation, revision breast surgery and breast reconstruction. In a methodical and logical approach, it provides the successful pillars for reproducible outcomes which includes patient assessment, biodimensional planning, surgical techniques and patient care along with pearls and pitfalls. It includes dozens of before and after images alongside case studies to illustrate the management of variety of complex issues<br/>::Contents##<br/>Chapter 1. Shaping the Breast: Optimizing Outcomes in Breast Augmentation<br/>Chapter 2. Shaping the Breast in Augmentation Mastopexy<br/>Chapter 3. Composite Breast Augmentation.-Chapter 4. Optimizing Aesthetics with Reconstructive Breast Surgery<br/>Chapter 5. Shaping the Breast: Managing Complex Breast Issues.

::Summary## This book tells true and poignant stories from both sides of the physician-patient/parent relationship and provides a unique glimpse into how parents and physicians think, feel, and interact. The stories are grouped under four sections: Hope, Compassion, Communication, and Trust. Each section includes stories contributed by parents from all across the United States and by pediatricians practicing at many of the best children's hospitals throughout the country. The parents tell of interactions with physicians that had a significant impact on them and their child and offer context and insight that promote empathy and reflection. The physicians tell of interactions with patients and families that served as learning moments in their career and promote the humanization of medicine and show there is more to a physician beyond their scientific knowledge and white coat. The stories are edited by Barry P. Markovitz - a pediatrician specializing in critical care medicine who has been in practice for more than 20 years and by Ann F. Schrooten - the parent of a child born with a chronic complex condition who has more than 15 years of experience interacting with pediatric subspecialists and other healthcare professionals who cared for her son. The editors have written commentaries to the stories to provide an independent perspective on the events and messages conveyed and to encourage reflection, inquiry, and discussion. In addition to being a valuable resource for pediatricians, pediatric subspecialists, nurses and other healthcare professionals, the book will also appeal to families of children living with complex medical conditions because it shares physician encounters and behaviors many have experienced in the care of their own children. By giving a voice to both parents and physicians, the goal is to create a bridge to better understanding that can improve communication, minimize conflicts, and foster trust and compassion among physicians, patients, and families. .<br/>::Contents##<br/>I. Compassion<br/>What Matters At The End<br/>I Didn't Have To Fix It<br/>No Wrong Decisions<br/>Reuniting Families<br/>Leading With Compassion<br/>Minute By Minute, Step By Step<br/>Seek Permission First<br/>A Sacred Relationship<br/>Kids Like These<br/>A Smile Worth Saving<br/>II. Trust<br/>Team Harlie<br/>Best Laid Plans<br/>If We Are Paying Attention<br/>Full Disclosure<br/>The Photograph<br/>Learning Together<br/>Altered Path<br/>The Befores And The Afters<br/>Not Everyone Is Born A Superhero<br/>Beyond The Numbers<br/>Shared Experience<br/>Tying The Threads Into A Bond<br/>III. Communication<br/>A Voice That Doesn't Use Words<br/>Brave The Difficult Conversation<br/>A Roadmap<br/>Teamwork<br/>Re-Learning To Listen<br/>Words Matter<br/>Trust Their Voice<br/>Knowing Your Family<br/>Advocacy Is Not Anger<br/>Where Is The Doctor?<br/>Failure to Communicate<br/>When A Patient and Family Forever Change Your World<br/>Respect: A Two-Way Street<br/>IV. Hope<br/>Persistence Of Hope: A Story In Two Acts<br/>Can I Offer You Advice?<br/>The Life Of The Party<br/>Every Single Second Worth It<br/>Partners In Hope<br/>Answers For Rosie<br/>We Treat Souls, Not Just Bodies<br/>Never Give Up<br/>The Sliver Of Sky<br/>The Many Voices of Hope<br/>Mothers Club<br/>Glossary.

::Summary## This book is a superbly illustrated, comprehensive guide to the differential diagnosis of thyroid nodules by means of shear wave elastography. A wealth of representative clinical cases are used to demonstrate the value of the stiffness map in identifying the degree and pattern of fibrosis. The goal is to enable readers to identify the characteristic differential diagnostic features of nodular hyperplasia, thyroiditis, follicular adenoma, and the various types of thyroid cancer and to predict the final histopathology on the basis of the imaging findings. With this in mind, correlations between the appearances on shear wave elastography and conventional ultrasonography and the findings of fine-needle aspiration cytology, core needle biopsy, and surgical biopsy are highlighted. In addition, the fundamental principles of shear wave elastography are clearly explained and related to clinical practice in the field of thyroid disease. Both radiologists and clinicians will find the book to be an excellent asset that aids in correct preoperative diagnosis.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Introduction<br/>Shear wave elastography physics<br/>SWE of the thyroid nodules<br/>Differential diagnosis of thyroid nodules<br/>Summary.

::Summary## This book covers a wide range of topics concerning human tear based science, starting from basics such as the normal composition of tears and moving up to novel disease detection platforms. The entire approach is pioneering, as tears are beginning to be recognized as the most invaluable non-invasive tool in diagnostics. Interestingly, the concept is not restricted to ocular diseases: In recent years, tear diagnostics is increasingly being tapped even for cancer detection. Hopefully, non-invasive tear diagnostics will eventually replace todays invasive disease detection and monitoring techniques. Previous literature on tear diagnostics has been restricted to scientific journal articles, most of which dealt with a single tear constituent, such as a protein. This book offers a far more comprehensive and handy 'reference guide, presenting both basic and advanced information and data. Accordingly, it will be useful for researchers in academia and the pharmaceutical industry, as well as healthcare professionals and diagnostic kit developers.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Chapter 1. Introduction<br/>Chapter 2. Collection methods<br/>Chapter 3. Composition of tears<br/>Chapter 4. Tear profile of contact lens users<br/>Chapter 5. Cry baby: Tear profile of infants<br/>Chapter 6. Tear off the disease<br/>Chapter 7. Factors affecting tear health<br/>Chapter 8. Artificial tears<br/>Chapter 9. Proposed diagnostic comprehensive tear panels<br/>Chapter 10. Microfluidics in tear analysis<br/>Chapter 11. News bulletins<br/>Chapter 12. Bibliograpy.

::Summary## "Written by emergency nurses for emergency nurses, this comprehensive "Bible" presents both basic information for students and detailed information for practicing emergency nurses. New developments and changes in clinical practice have been incorporated throughout, including updated information on cardiac drugs, tissue adhesives, epidemiological statistics, and application of stents. A new chapter on Weapons of Mass Destruction helps prepare nurses for any possible acts of terrorism. Coverage has been expanded on EMTALA regulations and the HCFA, triage, wound cleaning, and wound management of pediatric patients."-- From the Publisher.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Unit 1 Foundations of Emergency Nursing<br/>Unit 2 Professional Practice<br/>Unit III Clinical Foundations of Emergency Nursing<br/>Unit IV Medical and Surgical Emergencies<br/>Unit V Trama Emergencies<br/>Unit VI Special Populations.

::Summary## This book summarizes the latest research on sheepgrass, both in China and around the globe, as well as fundamental information on the topic. Sheepgrass (Leymus chinensis (Trin.) Tzvel) is a key species in the eastern part of the Eurasian steppe and widely distributed in northern China. It is highly adaptable and holds considerable value in terms of animal husbandry and ecology / the environment. Over the past thirty years, Chinese scientists have collected and evaluated a wealth of wild sheepgrass germplasm data, and extensive basic research has been conducted on the plants sexual reproduction, yield, quality, and resistance. In addition, methods for utilizing new varieties in different regions have been developed. This book describes the distribution and origin, breeding, cultivation, and sexual reproduction of sheepgrass. It also discusses recent advances concerning its nutrient and water absorption and applications, grazing resistance mechanism, and gene resources mining.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Intro; Foreword; Acknowledgment; Abstract; Contents; About the Author; <br/>Chapter 1: Basic Knowledge of Sheepgrass (Leymus chinensis); 1.1 Value and Distribution of Sheepgrass; 1.1.1 Derivation of the Name Sheepgrass; 1.1.2 Relatives of Sheepgrass; 1.1.3 Distribution of Wild Sheepgrass; 1.1.4 Cultivation Areas of Sheepgrass in China; 1.1.5 Animals Preferring to Eat Sheepgrass; 1.1.6 Advantages of Sheepgrass; 1.1.7 Nutrient Components of Sheepgrass; 1.1.8 Nutritional Changes of Sheepgrass at Different Stages of Growth; 1.1.9 Value of Sheepgrass in Grazing and Feeding 1.1.10 Domestic and Foreign Demands for Sheepgrass1.1.11 Purpose of Fresh and Dried Sheepgrass; 1.1.12 Other Value of Sheepgrass; 1.1.13 Usage of Sheepgrass to Prevent Water Loss and Soil Erosion; 1.1.14 Usage of Sheepgrass for Wind Prevention, Sand Fixation, and Dust Suppression; 1.1.15 Benefits of Sheepgrass Feeding Animals; 1.2 Morphology and Development of Sheepgrass; 1.2.1 Plant Height of Sheepgrass; 1.2.2 Root System of Sheepgrass; 1.2.3 Sheepgrass Stem; 1.2.4 Sheepgrass Leaves; 1.2.5 Rhizome of Sheepgrass; 1.2.6 Seed of Sheepgrass; 1.2.7 Spike and Flower of Sheepgrass 1.2.21 Light and Heat Conditions for the Growth of Sheepgrass1.2.22 Resistance of Sheepgrass to Grazing and Trampling; 1.2.23 Freezing Resistance of Sheepgrass; 1.2.24 Drought Resistance of Sheepgrass; 1.2.25 Saline-Alkali Resistance of Sheepgrass; 1.2.26 Common Diseases of Sheepgrass; 1.2.27 Pests of Sheepgrass; 1.2.28 Competitions Between Sheepgrass and Weeds; 1.3 New Varieties and Seed Production of Sheepgrass; 1.3.1 Certified Varieties of Sheepgrass; 1.3.2 Basic Requirements in Sheepgrass Seed Production; 1.3.3 Requirements for New Forage Variety Approval 1.2.8 Leaf Thorn of Sheepgrass1.2.9 Life Cycle of Sheepgrass; 1.2.10 Seed Germination of Sheepgrass; 1.2.11 Seed Dormancy of Sheepgrass; 1.2.12 Development of Sheepgrass; 1.2.13 Definitions of Different Developmental Stages of Sheepgrass in Agricultural Production; 1.2.14 Two Ecotypes of Sheepgrass; 1.2.15 Self-Pollination and Open Pollination of Sheepgrass; 1.2.16 Vegetative Propagation of Sheepgrass; 1.2.17 Rhizome and Tillering of Sheepgrass; 1.2.18 Seed Holding of Sheepgrass; 1.2.19 Pollination of Sheepgrass; 1.2.20 Degradation of Sheepgrass Land by Overgrazing 1.3.4 Seed Quality Standards and Ratings of Sheepgrass1.3.5 Breeder's Stock, Foundation Seed, and Commercial Seed; 1.3.6 Major Factors Influencing Sheepgrass Seed Yield; 1.3.7 Seed Yield Improvement by Applying Nitrogen (N), Phosphate (P), and Potassium (K) Fertilizers in Spring; 1.3.8 Seed Yield Improvement by Applying Microelement Fertilizers and Microbial Manures in Spring; 1.3.9 Ripeness and Harvesting Stages of Sheepgrass Seed; 1.3.10 Seed Harvesting Methods; 1.3.11 Seed Drying and Storage; 1.3.12 Seed Quality Testing Indicators; 1.3.13 DNA Can Be Used for Seed Identification

::Contents##<br/>Preventive care<br/>Ethics<br/>Genetics<br/>Obstetrics<br/>Obstetrics screening and surveillance<br/>Obstetrics high risk<br/>Obstetrics postpartum<br/>Breast and lactation<br/>Gynecology<br/>Contraception<br/>Family planning<br/>Sexually transmitted infections<br/>Neoplasia<br/>Menopause<br/>Sexuality<br/>Reproductive issues.

::Contents##<br/>Surgical physiology<br/>Trauma and burns<br/>Acute abdomen<br/>Hernias<br/>Esophagus and stomach<br/>Small bowel<br/>Colon, rectum, and anus<br/>Hepatobiliary<br/>Breast<br/>Gynecological disorders<br/>Endocrine surgery<br/>Pancreas and spleen<br/>Skin and soft tissue<br/>Vascular surgery<br/>Cardiothoracic surgery<br/>Otolaryngology<br/>Pediatric surgery<br/>Transplant surgery<br/>Orthopedic surgery<br/>Neurology<br/>Urology.

::Summary## Shellfish is a broad term that covers various aquatic mollusks, crustaceans and echinoderms that are used as food. They have economic and ecological importance and have been consumed as food for centuries. Shellfish provide high quality protein with all the dietary amino acids essential for maintenance and growth of the human body. Shellfish are a major component of global seafood production, with shellfish aquaculture rapidly growing in recent years. There are many different processing methods used across the world. Shellfish are very perishable foods and must be preserved just after catching or harvesting. This makes the preservation of seafood a critical issue in terms of quality and human health. To date there have been a number of books on seafood processing and preservation, but all of them have been mostly focused on fish. Shellfish Processing and Preservation is the first reference work to focus specifically on shellfish, providing comprehensive coverage of the production methods, biological makeups and preservation methods of all major shellfish species. Individual sections focus on crustaceans such as shrimps and prawns, crabs and lobsters plus molluscans including mussels, scallops and oysters. Cephalopods such as squid and octopus are also covered in depth. For each species processing and preservation methods such as chilling, freezing, canning and curing are examined, plus the important safety aspects specific to each shellfish type. Shellfish Processing and Preservation is an essential publication for any researchers or industry professionals in search of a singular and up-to-date source for the processing and preservation of shellfish. .<br/>::Contents##<br/>Chapter 01- Introduction<br/>Chapter 02- Crustacean Shellfish<br/>Chapter 03- Molluscan Shellfish<br/>Chapter 04- Echinoderms<br/>Chapter 05- shellfish Safety.

::Summary## "This is a book about conservation reliance-the need of many declining and imperiled species for ongoing, long-term conservation and management. It is also about shepherding nature-the need for a broad acceptance of the responsibility of humans to act as good shepherds. These are things that the four of us have spent much of our careers thinking about"-- Provided by publisher.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Extinction and the challenge of conservation reliance<br/>The conservation spectrum<br/>The genesis of conservation reliance and the language of conservation<br/>What are the threats?<br/>Emerging threats in a rapidly changing world<br/>The role of policy and law<br/>What's in the conservationist's toolbox : species-centered approaches<br/>Expanding the conservationist's toolbox : going beyond species<br/>Conservation reliance is a human issue<br/>Making tough decisions : prioritizing species for conservation<br/>Being a good shepherd.

::Summary## "In Sherris & Ryan's Medical Microbiology, the emphasis is on the text narrative, which is designed to be read comprehensively, not as a reference work. Considerable effort has been made to supplement this text with other learning aids such as the above-mentioned cases and questions as well as tables, photographs, and illustrations. This book is intended to be the primary text for students of medicine and medical science who are encountering microbiology and infectious diseases for the first time. Part I opens with a chapter that explains the nature of infection and the infectious agents at the level of a general reader. The following four chapters give more detail on the immunologic, diagnostic, and epidemiologic nature of infection with minimal detail about the agents themselves. Parts II through V form the core of the text with chapters on the major viral, bacterial, fungal, and parasitic diseases, and each begins with its own chapters on basic biology, pathogenesis, and antimicrobial agents"-- Provided by publisher.

::Contents##<br/>Infection<br/>Infection: basic concepts<br/>Immune response to infection<br/>Sterilization, disinfection, and infection control<br/>Principles of laboratory diagnosis of infectious diseases<br/>Emergence and global spread of infection<br/>Pathogenic viruses<br/>Viruses: basic concepts<br/>Pathogenesis of viral infection<br/>Antiviral agents and resistance<br/>Influenza, parainfluenza, respiratory syncytial virus, adenovirus, and other respiratory viruses<br/>Viruses of mumps, measles, rubella, and other childhood exanthems<br/>Poxviruses<br/>Enteroviruses<br/>Hepatitis viruses<br/>Herpesviruses<br/>Viruses of diarrhea<br/>Arthropod-borne and other zoonotic viruses<br/>Rabies<br/>Retroviruses: human T-lymphotropic virus, human immunodeficiency virus, and acquired immunodeficiency syndrome<br/>Papilloma and polyoma viruses<br/>Persistent viral infections of the central nervous system<br/>Pathogenic bacteria<br/>Bacteria: basic concepts<br/>Pathogenesis of bacterial infections<br/>Antibacterial agents and resistance<br/>Staphylococci<br/>Streptococci and enterococci<br/>Corynebacterium, Listeria, and Bacillus<br/>Mycobacteria<br/>Actinomyces and Nocardia<br/>Clostridium, Peptostreptococcus, Bacteroides, and other anaerobes<br/>Neisseria<br/>Haemophilus and Bordetella<br/>Vibrio, Campylobacter, and Helicobacter<br/>Enterobacteriaceae<br/>Legionella and Coxiella<br/>Pseudomonas and other opportunistic gram-negative bacilli<br/>Plague and other bacterial zoonotic diseases<br/>Spirochetes<br/>Mycoplasma<br/>Chlamydia<br/>Rickettsia, Ehrlichia, Anaplasma, and Bartonella<br/>Dental and periodontal infections<br/>Pathogenic Fungi<br/>Fungi: basic concepts<br/>Pathogenesis and diagnosis of fungal infection<br/>Antifungal agents and resistance<br/>Dermatophytes, Sporothrix, and other superficial and subcutaneous fungi<br/>Candida, Aspergillus, Pneumocystis, and other opportunistic fungi<br/>Cryptococcus, Histoplasma, Coccidioides, and other systemic fungal pathogens<br/>Pathogenic parasites<br/>Parasites: basic concepts<br/>Pathogenesis and diagnosis of parasitic infection<br/>Antiparasitic agents and resistance<br/>Apicomplexa and microsporidia<br/>Sarcomastigophora: the amebas<br/>Sarcomastigophora: the flagellates<br/>Intestinal nematodes<br/>Tissue nematodes<br/>Cestodes<br/>Trematodes<br/>Glossary<br/>Infectious diseases: syndromes and etiologies.

::Summary## "With this seventh edition, Sherris Medical Microbiology will complete its fourth decade. We are pleased to welcome new authors, Andy Alspaugh (mycology) and Megan Reller (epidemiology) from Duke and Scott Weissman (bacteriology) from the University of Washington. Sadly, George Ray a founding author and coeditor of the last three editions is no longer with us (see Dedication). John Sherris, the founding editor, continues to act as an inspiration to all of us."-- Preface

::Contents##<br/>Pt. A: Evolution of general thoracic surgery<br/>Sect. I: History and pioneers in thoracic surgery<br/>Pt. B: The lung, pleura, diaphragm and chest wall<br/>Sect. II: Structure and function of the chest wall and lungs<br/>Sect. III: Thoracic imaing<br/>Sect. IV: Diagnostic procedures<br/>Sect. V: Diagnostic procedures in pulmonary diseases<br/>Sect. VI: Preoperative assessment of the thoracic surgical patient<br/>Sect. VII: Preoperative and anesthetic management of the general thoracic surgical patient<br/>Sect. VIII: Pulmonary resections<br/>Sect. IX: Postoperative management of the general thoracic surgical patient<br/>Sect. X: The chest cage<br/>Sect. Xi: The diaphragm<br/>Sect. XII: The pleura<br/>Sect. XIII: The trachea and bronchi<br/>Sect. XIV: Congenital, structural, and inflammatory diseases of the lung<br/>Sect. XV: Carcinoma of the lung<br/>Sect. XVI: Other tumors of the lung<br/>Sect. XVII: Thoracic trauma<br/>Sect. XVIII: Understanding statistical analysis and medical decision making<br/>Pt. C: The esophagus<br/>Sect. XIX: Structure of the esophagus<br/>Sect. XX: Physiology of the esophagus<br/>Sect. XXI: Diagnostic studies of the esophagus<br/>Sect. XXII: Operative procedures in the management of esophageal disease<br/>Sect. XXIII: Congenital, structural, and inflammatory diseases of the esophagus<br/>Sect. XXIV: Malignant lesions of the esophagus<br/>Pt. D: The mediastinum<br/>Sect. XXV: Structure and function of the mediastinal contents<br/>Sect. XXVI: Noninvasive investigations<br/>Sect. XXVII: Invasive diagnostic investigations and surgical approaches<br/>Sect. XXVIII: Mediastinal infections, mass lesions in the mediastinum, and control of vascular obstructing symptomatology<br/>Sect. XXIX: Primary mediastinal tumors and syndromes associated with mediastinal lesions<br/>Sect. XXX: Mediastinal cysts.

::Summary## "Known for its consistent, authoritative content and presentation, Shields Textbook of Glaucoma is the premier succinct and clinically focused text on the medical and surgical management of glaucoma. This full-color, easy-to-use reference offers a rational approach to every aspect of the field, including rare glaucomas, and presents a total care plan for the patient. The seventh edition brings you fully up to date with all that's new in this rapidly changing field with new chapters, newly colorized line drawings, and an updated design for faster reference. Presents clear, concise, highly illustrated information ideal for general ophthalmologists, residents, and other non-specialists who treat patients with glaucoma. Includes new chapters on imaging; surgical management, including minimally invasive procedures such as micro-invasive glaucoma surgery (MIGS); sustained drug delivery; and malignant glaucoma/aqueous misdirection. Contains new images, newly colorized line drawings, and new icons that highlight and differentiate procedures for quick reference. Covers advances in genetics, technology, and surgical treatment that impact your management and treatment decisions.Offers expert information that is easy to find, clearly explained, and helpfully illustrated-all from an experienced team of authors who present a balanced, consistent approach throughout"-- Provided by publisher.

::Contents##<br/>Structure and function of the skin<br/>Histopathology of the skin<br/>Dermoscopy<br/>Description of skin lesions<br/>Diagnosis of skin diseases<br/>Treatment of skin diseases<br/>Eczema and dermatitis<br/>Urticaria, prurigo and pruritus<br/>Erythema and erythroderma<br/>Drug-induced skin reactions (DISRs) and graft-versus-host disease (GVHD)<br/>Vasculitis, purpura and other vascular diseases<br/>Collagen diseases<br/>Physicochemical injury and photosensitive diseases<br/>Blistering and pustular diseases<br/>Disorders of keratinization<br/>Disorders of skin color<br/>Metabolic disorders<br/>Disorders of the dermis and subcutaneous fat<br/>Disorders of the skin appendages<br/>Nevi and neurocutaneous syndromes.

::Contents##<br/>Neck<br/>The Chest<br/>Emergency Department Thoracotomy<br/>Indications and Techniques for Trauma Laparotomy<br/>Indication and Techniques for Vascular Exploration<br/>Intubation, Cricothyrotomy, Tube Thoracostomy, Diagnostic Peritoneal Lavage, and Local Wound Exploration<br/>Ultrasound Physics for Point-of-Care Imaging: Performing the Various Exams with Technical Tips<br/>Trachea, Bronchus, and Esophagus<br/>The Lungs<br/>Cardiac Injury<br/>Liver Injuries<br/>The Spleen<br/>Pancreas and Duodenum<br/>Stomach, Small Bowel, and Colon<br/>Trauma of the Kidney, Ureter, Bladder<br/>Traumatic Injuries and Common Surgical Emergencies of the External Genitalia and Urethra.- Cervical Vascular Injuries<br/>Thoracic Vascular Injuries<br/>Endovascular Therapy in Trauma<br/>Timing of Fracture Fixation<br/>Treatment of Pelvic Fractures.

::Summary## This book acts as a portable and easy-to-understand reference for surgical trainees or young faculty members that are interested in reviewing procedures on the way to the operating room. This second edition aims to provide a practical hands-on approach to operative trauma management. Following the success of the first edition, chapters were revised, updated, and added due to substantial changes in trauma care over the past few years. Several new experts contributed their knowledge and techniques inside this new edition. For example, chapters on fasciotomy and resuscitative endovascular balloon occlusion of the aorta (REBOA) have been added. The second edition of The Shock Trauma Manual of Operative Techniques is a valuable reference for practicing surgeons in the community and serves to aid trauma practitioners as they attempt to deal with operative challenges.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Neck: Indication and Techniques for Trauma Exploration<br/>The Chest: Indication and Techniques for Trauma Exploration<br/>Emergency Department Thoracotomy<br/>Indications and Techniques for Trauma Laparotomy<br/>Indications and Techniques for Vascular Exploration<br/>Intubation, Cricothyrotomy, Tube Thoracostomy, Diagnostic Peritoneal Lavage, and Local Wound Exploration<br/>Ultrasound for Point-of-Care Imaging: Performing the Various Exams with Technical Tips<br/>Trachea, Bronchus, and Esophagus Injuries: Techniques<br/>Lung Injury: Techniques<br/>Cardiac Injury: Techniques<br/>Liver Injuries: Techniques<br/>Spleen Injuries: Techniques<br/>Pancreas and Duodenum Injuries: Techniques<br/>Stomach, Small Bowel, and Colon Injuries: Techniques<br/>Trauma of the Kidney, Ureter, and Bladder: Techniques<br/>Cervical Vascular Injuries: Techniques<br/>Thoracic Vascular Injuries: Techniques<br/>Abdominal Vascular Injuries: Techniques<br/>Endovascular Therapy in Trauma<br/>Resuscitative Endovascular Balloon Occlusion of the Aorta (REBOA)<br/>Extremity Fasciotomies<br/>Treatment of Pelvic Fractures.

::Contents##<br/>History of shockwave treatment and its basic principles / Vincent, K.C.S., d'Agostino, M.C<br/>Development of extracorporeal shockwave therapy for treatment of osteonecrosis of the femoral head / Cheng, J.-H., Hsu, S.-L., Wang, C.-J.<br/>Extracorporeal shockwave therapy for tendinopathy / Ko, J.-Y., Wang, F.-S.<br/>Significance of extracorporeal shockwave therapy in fracture treatment / Haffner, N., Smolen, D., Dahm, F., Schaden, W., Mittermayr, R.<br/>Local and systemic effects of extracorporeal shock wave therapy on bone / Russo, S., Servodidio, V., Mosillo, G., Sadile, F.<br/>Extracorporeal shockwave therapy and sports-related injuries / Leal, C.A., Berumen, E., Fernandez, A., Bucci, S., Castillo, A.F.<br/>Preclinical and clinical application of extracorporeal shockwave for ischemic cardiovascular disease / Yip, H.-K., Lee, F.-Y., Chen, K.-H., Sung, P.-H., Sun, C.-K.<br/>Mechanisms underlying extracorporeal shock wave treatment for ischemic cardiovascular disease<br/>Sun, C.-K., Yip, Y.-K.<br/>Effect of extracorporeal shockwave on angiogenesis and anti-inflammation : molecular-cellular signaling pathways / Leu, S., Huang, T.-H., Chen, Y.-L., Yip, H.-K.<br/>Extracorporeal shockwave therapy assisted intravesical drug delivery / Tyagi, P., Chuang, Y.-C.<br/>Application of extracorporeal shockwave therapy on erectile dysfunction and lower urinary tract inflammatory diseases / Wang, H.J.<br/>Current applications and future prospects of extracorporeal shockwave therapy / Sansone, V., Frairia, R., Brañes, M., Romero, P., Catalano, M.G., Applefield, R.C.

::Contents##<br/>PART I: Accelerated Breast Irradiation: History, Rationale, and Controversies<br/>Pathologic Anatomy of Early-Stage Breast Cancer: Defining the Target<br/>The Radiobiology of Accelerated Breast Irradiation<br/>Quality Assurance and Radiation Safety/Medical Events<br/>Surgical Considerations in Partial Breast Irradiation<br/>Impact of Oncoplastic Surgery on adjuvant XRT<br/>Comparison of true cost between modalities in a changing health care system<br/>PART II: Hypofractionated WBI: Patient Selection<br/>Physics of HWBI<br/>Treatment History<br/>PART III: Accelerated Partial Breast Irradiation: Patient Selection<br/>Physics of Accelerated Partial Breast Irradiation<br/>Interstitial brachytherapy<br/>Intracavitary brachytherapy<br/>3D-Conformal external beam radiotherapy<br/>PART IV: Intra-operative Radiation Therapy: Patient Selection<br/>Physics of IORT<br/>50 kV Photons: Targeted Intraoperative Radiotherapy (TARGIT)<br/>Intraoperative Technique with Electrons<br/>PART V: Emerging treatment approaches: Extreme hypofractionation (brachytherapy, Gammapod, UK FAST WBI)<br/>APBI for breast augmentations<br/>Accuboost<br/>APBI for in-breast recurrence following WBI<br/>Preoperative partial breast<br/>Locoregional Hypofractionation<br/>PART VI: Hypofractionation for metastatic disease: Stereotactic treatment for Oligometastatic disease<br/>Hypofractionaton for palliation.

::Summary## This comprehensive guide to short implants will take the reader through their research and development, explain the clinical indications, evaluate the outcomes achieved with various implants, and explore restorative and laboratory considerations. Short implants have steadily gained greater market share in the last decade as practitioners sought alternatives to traditional length implants in order to avoid grafting procedures. Current manufacturers offer a variety of implant lengths and widths, allowing surgeons and restorative dentists the ability to select the best implant for each clinical circumstance. Cutting edge information is provided on the research and clinical results achieved utilizing a range of implants, specifically those developed by Nobel Biocare, Straumann, Jack Hahn, and Bicon. Readers will also find an extensive description of the role of ultra-short implants involving reconstruction in both cleft patients and cancer patients who have lost portions of their mandible and/or maxilla. This book is a must-have for those interested in learning how the use of short and ultra-short implants offers both surgeons and restorative dentists an opportunity to stand out from those that use only the traditional length implants.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Intro<br/>Foreword<br/>Contents<br/>Contributors<br/>1: A Short History of Dental Implants<br/>References<br/>2: Short Implants: Indications and Contraindications<br/>References<br/>3: Short Implants and Early Brånemark Team Developments: Heritage Established at the Outset<br/>References<br/>4: The Short Implant Heritage Continues: The Possibility of Reduced Grafting Without Restorative Compromise<br/>4.1 Approaching the Site with Minimal Bone Volume<br/>4.2 The Most Important Part of the Implant<br/>References<br/>5: The Straumann Short Implants<br/>5.1 Introduction<br/>5.2 The Straumann 6 mm Implant 5.3 The Straumann 4 mm Implant<br/>5.4 Conclusions<br/>References<br/>6: Short Implants: Historical Perspectives<br/>6.1 What Is a Short Implant?<br/>6.2 Implant Design<br/>6.3 Rational for Short Implants, Why Do They Work?<br/>6.4 Summary and Conclusion<br/>References<br/>7: Significance of Bone-Implant Contact in Short Implants and Clinical Impact<br/>7.1 Bone Biology, Osseointegration, Bone-Implant Contact, and Physics<br/>7.2 Assessment of Osseointegration<br/>7.3 Clinical Osseointegration and Short Implants<br/>7.4 Conclusion Statements<br/>References 8: The Survival of Short and Ultrashort Plateau Root Form Implants<br/>8.1 Introduction<br/>8.2 Survival Studies on Plateau Root Form Implants<br/>8.2.1 Definition<br/>8.3 Statistical Models<br/>8.4 Data Sample<br/>8.5 Factors Associated with Failures of Osseointegration<br/>8.6 Smoking Impairs Osseointegration in the Maxilla<br/>8.6.1 Clinical Recommendations Regarding Patients Who Smoke Tobacco<br/>8.7 One-Stage Surgical Protocol and Osseointegration<br/>8.8 Immediate Implant Placement and Higher Failures in the Mandible<br/>8.8.1 Clinical Recommendations 8.9 Implant Size and Osseointegration<br/>8.10 Failure to Survive after Loading<br/>8.11 Long-Term Performance of Ultrashort Implants in Posterior Maxilla<br/>8.12 Long-Term Performance of Ultrashort Implants in Posterior Mandible<br/>References<br/>9: Short Implant in Cleft Cases<br/>9.1 Dental Implants Overview<br/>9.2 Summary<br/>9.2.1 Short and Ultrashort Implants<br/>References<br/>10: Rehabilitation of Tumour Patients with Ultra-Short Implants and TRINIA Bridges<br/>10.1 Epidemiology and Aetiology of Oral Squamous Cell Carcinomas<br/>10.2 Multimodal Therapy of the OSCC 10.3 Implant Rehabilitation of Tumour Patients<br/>10.4 Discussion<br/>References<br/>11: Minimally Invasive Sinus Lift Using Short Implants<br/>References<br/>12: The Use of Short and Ultrashort Implants in Atrophic Jaws<br/>12.1 Atrophic Maxilla<br/>12.2 Conclusions<br/>12.3 Atrophic Mandible<br/>12.3.1 Trio-TRINIA®<br/>12.4 Summary and Conclusion<br/>References<br/>13: Restorative Techniques for Bicon Short® Implants<br/>13.1 Crown-to-Implant Ratio<br/>13.2 Factors of Bone Gain Versus Bone Loss<br/>13.3 Bicon Restorations: Design and Technique<br/>13.4 Single-Unit Restorations

::Contents##<br/>Part I: Administrative and Regulatory Issues<br/>Society of Cardiovascular Patient Care's Acute Heart Failure Accreditation<br/>The Economics and Reimbursement of Acute Heart Failure<br/>Regulatory Requirements in Acute Heart Failure<br/>Quality and Operational Metrics in Heart Failure<br/>Staffing and Facilities Requirements for Short Stay Unit Acute Heart Failure Management<br/>Part II: Pathophysiology and Demographics<br/>Pathophysiology of Acute Decompensated Heart Failure<br/>Acute Heart Failure: Epidemiology and Demographics<br/>Part III: EMS/Emergency Department Assessment and Treatment<br/>Pre-hospital Management of Acute Heart Failure<br/>Dyspnea Assessment and Airway Management in Acute Heart Failure Patients<br/>Volume Assessment in the Emergency Department<br/>Diagnostic and Prognostic Biomarkers in Emergency Department Acute Heart Failure<br/>Bedside Ultrasound in the Evaluation and Management of Acute Heart Failure<br/>Emergency Department Therapy of Acute Heart Failure<br/>Part IV: Short Stay Unit: Admission, Treatment, and Disposition<br/>Short Stay Unit Admission Inclusion and Exclusion Criteria<br/>Essentials of Patient Education in the Emergency Department and Short Stay Unit<br/>Emergency Department and Short Stay Unit Acute Heart Failure Discharge Criteria<br/>Effective Discharge Planning For Acute Heart Failure in the Short Stay Unit<br/>Drugs that Should Not be Used in the Management of Acute Heart Failure<br/>Errors to Avoid in Acute Heart Failure Care<br/>Chronic Heart Failure Management: Drugs Recommended for Routine Use<br/>Implantable Cardiac Devices in the Short Stay Management of Acute Heart Failure<br/>Implications of Atrial Fibrillation in Acute Heart Failure Management<br/>Controversies in Acute Heart Failure Management<br/>Acute Heart Failure Research in the Emergency Department and Short Stay Unit<br/>Part V: Resources<br/>Clinical Pathways/Algorithms<br/>Patient Education Tools<br/>Discharge Instructions.

::Summary## The second edition of this book provides scientific and clinical insights on the management of patients who arrive at the hospital with a presentation consistent with a potential acute coronary syndrome. Focusing on the cardiology aspects of chest pain, it presents the science and methodology that has allowed the remarkable improvements in diagnostic accuracy and improved patient outcomes for the evaluation of patients presenting with suspected acute coronary syndromes. Chapters address key issues of the implementation of high sensitivity troponin and the use of contemporary non-invasive myocardial perfusion evaluation technologies (e.g., coronary artery computed tomography). It also addresses the cutting edge application of new technologies that promise to effect the early identification of coronary vascular disease. This new edition offers updated chapters as well as brand new chapters. Short Stay Management of Chest Pain is a valuable tool for acute care physicians, nurses, and hospital administrators devoted to caring for this population.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Chapter 1. Epidemiology and Demographics of Coronary Artery Disease<br/>Chapter 2. Financial Impact of Acute Coronary Syndromes<br/>Chapter 3. Billing for Short Stay Chest Pain Services<br/>Chapter 4. Why have Chest Pain Patients in a Short Stay Unit?<br/>Chapter 5. What is the Value of Accreditation in Cardiology?<br/>Chapter 6. Pathophysiology and Definition of Acute Coronary Syndromes<br/>Chapter 7. Emergency Department Presentation of Chest Pain<br/>Chapter 8. Chest Pain Risk Stratification by History, Physical, and EKG<br/>Chapter 9. The Role of Biomarkers Chest Pain Evaluation<br/>Chapter 10. Are Risk Scoring Systems Necessary?<br/>Chapter 11. Emergency Department Disposition of Patients Presenting with Chest Pain<br/>Chapter 12. Short Stay Unit Requirements<br/>Chapter 13. Medical Therapy of Chest Pain Patients Managed in a Short Stay Unit<br/>Chapter 14. Provocative Testing for the Evaluation of Patients with Chest Pain<br/>Chapter 15. Use of Multi-slice CT for the Evaluation of Patients with Chest Pain<br/>Chapter 16. Use of MRI for the Evaluation of Patients with Chest Pain<br/>Chapter 17. New Technologies for the Evaluation of Acute Coronary Syndromes: Magnetocardiography<br/>Chapter 18. Disposition from the Short Stay Unit<br/>19. Examples of Short Stay Chest Pain Protocols, Order Sheets and Discharge Instructions. .

::Summary## This book is an easy-to-use guide to short-term psychodynamic psychotherapy for early career practitioners and students of mental health. Written by an expert psychiatric educator, this book is meticulously designed to emphasize clarity and succinctness to facilitate quality training and practice. Developed in a reader-friendly voice, the text begins by introducing the theoretical underpinnings of psychodynamic psychotherapy. Topics include the principles of attachment theory, the dual system theory of emotion processing, decision theory, choice point analysis and a critical review of the research literature. The book then shifts its focus to a description in a manualized format of the objectives and tasks of each phase of therapy within the framework of the engagement, emotion-processing and termination phases. The book concludes with a chapter on psychodynamically informed clinical practice for non-psychotherapists. Short-Term Psychodynamic Psychotherapy is the ultimate tool for the education of students, residents, trainees, and fellows in psychiatry, psychology, counseling, social work, and all other clinical mental health professions.<br/>::Contents##<br/>The Emergence of Short-Term Psychodynamic Psychotherapy<br/>The Application of Attachment Theory to Short-Term Psychodynamic Psychotherapy<br/>Understanding and Recognizing Emotion<br/>A Critical Review of Psychotherapy Research<br/>Updating the Language of Psychodynamic Psychotherapy<br/>Choice Point Analysis<br/>A Manual for Short-Term Psychodynamic Psychotherapy<br/>Supervision: Applying Action Alternatives<br/>Psychodynamically Informed Clinical Practice For Non-Psychotherapists.

::Contents##<br/>Survey of shotgun proteomics / Fabio Cesar Sousa Nogueira and Gilberto B. Domont<br/>LC-MALDI-TOF/TOF for shotgun proteomics / Patricia Fernández-Puente ... [et al.]<br/>Fully automatable multidimensional reversed-phase liquid chromatography with online tandem mass spectrometry / Maggie P.Y. Lam ... [et al.]<br/>GeLC-MS/MS analysis of complex protein mixtures / Monika Dzieciatkowska, Ryan Hill, and Kirk C. Hansen<br/>IPG strip-based peptide fractionation for shotgun proteomics / Murat Eravci, Christian Sommer, and Matthias Selbach<br/>SILAC yeast : from labeling to comprehensive Proteome Quantification / Lyris M. F. de Godoy<br/>Analysis of proteome dynamics in mice by isotopic labeling / John C. Price and Sina Ghaemmaghami<br/>Stable isotope labeling in mammals (SILAM) / Daniel B. McClatchy and John R. Yates III<br/>Analysis of individual protein turnover in live animals on a proteome-wide scale / Stefan Reckow and Christian Webhofer<br/>Determining protein subcellular localization in mammalian cell culture with biochemical fractionation and iTRAQ 8-plex quantification / Andy Christoforou, Alfonso Martinez Arias, and Kathryn S. Lilley<br/>Brain quantitative proteomics combining GeLC-MS and isotope-coded protein labeling (ICPL) / Giuseppina Maccarrone, Maria Lebar, and Daniel Martins-de-Souza<br/>Employing TMT quantification in a shotgun-MS platform / Darragh P. O'Brien and John F. Timms<br/>Employing TMT quantification in shotgun-MS proteomic analysis : a focus on skeletal muscle / Bruno Menezes de Oliveira<br/>Spectral counting label-free proteomics / Liisa Arike and Lauri Peil<br/>Quantification of proteins by label-free LC-MSE / Alon Savidor and Yishai Levin<br/>Bioinformatics for proteomics : opportunities at the interface between the scientists, their experiments, and the community / Marc Vaudel ... [et al.]<br/>Identification of DNA damage checkpoint-dependent protein interactions in Saccharomyces cerevisiae using quantitative mass spectrometry / Francisco M. Bastos de Oliveira and Marcus B. Smolka<br/>Application of shotgun proteomics for discovery-driven protein-protein interaction / Livia Goto-Silva ... [et al.]<br/>Mapping protein complexes using covalently linked antibodies and isobaric mass tags / Antje Dittmann ... [et al.]<br/>Biomarker verification using selected reaction monitoring and shotgun proteomics / Angel Mauricio Castro-Gamero, Clarice Izumi, and José César Rosa<br/>Use of universal stable isotope labeling by amino acids in cell culture (SILAC)-based selected reaction monitoring (SRM) approach for verification of breast cancer-related protein markers / Ning Qing Liu ... [et al.]<br/>Secretome analysis by high-throughput proteomics and multiple reaction monitoring (MRM) / Vitor M. Faça ... [et al.]<br/>Preparation of heteroelement-incorporated and stable isotope-labeled protein standards for quantitative proteomics / Anna Konopka ... [et al.]<br/>One-source peptide/phosphopeptide ratio standards for accurate and site-specific determination of the degree of phosphorylation / Martin E. Boehm, Bettina Hahn, and Wolf D. Lehmann<br/>Quantitative glycoproteomics for N-glycoproteome profiling / Sheng Pan<br/>Practical recipe to survey phosphoproteomes / William C. Edelman ... [et al.]<br/>Quantitation of the phosphoproteome using the library-assisted eXtracted ion chromatogram (LAXIC) strategy / Justine V. Arrington, Liang Xue, and W. Andy Tao<br/>Fast, efficient, and quality-controlled phosphopeptide enrichment from minute sample amounts using titanium dioxide / Clarissa Dickhut, Sonja Radau, and René P. Zahedi<br/>Quantifying small molecule-induced changes in cellular protein expression and posttranslational modifications using isobaric mass tags / Isabelle Becher, Maria Fälth Savitski, and Marcus Bantscheff<br/>Analysis of protein structure by cross-linking combined with mass spectrometry / Evgeniy V. Petrotchenko ... [et al.]<br/>Top-down proteomics by means of orbitrap mass spectrometry / Kai Scheffler.

::Contents##<br/>[Contents] Shoulder Anatomy.<br/>Surgical Approaches to the Shoulder.<br/>Shoulder Biomechanics.<br/>History.<br/>Physical Evaluation.<br/>Assessing Outcomes.<br/>Three-Dimensional Visualization in Clinical Shoulder Practice.<br/>Clavicle Fractures.<br/>Proximal Humerus Fractures.<br/>Reverse Shoulder Arthroplasty for 3-Part and 4-Part Proximal Humerus Fractures.<br/>Dislocations and Fracture Dislocations of the Shoulder Girdle.<br/>Scapula and Glenoid Fractures.<br/>Inflammatory Arthropathy of the Shoulder.<br/>Joint Sepsis.<br/>Avascular Necrosis.<br/>Soft Tissue Disorders.<br/>Splints and Orthoses.<br/>Shoulder Rehabilitation.<br/>Injections.<br/>Arthroscopic Positioning: Beach Chair Versus Lateral.<br/>Anatomic Shoulder Arthroplasty.<br/>Reverse Shoulder Arthroplasty.<br/>Resection Arthroplasty.<br/>Revısıon Shoulder Arthroplasty.<br/>Shoulder Arthrodesis.<br/>Anatomy, Assesment, and Surgery of the Biceps Tendon.<br/>Rotator Cuff Surgery.<br/>Surgical Management of Stiff Shoulder.<br/>Surgical Management of Shoulder Instabilities

::Contents##<br/>Arthroscopic subacromial decompression and rotator cuff debridement of partial- and full-thickness tears / Aaron J. Krych and Russell F. Warren<br/>Arthroscopic distal clavicle excision / Jeffrey S. Abrams<br/>Arthroscopic repair of the rotator cuff / Curtis R. Noel and Robert H. Bell<br/>Arthroscopic partial repair of the rotator cuff / Patrick J. Denard and Stephen S. Burkhart<br/>Arthroscopic repair of anterior instability / Sven Lichtenberg and Peter Habermeyer<br/>Arthroscopic repair of posterior instability / Craig S. Mauro and David W. Altchek<br/>Arthroscopic repair of involuntary multidirectional instability / Neil Ghodadra, Seth L. Sherman, Matthew T. Provencher, and Anthony A. Romeo<br/>Arthroscopic treatment of the arthritc shoulder / Nicholas D. Iagulli, Larry D. Field, and Felix H. Savoie III<br/>Arthritic biceps tenodesis and release / Pascal Boileau, Sumant G. Krishnan, Jason Old, and Gilles Walch<br/>Arthroscopic capsular release for the stiff shoulder / Anup A. Shah, Laurence D. Higgins, and Jon J.P. Warner. Arthroscopic calcium excision / Steven J. Klepps, Chunyan Jiang, and Evan L. Flatow<br/>Arthroscopic repair of SLAP lesions / Michael S. Bahk and Stephen J. Snyder<br/>Arthroscopic treatment of internal impingement / Daryl C. Osbahr and James R. Andrews<br/>Arthroscopic-assisted repair and reconstruction of acromioclavicular joint instability / Thomas M. DeBerardino, Augustus D. Mazzocca, Cory M. Edgar, Knut Beitzel, Andreas B. Imhoff, and Robert A. Arciero<br/>Arthroscopic treatment of painful scapulothoracic bursitis / Michael Khazzam and John E. Kuhn<br/>Arthroscopy of the subdeltoid space and biceps tendon transfer / Samuel A. Taylor, Moira M. McCarthy, Ashely M. Newman, and Stephen J. O'Brien<br/>Arthroscopic suprascapular nerve decompression / Eric D. Bava and Sumant G. Krishnan<br/>Open surgical reconstruction of aacute and chronic acromioclavicular joint instability / Augustus D. Mazzocca, Cory M. Edgar, Knut Beitzel, Andreas B. Imhoff, Thomas M. DeBerardino, and Robert A. Arciero. Open repair of anterior shoulder dislocations and subluxaitons / Bertram Zarins<br/>Anterior reconstruction for instability in the throwing athlete / Richard J. Hawkins and John A. Zavala<br/>Anteroinferior capsular shift for involuntary multidirectional instability / Robert M. Orfaly, Michael A. Wirth, and Charles A. Rockwood Jr<br/>Capsular repair for recurrent posterior instability / Edward V. Craig and James E. Tibone<br/>Surgical techniques for failed instability surgery including the latarjet procedure / Joshua S. Dines and David M. Dines<br/>McLaughlin procedure for acute and chronic posterior dislocations / Joseph D. Zuckerman<br/>Mini-open and open techniques for full-thickness rotator cuff repairs / Edward V. Craig<br/>Open repair of the massive rotator cuff tear / Gerald R. Williams Jr and Peter Johnston<br/>Surgical revision for failed rotator cuff surgery / Jesse A. McCarron and Joesph P. Iannotti<br/>Latissimus dorsi transfers in rotator cuff reconstruction and in combination with the reverse total shoulder prosthesis / Lawrence V. Gulotta and Christian Gerber<br/>Open reduction and internal fixation of clavicular fractures and nonunions / Daniel B. Chan, Peter Kloen, and David L. Helfet<br/>Surgical treatment of three-part proximal humeral fractures with plate fixation / Andrew S. Neviaser and Dean G. Lorich. Proximal treatment of displaced surgical neck fractures of the proximal humerus / Joseph Borrelli Jr and Charles N. Cornell<br/>Open reduction and internal fixation of glenoid fractures / Thomas P. Goss, Travis C. Burns, and Brett D. Owens<br/>Percutaneous fixation of proximal humeral fractures / Raymond R. White<br/>Operative treatment of tuberosity fractures, malunions, and nonunions / Edward V. Craig<br/>Total shoulder replacement with intact bone and soft tissue / Edward V. Craig<br/>Total shoulder replacement: managing bone deficiencies / Robert H. Cofield and John W. Sperling<br/>Total shoulder replacement: managing soft tissue deficiencies / Wayne Z. Burkhead Jr, William H. Paterson, Robert J. Nowinski, and Jonathan E. Buzzell<br/>Surface replacement arthroplasty of the shoulder / David S. Bailie and Todd S. Ellenbecker<br/>Arthroplasty of the shoulder using the reverse prosthesis / Brian L. Puskas, Kevin L. Harreld, Deenesh T. Sahajpal, and Mark A. Frankle<br/>Minimally invasive total shoulder arthroplasty / Laurent LaFosse and Kalman J. Piper<br/>Shoulder arthrodesis / Robin R. Richards.

::Summary## This book covers all aspects of imaging diagnosis of shoulder disorders from a clinical perspective. After discussion of relevant imaging techniques, a wide spectrum of disorders is addressed in a series of dedicated chapters on rotator cuff injuries and impingement syndromes, biceps tendon and rotator interval pathology, glenohumeral instability, SLAP tears and microinstability, shoulder girdle fractures, shoulder arthropathies, tumors and tumor-like conditions, and entrapment neuropathies. Separate consideration is also given to the pediatric shoulder and to preoperative planning, postoperative imaging, and surgical techniques in patients undergoing shoulder arthroplasty. The unique anatomy and range of motion of the shoulder joint can present a diagnostic challenge. Characterization of soft tissue injuries and radiographically occult osseous pathology is often facilitated by the use of advanced imaging techniques, including MRI, CT, and ultrasound. Readers will find this excellently illustrated book to be an invaluable aid to diagnostic interpretation when employing these techniques.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Part I Imaging Techniques<br/>Chapter 1 Current Protocols for Radiographic and CT Evaluation of the Shoulder<br/>Chapter 2 Technical Update in Conventional and Arthrographic MRI of the Shoulder<br/>Chapter 3 Sonographic Evaluation of the Shoulder<br/>Chapter 4 Image-Guided Procedures of the Shoulder<br/>Part II Rotator Cuff, Bicepts and Rotator Interval<br/>Chapter 5 Imaging Diagnosis of Rotator Cuff Pathology and Impingement Syndromes<br/>Chapter 6 Imaging Diagnosis of Biceps Tendon and Rotator Interval Pathology<br/>Part III The Labrum<br/>Chapter 7 Imaging Diagnosis of Glenohumeral Instability with Clinical Implications<br/>Chapter 8 Imaging Diagnosis of SLAP Tears and Microinstability<br/>Part IV Trauma and Arthropathies<br/>Chapter 9 Imaging Diagnosis of Shoulder Girdle Fractures<br/>Chapter 10 Imaging Diagnosis of Shoulder Arthropathy<br/>Chapter 11 Preoperative Planning and Postoperative Imaging of Shoulder Arthroplasty<br/>Part V Miscellaneous<br/>Chapter 12 Imaging Diagnosis of Tumors and Tumor-like Conditions of the Shoulder<br/>Chapter 13 Imaging of Pediatric Disorders of the Shoulder<br/>Chapter 14 Imaging Diagnosis of Nerve Entrapments in the Shoulder.

::Contents##<br/>Part I: Shoulder. A: Rotator cuff. Acromioplasty<br/>Rotator cuff repair: open technique for partial-thickness or small or medium full-thickness tears<br/>Rotator cuff repair: arthroscopic technique for partial-thickness or small or medium full-thickness tears<br/>Open repair of rotator cuff tears<br/>Arthroscopic repair of massive rotator cuff tears<br/>Operative fixation of symptomatic os acromiale<br/>B: Arthritic shoulder. Humeral head resurfacing arthroplasty<br/>Humeral hemiarthroplasty with biologic glenoid resurfacing<br/>Total shoulder arthroplasty<br/>Rotator cuff tear arthroplasty: open surgical treatment<br/>Open unconstrained revision shoulder arthroplasty<br/>C: Instability. Closed treatment of shoulder dislocations<br/>Arthroscopic treatment of traumatic anterior instability of the shoulder<br/>Open treatment of anterior-inferior multidirectional instability of the shoulder<br/>Arthroscopic treatment of anterior-inferior multidirectional instability of the shoulder<br/>Anterior glenohumeral instability associated with glenoid or humeral bone deficiency: the Latarjet procedure<br/>Open treatment of posterior-inferior shoulder instability<br/>Arthroscopic treatment of posterior-inferior multidirectional instability of the shoulder<br/>Open Bankart procedure for recurrent anterior shoulder dislocation<br/>D: Biceps tendon. Mini-open biceps tenodesis<br/>Arthroscopic biceps tenodesis<br/>SLAP lesion: arthroscopic reconstruction of the labrum and biceps anchor<br/>Treatment of the unstable shoulder with humeral head bone loss<br/>E: Clavicle. Open distal clavicle excision<br/>Arthroscopic distal clavicle resection<br/>Open treatment of acute and chronic acromioclavicular dislocations<br/>Sternoclavicular joint reconstruction using semitendinosus graft<br/>F: Trauma. Open reduction and internal fixation of acute midshaft clavicular fractures<br/>Intramedullary fixation of clavicle fractures<br/>Operative treatment of two-part proximal humerus fractures<br/>Open reduction and internal fixation of three- and four-part proximal humerus fractures<br/>Percutaneous fixation of proximal humerus fractures<br/>Proximal humerus fractures: hemiarthroplasty<br/>Operative management of scapular fractures<br/>G: Miscellaneous. Surgical approaches to the shoulder<br/>Arthrodesis of the shoulder<br/>Open and arthroscopic suprascapular nerve decompression<br/>Scapular surgery<br/>Adhesive capsulitis<br/>Arthroscopic treatment of calcific tendinitis in the shoulder<br/>Nerve transfers for shoulder and elbow restoration after upper trunk brachial plexus injuries<br/>Thoracic outlet syndrome<br/>Suprascapular nerve neuropathy<br/>Part II: Elbow. A: Introduction. Surgical approaches for open treatment of the elbow<br/>B: Elbow Arthroscopy. Arthroscopy of the elbow: setup and portals<br/>Elbow arthritis and stiffness: open treatment<br/>Elbow arthritis and stiffness: arthroscopic treatment<br/>C: Arthroplasty. Radial head fractures: radial head replacement<br/>Total elbow arthroplasty<br/>Total elbow arthroplasty for the treatment of complex distal humerus fractures<br/>Radiocapitellar replacement<br/>Revision total elbow arthroplasty<br/>D: Soft tissue pathology. Medial epicondylitis: open treatment<br/>Lateral epicondylitis: arthroscopic and open treatment<br/>Repair of distal biceps tendon ruptures<br/>Repair and reconstruction of the ruptured triceps<br/>E: Nerves. Endoscopic cubital tunnel release<br/>Submuscular ulnar nerve transposition<br/>Surgical decompression for radial tunnel syndrome<br/>F: Trauma. Distal humerus fractures, including isolated distal lateral column and capitellar fractures<br/>Radial head fractures: open reduction and internal fixation<br/>Open treatment of complex traumatic elbow instability<br/>Surgical reconstruction of longitudinal radioulnar dissociation (Essex-Lopresti injury)<br/>Ulnar collateral ligament reconstruction using the modified Jobe technique<br/>Lateral ulnar collateral ligament reconstruction<br/>G: Miscellaneous. Soft tissue coverage<br/>Operative management of olecranon bursitis<br/>Elbow arthroscopic débridement for osteochondritis dissecans.

::Summary## "Focusing on all key aspects of shoulder replacement surgery and emphasizing on the latest techniques and tools, Shoulder Arthroplasty, 2nd Edition, brings you expert procedural approaches from two master surgeons in the field: Drs. T. Bradley Edwards and Brent J. Morris. Extensively illustrated, this technique-intensive reference provides step-by-step guidance on the most effective approaches to patients in everyday practice, including the variations and complications that surgeons invariably encounter. Focused, concise coverage includes indications and contraindications, preoperative planning and imaging, results and complications, and more"--Publisher's description.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Section one: The basics. Evolution of shoulder arthroplasty<br/>Becoming a shoulder arthroplasty surgeon<br/>Operating room setup<br/>Anesthesia, patient positioning, and patient preparation<br/>Long head of the biceps tendon<br/>Section two: Unconstrained shoulder arthroplasty for chronic conditions. Indications and contraindications<br/>Preoperative planning and imaging<br/>Surgical approach<br/>Subscapularis<br/>Glenoid exposure<br/>Humeral component<br/>Glenoid component<br/>Soft tissue balancing<br/>Subscapularis and rotator interval repair<br/>Wound closure and postoperative orthosis<br/>Results and complications<br/>Section three: Reverse shoulder arthroplasty for chronic conditions. Indications and contraindications<br/>Preoperative planning and imaging<br/>Surgical approach<br/>Glenoid exposure<br/>Humeral component<br/>Glenoid component<br/>Reduction and deltoid tensioning<br/>Wound closure and postoperative orthosis<br/>Results and complications<br/>Section four: Arthroplasty for fracture. Indications and contraindications<br/>Preoperative planning and imaging<br/>Surgical approach (handling of the tuberosities)<br/>Humeral prosthetic positioning<br/>Tuberosity reduction and fixation<br/>Wound closure and postoperative orthosis<br/>Results and complications<br/>Section five: Alternatives to conventional shoulder arthroplasty. Stemless shoulder arthroplasty<br/>Biological alternatives to shoulder arthroplasty<br/>Section six: Revision shoulder arthroplasty. Indications and contraindications<br/>Preoperative planning, imaging, and special tests<br/>Surgical approach<br/>Humeral stem removal and glenoid exposure<br/>Humerus<br/>Glenoid component<br/>Wound closure and postoperative orthosis<br/>Results and complications<br/>Section seven: Postoperative rehabilitation. Rehabilitation following shoulder arthroplasty<br/>Section eight: The future. Future directions in shoulder arthroplasty.

::Summary## "Covering every aspect of shoulder arthroplasty from initial assessment to comprehensive postoperative rehabilitation, Shoulder Arthroplasty: Principles and Practice, provides highly illustrated, authoritative guidance on the fastest growing arthroplasty procedure. Dr. Joseph Zuckerman, former president of the American Shoulder and Elbow Surgeons and the American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons, has assembled a team of world-renowned contributing authors who clearly explain and demonstrate-in print and in video-the techniques they utilize to achieve successful outcomes. This one-stop reference is an ideal resource for surgeons at all levels of experience who wish to further enhance their ability to perform shoulder replacement. Covers the essentials of glenohumeral anatomy and the surgical approaches used for shoulder arthroplasty along with in-depth descriptions of preoperative evaluation and patient selection. Comprehensive sections on all aspects of primary anatomic shoulder arthroplasty, reverse total shoulder arthroplasty, and shoulder arthroplasty for fractures. Detailed techniques for revision shoulder arthroplasty that covers the full spectrum of clinical scenarios encountered including comprehensive sections on complications following surgery. Discusses special situations such as nerve injury after arthroplasty, arthroplasty for chronic dislocations, arthroplasty in the Parkinson's patient, arthroplasty for shoulder tumors, prevention of infection, outpatient total shoulder arthroplasty, and much more. Provides superb visual guidance through full-color illustrations and procedural videos for techniques covered in the book"-- Provided by publisher.

::Summary## This book describes and evaluates techniques and devices used in shoulder arthroplasty with a view to enabling readers to improve their surgical practice. After an opening section on basic knowledge, including surgical anatomy, key issues in total shoulder arthroplasty and reverse total shoulder arthroplasty (RTSA) are considered in detail. Among the topics covered are biomechanics, cemented versus cementless humeral fixation, the comparative merits of humeral components featuring short stem and stemless designs and of pegged and keeled glenoid components, the influence of humeral inclination in RTSA, and the avoidance and management of unstable RTSA. An entire section is then devoted to the description and illustration of valuable surgical tips and tricks. Arthroplasty for acute proximal humerus fractures is considered separately, again addressing important aspects of technique and current controversies. The book is an outcome of a workshop held by the international Shoulder Club, formed at Hacettepe University in Ankara in 2015 with the aim of bringing together leading authorities in the field and young orthopedic surgeons and students from across the world in order to disseminate expertise and exchange ideas.<br/>::Contents##<br/>Chapter 1. Shoulder anatomy<br/>Chapter 2. Axillary Nerve Palsy<br/>Chapter 3. Deltopectoral approach<br/>Chapter 4. Biomechanics of RTSA<br/>Chapter 5. Anatomic Shoulder Arthroplasty: Causes and Indications to Surgery<br/>Chapter 6. Total Shoulder Arthroplasty: Principles and Biomechanics<br/>Chapter 7. Unstable Reverse Total Shoulder Arthoplasty How to Avoid and Manage<br/>Chapter 8. Keeled or Pegged Polyethylene Glenoid Componenets<br/>Chapter 9. Genral Principals of Rehabilitation Following Shoulder Surgery<br/>Chapter 10. Rehabilitation after Shoulder Arthroplasty. Chapter 11. Indications for Reverse Shoulder Arthroplasty<br/>Chapter 12. Stemless RTSA<